WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC
10KSB40, 1997-07-11
PERSONAL CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: PLATINUM SOFTWARE CORP, 8-K, 1997-07-11
Next: WILSHIRE TECHNOLOGIES INC, 10QSB, 1997-07-11



                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  FORM 10-KSB
(Mark One)
[X]  ANNUAL REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 1996

[ ]  TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT
     OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to               .
                               -----------------   --------------
Commission file Number:  0-27156

                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

        Colorado                                        84-1148454
(State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 of incorporation or organization)

4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260, Denver, Colorado                    80212
(Address of principal executive offices)                         (Zip Code)

Issuer's telephone number: 303-477-8404

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  NONE

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: Common Stock, par
                                                               value $0.001  per
                                                               share

Check  whether the Issuer (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during  the past 12  months,  and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES  [X]  NO [ ]

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation S-B contained in this form, and no disclosure  will be contained,  to
the best of Issuer's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated  by reference  in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any  amendment to
this Form 10-KSB. [X]

The Issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year were $6,362,791.

The aggregate market value of the Issuer's voting stock held as of June 9, 1997,
by nonaffiliates of the Issuer was $721,095.37.

As of June 9,  1997,  the Issuer  had  2,637,500  shares of its $0.001 par value
common stock issued and outstanding.

Documents incorporated by reference:  None.
Transitional small business disclosure format: YES [ ]   NO  [X]



<PAGE>

                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.
                        1996 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-KSB
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



PART I                                                                  Page No.
- ------                                                                  --------
Item 1.    Description of Business.........................................    1

Item 2.    Description of Property.........................................   13

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings...............................................   13

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to Vote of Security Holders...............   15

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters........   16

Item 6.    Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.......   17

Item 7.    Financial Statements............................................   21

Item 8.    Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on
           Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................   21

Part III

Item 9.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control
           Persons; Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act......   21

Item 10.   Executive Compensation..........................................   24

Item 11.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management..   26

Item 12.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................   28

Item 13.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K ...............................   30

           Signatures......................................................   37


<PAGE>

                                     PART I


Item 1.  Description of Business.

General

     From 1990 until April 1997, Western Fidelity Funding,  Inc. (the "Company")
was a specialized  consumer finance company engaged in the acquisition of dealer
originated retail installment loan contracts ("Contracts").  From May 1994 until
March 1997, the Company also operated a used car retail sales  facility  through
which the Company sold used cars and light trucks.

     At the end of  January  1997,  the  financial  institution  from  which the
Company had previously  obtained a $20 million secured credit facility presented
the  Company  with a proposal to increase  the  secured  credit  facility to $50
million.  In mid  February  1997,  the  financial  institution  withdrew the $50
million proposal because of financial  difficulties  publicly  reported by other
companies  engaged in the same  business  as the  Company.  In April  1997,  the
financial  institution advised the Company that the financial  institution would
provide no additional  funding  under the $20 million  secured  credit  facility
because the Company was in default  thereof as a result of the  violation by the
Company  of  certain  financial  covenants  contained  in  the  credit  facility
agreement provided by the financial institution to the Company. As a result, the
Company   discontinued   acquiring   Contracts   and   reduced  its  staff  from
approximately 184 employees on March 31, 1997, to 55 employees on June 9, 1997.

     The Company has also received  notice from the financial  institution  that
provided the Company with an unsubordinated loan of approximately $10 million on
August 2, 1996,  that the Company is in default of the  provisions of such loan.
The Company has also defaulted on required  payments on insurance company loans.
Further,  the  Company is in default on the payment on the loans from the G.E.O.
Income Trusts III, IV and V. For the year ended  December 31, 1996,  the Company
suffered a significant  loss from  operations of $10,154,677  and as of December
31, 1996, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $11,328,311. The independent
auditors' report on the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the
year ended December 31, 1996,  contains a paragraph  raising a substantial doubt
about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  The Company did not
pay dividends on the Company's outstanding preferred stock for the quarter ended
March 31, 1997.

     In May, 1997, the Company engaged Key Capital Markets, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of KeyCorp,  to explore  strategic  business options and alternatives
for the Company's business.  If the Company is unable to enter into satisfactory
arrangements  with its creditors,  obtain  additional  financing or enter into a
business  combination,  it is  likely  that the  Company  will  have to file for
protection from its creditors under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     The  information  hereinafter  contained in Item 1 of this Annual Report on
Form 10- KSB is presented for historical  purposes only due to the fact that the
Company's business operations have been curtailed as described above.

     Contracts  acquired by the Company were either retained and serviced by the
Company or sold by the Company.  The Company also acquired Contracts through the
sale and  financing  of  automobiles  from the  Company  owned  retail  used car
facility.  The  Company,  which  was  incorporated  in June  1990 and  commenced
operations  in August  1990,  primarily  purchased  Contracts in the central and
eastern  regions of the United  States.  Such  Contracts  were  entered  into by
automobile  dealers  with  borrowers  who did not have  access  to  credit  from
traditional sources. The Company decreased its total Contract portfolio (finance
receivables  after  allowance  for  credit  losses) by 29.9% to  $14,941,703  at
December 31, 1996,  from  $21,319,223 at December 31, 1995. For the fiscal years
ended  December 31, 1994,  1995,  and 1996,  the Company  generated  revenues of
$2,065,115, $5,155,724, and $6,362,791, respectively, and net a income (loss) of
$(505,484), $579,160, and $(10,154,677), respectively.

     The automobile dealer business is highly fragmented and includes businesses
selling  principally  new  automobiles,  which  also  operate a used  automobile
business, that are franchised by automobile manufacturers ("franchised dealers")
and  businesses  that  are  not  affiliated  with  an  automobile   manufacturer
("independent dealers") selling exclusively used automobiles. As of December 31,
1996,  approximately  15%  of  the  Contracts  purchased  by  the  Company  were
originated  by  franchised  dealers and the  remaining  85% were  originated  by
independent  dealers. Of the approximately 600 dealers who had signed agreements
with the Company,  during the same period,  the Company was actively  purchasing
Contracts from 310 dealers located in 20 states:  Colorado,  Delaware,  Georgia,
Kansas, Kentucky,  Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Missouri,  Nebraska, New Mexico, New
Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee,
Texas and West Virginia. None of the nonaffiliated dealers with whom the Company
conducted  business accounted for greater than 10% of the Company's total number
of Contracts  purchased  during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.  During
the year ended  December 31, 1996,  approximately  52% and 19% of all  Contracts
purchased were from the states of Texas and Colorado, respectively.

     The  Contracts  purchased  by the  Company  were  primarily  with  nonprime
borrowers  who did not have access to  traditional  sources of  consumer  credit
because  they  did not meet  the  credit  standards  imposed  by other  types of
lenders.  Nonprime borrowers are generally relatively higher credit risks due to
various  factors,  including  their past  credit  experience  and the absence or
limited extent of their credit history. Typical nonprime borrowers include young
borrowers  (18 to 25 years old) who are trying to  establish  an initial  credit
rating,  previously  bankrupt  borrowers  who have  reestablished  their  credit
rating,  slow payers of credit cards and department store accounts and borrowers
who desire  payment  terms  slighter  longer than the maximum term  permitted by
traditional  sources of consumer  credit.  The Company charged an average annual
percentage  rate ("APR") of  approximately  20% in fiscal 1996 to such  nonprime
borrowers,  while, in contrast,  commercial banks,  financing arms of automobile
manufacturers and other traditional  sources of consumer credit typically impose
more stringent credit requirements and generally charge lower interest rates.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     On October 19, 1994, the Company  incorporated O&S Finance,  Inc. under the
laws of Colorado as a wholly owned  subsidiary.  This  subsidiary  does not have
independent  operations  and was  formed  for the sole  purpose of acting on the
Company's  behalf  in  connection  with  one  agreement  involving  the  sale of
Contracts to an institutional purchaser.

     On December 30, 1996, the Company  incorporated  Western Fidelity  Finance,
Inc.,  which was formed as a wholly  owned,  special  purpose  subsidiary of the
Company under the laws of Delaware.

The Industry

     The nonprime  automobile retail installment loan finance industry is highly
fragmented  and  historically  has  been  serviced  by a  variety  of  financial
entities,   including   captive  finance   subsidiaries   of  major   automobile
manufacturers,  banks,  savings  and  loan  institutions,   independent  finance
companies and small loan companies.  Of late, the industry has suffered problems
due to  increasing  competition,  the  deterioration  in the  credit  quality of
nonprime auto loans and unexpected loan losses.  Certain other companies engaged
in the same  business as the Company  publicly  reported  profits for 1996 while
certain others reported losses and financial  difficulties.  Reported losses for
1996 of which the Company is aware have ranged from  approximately $7 million to
as high as approximately  $41 million.  Consequently,  many nonprime  automobile
retail  installment  loan companies are tightening  underwriting  guidelines and
significantly  increasing  loss  reserves  due to the  rise in  delinquency  and
repossession rates and the deterioration of credit quality.

Business Methods

     Marketing to Dealers.  The Company purchased Contracts from dealers instead
of making  direct  loans to  nonprime  borrowers.  By  focusing  directly on the
dealer,  the Company was able to obtain  large  volumes of  Contracts  in a cost
effective manner,  while  simultaneously  increasing the dealer's efficiency and
effectiveness in selling  automobiles.  The Company believes that its guidelines
and procedures  allowed it to respond quickly to dealers.  The Company typically
responded to credit applications on the date received,  in many cases within two
hours,  and generally paid the dealer within 24 hours after the Company received
all  required  complete  and accurate  documentation  from the dealer.  Based on
discussions  with  dealers,  the  Company  believed  that  because of its prompt
response and ability to assist a dealer in structuring a loan to maximize dealer
profit,  dealers conducted business with the Company instead of with competitors
that charged  lower  discounts  than the Company.  This discount was intended to
protect the  Company  from  losses  resulting  from the failure of a borrower to
repay the amount due under a Contract and was not refundable to the dealer.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     Credit  Guidelines  and  Procedures.  The  Company  has  developed  uniform
guidelines and procedures for evaluating credit  applications in connection with
the purchase of Contracts from dealers.  The Company's guidelines and procedures
relate to such  matters as the  borrower's  stability of  residence,  employment
history, credit history, capacity to pay, income,  discretionary income and debt
ratio, as well as the value of the collateral. The Company used a scoring system
as part  of its  standardized  credit  criteria.  Within  these  guidelines  and
procedures,  each  underwriter  was  authorized  to  approve  or  reject  credit
applications.  All underwriters were employees of the Company. However, all such
applications were reviewed for final approval by a member of management.

     Active Collection Management. With respect to all Contracts serviced by the
Company,  it pursues a policy of active  collection  management  with respect to
both  current  and  delinquent   accounts,   including   activities  related  to
collections,   borrower   inquiries   and,  if  necessary,   delinquencies   and
repossessions.  The Company  sends the  borrower a letter  which  describes  the
procedures  and  schedules  for repaying  the  Contract.  With the  exception of
repossession  activities  and  the  distribution  of  monthly  customer  billing
statements, for which the Company engages outside agencies, the Company services
all aspects of its Contracts, including collections, account receivable tracking
and  delinquency  resolution.  Any Contract  which is 10 or more days overdue is
treated as a past due account for  collection  purposes.  The Company  generally
will commence repossession procedures after an account reaches 60 days past due.
Management believes that active collection management is critical in maintaining
a low level of delinquencies and charge offs.

Contract Profile

     During 1996 the Company purchased 3,275 Contracts with an aggregate initial
principal  balance of $32,430,763.  Of the $32,430,763 in Contracts,  $5,950,045
were purchased from the Company's used car facility. The Contracts purchased had
an average initial principal balance of $10,915, and an average initial contract
term of 53 months. The annual percentage rate paid by borrowers in 1996 was 20%.

Contract Acquisition Process

     The  following  is a summary  of the  process  that the  Company  typically
followed in connection with its acquisition of a Contract.

     Dealer Solicitation. The Company solicited business from automobile dealers
through  its  business  development  efforts  and  with  independent   marketing
representatives.  The Company  evaluated each dealer with which it established a
financing  relationship  to ensure that the  Company  purchased  Contracts  from
reputable  automobile dealers carrying an inventory of quality used automobiles.
Generally,  the Company  evaluated  the  prospective  dealers to  determine  the
viability of each dealer and assessed  the length of service and  reputation  of
prospective dealers.  The Company  periodically  inspected the dealer's physical
premises to determine  whether such dealer appeared to be operating its business
satisfactorily.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     The  Company  provided  the dealer a training  and  orientation  program to
promote a  mutually  profitable  and  efficient  relationship.  The goals of the
training and  orientation  program were to introduce  dealers to and familiarize
dealers  with the  Company's  procedures  and to  enable  dealers  to  prescreen
borrowers and thereby expedite the credit underwriting process.

     Contracts were purchased at a discount by the Company and generally without
recourse  to the  dealer.  Each  dealer  with which the  Company  established  a
financing relationship entered into a nonexclusive written standardized purchase
agreement with the Company governing the Company's  Contract  purchases from the
dealer.  In all cases, the dealer made certain  warranties as to the validity of
the  Contract,  certificates  of title and  compliance  with certain  laws,  and
indemnified the Company for any claims, losses, and damages that may be assessed
against the Company.

     Credit Evaluation Procedures. If a nonprime borrower elected to finance the
purchase  of an  automobile  through a  dealer,  the  dealer  would  submit  the
borrower's credit application to the Company for review of the borrower's credit
worthiness and proposed  2transaction  terms.  The Company used a uniform credit
underwriting policy for evaluating a2pplications.  An underwriter conducted such
review  in  accordance  with the  Company's  guidelines  and  procedures,  which
generally took into account,  among other things, the individual's  stability of
residence,   employment  history,  credit  history,   ability  to  pay,  income,
discretionary income and debt ratio, as well as the value of the collateral.  In
addition,  a credit bureau report was evaluated in order to determine if (i) the
individual's  credit quality was  deteriorating,  (ii) the  individual's  credit
history  suggested a high  probability  of default or (iii)  the88  individual's
credit  experience was too limited for the Company to assess the  probability of
performance.  The  Company  also  used a scoring  system  as part of its  credit
criteria to ev8aluate applications. Within these guidelines and procedures, each
underwriter  was authorized to approve or reject credit  applications.  However,
all  such  applications  were  reviewed  for  final  approval  by  a  member  of
management.

     Approval  Process.  After  reviewing  the credit  application  the  Company
notified the dealer by facsimile  whether or not the Company would be willing to
purchase the  Contract  upon sale of the  automobile  to the  applicant.  If the
customer was  approved,  the  notification  specified the terms of the approval,
including  the monthly  payment.  The Company  typically  responded to submitted
dealer  applications  within 2 hours,  in some  cases  within  30  minutes.  The
Company's  credit strategy was to determine and approve a monthly payment amount
based on the  borrower's  ability  and  desire to pay.  After such an amount was
determined,  the dealer  could  identify  an  automobile  that met such  payment
parameters.  In fiscal  1996,  the  Company  approved  approximately  32% of all
submitted credit  applications and purchased  approximately 10% of such approved
Contract  applications.  The  difference  between  the  number  of  applications
approved  and the number of  Contracts  purchased  is due  primarily to industry
practice  whereby the dealer submits credit  applications for the same purchaser
to more than one finance  company and then  selects the finance  company that is
willing to provide the most favorable terms.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     Since  inception,  the  nonrefundable  discount  charged by the Company has
averaged approximately 15% of the financed portion of the Contracts.  Generally,
the Company did not advance to the dealer more than 115% of the retail  value of
the  automobile  based upon industry  publications  and required that a borrower
make a down payment of at least 10% of the purchase price.

     Contract  Purchase.  Upon final  confirmation of the terms by the borrower,
the dealer  consummated  the sale of the  automobile to the borrower.  After the
dealer  delivered  all  required  complete  and  accurate  documentation  to the
Company, the Company performed an interview and collateral verification with the
customer.  This verification detected misrepresen tations to the borrower by the
dealer or any  misstatement  of the  description of the  collateral.  It is only
after this verification that the Company remitted funds to the dealer, generally
within 24 hours. Upon purchase of the Contract, the Company acquired a perfected
security interest in the financed  automobile.  The Company's  security interest
was perfected by a first priority lien on certificates  of title.  The Company's
practice was to cause such lien to be noted on the  certificate of title or have
physical  possession of the certificate of title, as appropriate  under the laws
of the state in which the automobile was registered. Each Contract required that
the  automobile  be  properly  insured  and that the  Company be named as a loss
payee.  Compliance with insurance  requirements  was again verified prior to the
remittance of funds to the dealer.

     Contract Servicing and Collection.  Borrowers obligated under the Company's
Contracts are expected to remit their monthly payments using the monthly billing
statement  provided  to them by the  Company.  In the  event  that a  borrower's
payment is not received on its due date, historically, the Company mailed a past
due notice on the 10th day after such due date to the  borrower.  If the payment
was not received  typically on the 16th day past due, the Company contracted the
borrower by telephone as a follow up to the written  notice.  In March 1996, the
Company  implemented  new  collection  procedures  in  which  the  borrower  was
contacted  by  telephone  three to five days after the payment  due date.  As of
December 1996, the Company began  contacting the borrower five to ten days prior
to the first payment due date to remind the borrower of the payment date. If the
payment has not been  received on its due date,  the borrower is contacted  that
day  with  the  past  due  notice  mailed  on the 5th  day.  In the  event  of a
delinquency  beyond such dates,  the Company's  trained  collection  specialists
attempt to stay in regular  contact with the borrower  until the  delinquency is
cured.  If the borrower  does not cure the  delinquency  and misses a subsequent
payment, the Company typically repossesses the automobile promptly.

     Prior to March  1997,  when the  Company  closed its used car retail  sales
facility,  if  economically  feasible,   repossessed  automobiles  were  usually
transported  back to the Company's  used car retail sales  facility for disposal
after the lapse of the  applicable  redemption  period,  if any. If  repossessed
automobiles  were not returned to the used car retail sales facility,  they were
either placed on  consignment  with dealers for disposal at retail value or sold


                                       6
<PAGE>

at public auction. Contracts are generally charged off prior to becoming 90 days
delinquency  or,  if  earlier,  upon  repossession  of the  automobile.  Once an
automobile is  repossessed,  the automobile is carried on the Company's books as
inventory on hand at a value equal to wholesale value.

Delinquency Control and Collection

     The  Company  generally  reviews  Contracts  that are  past  due to  assess
collection  efforts  to  date  and  to  refine  the  collection   strategy,   if
appropriate.  The  collection  personnel,  together with  management,  generally
design a collection strategy that includes a specific deadline within which each
delinquent  obligation  should  be  collected.  Contracts  that  have  not  been
collected  during such period are again reviewed and,  unless there are specific
circumstances  which warranty further  collection  efforts,  vehicles under such
Contracts  are assigned to an outside  agency for  repossession.  The  Contracts
provide that, upon  repossession,  the principal  balance is accelerated and due
from the borrower. In certain  jurisdictions,  a discount for prepayment must be
applied to the amount accelerated. Since March 1997, when the Company closed its
used car rental sales facility,  repossessed  vehicles have been returned to the
Company  and  offered  for sale at public  auction.  The  elapsed  time  between
repossession  and resale is generally 30 days,  including  passage of the period
during  which the law of the  applicable  jurisdiction  permits the  borrower to
redeem the  automobile.  Typically,  after  repossession,  the borrower  will be
pursued for any deficiency, subject to applicable legal limitations.

Automobile Sales

     The  Company  operated  its used car  retail  sales  facility,  located  in
Lakewood,  Colorado,  from May 1994 until March 1997. The Company sold used cars
and light trucks and typically financed  borrowers'  purchases from its used car
retail sales  facility.  The Company's used car retail sales facility  typically
carried  inventories  from 45 to 100  retail  and  repossessed  automobiles  and
offered a variety of makes and models from  approximately  two to six years old.
For 1995 and 1996,  vehicle sales have ranged from 11 to 91 units per month. The
Company  financed  almost all of the  vehicles  sold at the  Company's  used car
retail  sales  facility.  Contracts  purchased  at the  used car  facility  were
discounted at rates  approximately  10% to 15%. Of the  $32,430,763 in Contracts
purchased by the Company for fiscal 1996,  $5,950,045  were  purchased  from its
used car facility.

Competition

     The automobile finance business is very fragmented and highly  competitive.
The Company believes that there are numerous competitors  providing,  or capable
of providing,  financing  through dealers to purchasers of automobiles.  Because
the  Company  purchased  Contracts  from  dealers  that  provided  financing  to
borrowers who did not qualify for  traditional  financing,  the Company does not
believe that it competed with commercial banks,  savings and loan  institutions,


                                       7
<PAGE>

credit  unions,  financing arms of automobile  manufacturers  and other consumer
lenders  that apply more  traditional  lending  criteria to the credit  approval
process.  Historically,  these traditional sources of used automobile  financing
(some of which are larger,  have significantly  greater financial  resources and
have  relationships  with captive dealer networks) have not consistently  served
the Company's  market  segment.  If such a competitor  had entered the Company's
market segment,  the Company would have been materially  adversely affected.  In
addition,  if the  Company  had  experienced  increased  competition  from other
traditional or nontraditional  sources of credit, such increased competition may
have  resulted  in a reduction  in the amount of discount  which the Company was
able to charge to dealers.  The Company believes that it competed principally on
the basis of service to participating dealers.

Financing

     Integral to the Company's  business and growth strategy was the maintenance
of  sufficient  capital  resources  to support  its  operations.  The  Company's
external capital resources consisted of the following:

     Trust Loans.  From inception  through March of 1995, the Company  primarily
financed the  acquisition of Contracts  through the  organization of five trusts
("Trusts").  G.E.O.  Income Trust 1991-I ("GEO I"), G.E.O. Income Trust II ("GEO
II"), G.E.O. Income Trust III ("GEO III"), G.E.O. Income Trust IV ("GEO IV") and
G.E.O.  Income  Trust V ("GEO V").  The  Trusts,  with the  exception  of GEO I,
offered to investors  two year and four year recourse  promissory  notes ("Trust
Notes") bearing a rate of interest of 8% and 11% per annum, respectively.  GEO I
offered  two year and four year Trust Notes  bearing  interest at 8% and 12% per
annum, respectively.  The Trusts provided financing to the Company through loans
under master promissory notes ("Master Notes").  The Master Notes are secured by
the pledge of the Company's security interests in Contracts, the restricted cash
in the reserve  account,  and the insurance on Contracts  pledged as security to
the Trusts.  In August of 1995, the Company exchanged 321,540 shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock for  $1,607,700  principal  amount of Trust  Notes.  The unpaid
principal balance owed by the Company to the Trusts under the Master Notes as of
December 31, 1996 was $4,021,389.  At December 31, 1996, the Company's financial
statements  reflect a liability for Master Notes of $2,608,689  which represents
the unpaid  principal  balance of  $4,021,389  less an offset for the  principal
balance of Trust Notes owned by the Company in the amount of  $1,412,700.  GEO I
and GEO II have  been  paid in full.  The  Company  has  defaulted  on  required
payments due to GEO III, GEO IV and GEO V. Each of the Trusts has an independent
trustee  who is not  affiliated  with  the  Company.  As of  June 4,  1997,  the
principal amount of the Contracts  securing the Master Notes was $1,224,111 less
than the  principal  amount of the Master Notes not owned by the  Company.  This
occurred because some of the payments made on certain  Contracts  pledged to the
Trusts  and  proceeds  from  the  sale of  vehicles  underlying  certain  of the
Contracts were used as operating capital by the Company. There are no provisions
in the agreements between the Company and the Trusts which specifically  require
that the principal amount of Contracts securing the Master Notes equal or exceed
the principal amount of the Master Notes.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     Insurance  Company Loans.  Between December,  1994 and February,  1997, the
Company has obtained  loans from several  insurance  companies in the  aggregate
amount of approximately  $13,500,000.  The terms of these loans range from 36 to
51 months,  and these loans bear  interest at fixed rates  ranging from 9.85% to
10.5%. The Company has defaulted on the required  payments on these loans.  Each
of these loans was supposed to have been  collateralized  with Company Contracts
which were required to have  principal  balances and interest  provisions  which
equal or exceed the  principal  balance and interest  provisions  payable by the
Company to the insurance  companies.  In the event of a default under a Contract
collateralizing  any of these loans, the Company is required to substitute a new
Contract as  Collateral.  Each of these loans  requires that the Company  obtain
insurance   against  loss  in  the  event  of  defaults   under  the   Contracts
collateralizing  the loans.  As of June 4,  1997,  the  principal  amount of the
Contracts collateralizing these loans was approximately $2,502,000 less than the
aggregate  principal  balances of these loans. This occurred because some of the
payments  made on certain  Contracts  pledged  to the  insurance  companies  and
proceeds from the sale of vehicles underlying certain of the Contracts were used
as operating  capital by the Company.  The insurance  companies  have filed suit
against the Company regarding the loans. See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

     Arrangement  Involving Contract Portfolio Sales and Loans. During 1990, the
Company entered into an agreement to sell  Contracts,  on an ongoing basis, to a
financial  institution.  The Company  sold  $4,114,286  in  principal  amount of
Contracts to this  institution  under this  agreement.  During May,  1994,  this
agreement was changed to a loan agreement  under which this  institution has the
right to loan a minimum of $300,000  each month to the  Company  with such loans
being  secured  with an equal  principal  amount of  Contracts  purchased by the
Company.  The terms of the loans correspond to the average term of the Contracts
securing the loans, the Company is required to replace Contracts collateralizing
the loans which go into default,  the Company obtains  insurance against loss in
the event of defaults under the Contracts collateralizing the loans, the Company
pays  interest on these loans equal to the greater of 15% or the prime rate plus
5%, and the Company pays this lender 10% of the spread between interest received
by the Company on the Contracts  collateralizing  the loans and interest paid to
the lender on such loans.  This  institution is not affiliated  with the Company
and the reason the  Company  pays these high rates to this lender is because the
original  agreement  was entered into during 1990 when the Company was beginning
its business. As of April 10, 1996, the Company had paid off the loans with this
institution.  This  agreement  was changed in May,  1994,  from a Contract  sale
agreement  to a loan  agreement  because  this  financial  institution  was  not
properly  servicing the Contracts  purchased  from the Company on a timely basis
which  resulted in delays in taking  action with respect to past due loans.  The
Company has filed a lawsuit against this institution regarding this transaction.
See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

                                       9
<PAGE>

     Contract  Portfolio  Sales. The Company has sold pools of Contracts in five
separate transactions.

     1. On  February 9, 1994,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  to sell
Contracts to a financial  institution.  During 1994, the Company sold $3,621,212
in principal amount of Contracts under this agreement at a purchase price of 97%
of such principal amount. The holdback percentage amount will not be received by
the Company until the borrowers pay the final amounts due on the Contracts sold.

     2. In November,  1994, the Company entered into an agreement to sell, on an
ongoing  basis,  Contracts  with a principal  balance of up to  $12,000,000 to a
financial  institution.  Contracts  are sold  under  this  agreement  for a cash
payment  on the  date  of  sale  equal  to 96% of the  principal  amount  of the
Contracts sold and future  monthly  payments over the life of the Contracts sold
based  upon a formula  contained  in the  agreement.  Under  this  formula,  the
Company's monthly payment will equal any amount remaining after deduction of the
following  amounts from the monthly  payments of  principal  and interest on the
Contracts sold: custodial and servicing fees, 95% of principal payments received
during the month,  88%  (10.58% per annum) of 96% of the  outstanding  principal
balance on the Contracts,  and any required  deposits into the reserve  account.
Under this  agreement,  the Company is required to maintain in a reserve account
an amount  equal to 5% of the  outstanding  principal  balance of the  Contracts
until the final 5% of  payments  are made on the  Contracts.  The  Company  will
receive any amounts remaining in the reserve account when all payments have been
made by the  borrowers  on the  Contracts.  The  reserve  account  protects  the
purchaser in the event of defaults by the borrowers under the Contracts.

     3. In January and  February  of 1996,  the Company  entered  into  multiple
agreements  to  sell  Contracts  with  a  principal   balance  of  approximately
$2,000,000 to a financial  institution.  Under these agreements,  Contracts were
sold without recourse at 88% of principal balance at the date of purchase.

     4. In February and April, 1996, the Company sold Contracts with a principal
balance of approximately  $5,100,000 and $4,200,000 to a financial  institution,
respectfully.  Under this agreement, Contracts were sold without recourse at 90%
of the  principal  balance  on the  date of sale.  In  addition,  the  financial
institution has the first right of refusal to purchase any Contracts offered for
sale by the Company up to a total of $50,000,000.

     5. In March,  1997, the Company sold  Contracts to a financial  institution
with a principal  balance of  approximately  $4,400,000.  Under this  agreement,
Contracts were sold at 90% of the principal  balance on the date of sale less an
additional  holdback  percentage  equal to 5% of the  principal  balance  of the
Contracts  purchased.  The 5% is  refundable  to the Company after all Contracts
sold to the financial  institution have met a three payment  requirement and the
Company has delivered all title documentation to the institution.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     Unsecured  Subordinated  Loan. On August 2, 1996, the Company  obtained the
net  proceeds  of a  $10,000,000  unsecured  subordinated  loan from a financial
institution.  The approximately  $9,600,000 net proceeds from the loan have been
used by the Company to purchase  automobile  retail  installment  contracts  and
vehicle inventories and as working capital.

     Under the terms of the loan,  interest  only is paid  quarterly  during the
first two years at a rate of 12% per annum and,  thereafter,  the  principal and
interest are payable quarterly until July 31, 2001, when the balance is due. The
Company has received  notice of default under the terms of the loan. The Company
also issued five year  warrants to purchase  263,750  shares of common  stock at
$3.93 per share to the placement agent in connection with the loan.

     Securitization.  On December  30,  1996,  Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc.
("Finance"),  a Delaware  corporation that was formed as a wholly owned, special
purpose  subsidiary  of  the  Company,   transferred  to  the  Western  Fidelity
Receivables  Trust 1996-A  ("Trust")  receivables  with an aggregate  receivable
balance  of  approximately  $17,200,000  and  the  Trust  issued  Pass-  Through
Certificates  in a private  Rule 144A  offering in four  classes  consisting  of
$19,640,000  of  7.5%  Class  A  Certificates,   $2,455,000  of  8.50%  Class  B
Certificates,  $1,227,500  of 12% Class C  Certificates,  and  $1,227,500 of 15%
Class D  Certificates.  The  Class A  Certificates  are rated  "A",  the Class B
Certificates  are rated "BBB" and the Class C and D Certificates  are rated "BB"
and "B", respectively,  by Duff & Phelps. Each of the certificates is represents
fractional  undivided  interests in the Trust.  The assets of the Trust include,
among other things, (i) a pool of motor vehicle receivables, evidenced by retail
installment contracts and security agreements ("Receivables"), all of which were
transferred  to  Finance  by  the  Company,  and  all  monies  received  on  the
Receivables  allocable  to the  principal  of such  Receivables  and all  monies
allocable  to interest  thereon,  (ii) the  interest of Finance in the  security
interests  in vehicles  financed  thereby  (iii)  amounts  held in a  prefunding
account of  approximately  $7,300,000  which will be used to acquire  additional
Receivables which were sold on February 4, 1997, (iv) the interest of Finance in
any recourse relating to dealer agreements  concerning the Receivables,  (v) all
right,  title and  interest  of Finance in and to the  transfer  and  assignment
agreement  between  Finance and the Company and (vi) the proceeds of any and all
of the foregoing.

     The  Receivables  were  originally  acquired by the Company  directly  from
automobile dealers and the Company will continue to service the Receivables. The
average life of the Receivables  pool is approximately 48 months. A reserve fund
was  established  including a 5% initial  deposit.  The excess spread is used to
increase  the  reserve  fund until  over  collateraliza  tion  reaches 7% of the
outstanding pool balances.  The 7% will be increased to 10% if the pool does not
achieve certain  performance  standards.  If a permanent increase in the reserve
fund is required,  then the Company's  residual  interest in the  securitization
will be impaired by  approximately  $400,000.  Approximately  45% of the pool is
concentrated in Texas.

                                       11
<PAGE>

     The issuance of the Class A  Certificates,  Class B  Certificates,  Class C
Certificates  and Class D Certificates  was the Company's  first  securitization
transaction. The Company purchased all of the Class D Certificates.

     Insurance  Coverage and Restricted  Cash Account.  The Company has obtained
vehicle single  interest  insurance  coverage on certain  Contracts owned by the
Company. This insurance,  which is obtained by most lenders,  requires a premium
of .003% of the monthly principal balance of the Contract portfolio and protects
the Company  against loss  resulting  from  uninsured  damage to or theft of the
vehicle  purchased  and the inability of the Company to locate and repossess the
financed vehicle.  In addition,  the Company has obtained an indemnity insurance
policy under which certain  Contracts  owned by the Company are insured  against
loss as a result of default by the borrower.  The premium for this  insurance is
3% of the principal  balance of the insured  Contract,  and the insurer requires
that the Company  deposit cash equal to 7% of the  principal  balance of insured
Contracts into a restricted  reserve account.  Losses on insured Contracts under
the indemnity policy are first reimbursed from the reserve account. To date, the
insurer has not made any payments  under the indemnity  policy.  The Company has
insured most Contracts  collateralizing  the Trust Notes, the insurance  company
loans and Contracts pledged to a financial institution.

     Secured Credit. The Company obtained a $20,000,000  secured credit facility
with a financial  institution.  The credit  facility  was used by the Company to
purchase  Contracts  and as working  capital.  Under the terms of the  facility,
interest  is paid at a  floating  rate  equivalent  to  LIBOR  plus  3.25%  or a
specified  bank  alternative  base rate plus 1%.  The  facility  is  secured  by
Contracts  and will mature on June 23, 1998.  As of June 4, 1997,  the principal
amount  of  the  Contracts  collateralizing  the  secured  credit  facility  was
approximately  $1,300,000  less  than the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
secured credit facility.  This occurred because certain Contracts pledged to the
financial  institution  became  ineligible  under the borrowing base because the
Contracts  remained due and unpaid for more than 60 days.  Borrowings  under the
facility were initiated in July 1996 and terminated by the financial institution
in April  1997  because  of  default  by the  Company.  See "Item 1.  Business--
General."

     In  August  1996,  the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  with  another
financial  institution for a $5,000,000  secured credit facility.  This facility
bears  interest  at the prime  rate plus  3.75%.  The  facility  is  secured  by
automobile retail installment  contracts and will mature on August 12, 1997. The
Company  has filed  suit  against  this  financial  institution  regarding  this
transaction. See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

Regulation

     The  business  the  Company was  conducting  until April 1997 is subject to
regulation  and licensing  under various  federal,  state and local statutes and
regulations.  The Company's  business  operations  were  conducted  with dealers
located in many  states,  and,  accordingly,  the laws and  regulations  of such


                                       12
<PAGE>

states governed the Company's operations. Most states where the Company operated
(i) limit the interest  rate,  fees and other charges that may be imposed by, or
prescribe certain other terms of, the Contracts that the Company purchased, (ii)
governed the sale and type of insurance  products offered by the dealers and the
insurers  for which the dealer  acted as agent and (iii)  defined the  Company's
rights to repossess and sell collateral.  In addition,  the Company was required
to be licensed or registered to conduct its finance operations in certain states
in which the Company  purchased  Contracts.  Numerous federal and state consumer
protection  laws  and  related   regulations   impose   substantive   disclosure
requirements upon lenders and services involved in automobile financing. Some of
the federal  laws and  regulations  to which the Company is subject  include the
Truth-in-Lending  Act,  the Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Federal  Trade
Commission  Act,  the  Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Fair  Debt  Collection
Practices  Act, the  Magnuson-Moss  Warranty  Act, the Federal  Reserve  Board's
Regulations B and Z, and the Soldiers and Sailors Civil Relief Act.

     In  addition,   the  Federal  Trade   Commission   ("FTC")  has  adopted  a
holder-in-due-course rule which has the effect of subjecting persons who finance
consumer credit  transactions (and certain related lenders and their assigns) to
all claims and defenses  which the purchaser  could assert against the seller of
the goods and services. With respect to used automobiles specifically, the FTC's
rule on sale of used  vehicles  requires  that all  sellers of used  automobiles
prepare,  complete  and display a buyer's  guide  which  explains  the  warranty
coverage  for such  automobiles.  The credit  practices  rules of the FTC impose
additional restrictions on sales contract provisions and credit practices.

Employees

     As of June 9, 1997,  the  Company  employed 55 persons on a full time basis
and no persons  on a part time  basis,  none of whom is covered by a  collective
bargaining  agreement.  The Company  provides basic medical  insurance and other
benefits for eligible employees.

Item 2.  Description of Property.

     The  principal  executive  office of the  Company  is  located  in  Denver,
Colorado in office facilities containing  approximately 13,300 square feet which
are leased from an  unaffiliated  person pursuant to leases expiring in 1997 and
1999. The Company  leases a used car storage lot on a month to month basis.  The
Company  currently  pays aggregate  rent for these  facilities of  approximately
$11,800 per month.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

     In February,  1997,  the Company filed a breach of contract  action against
Princeton  Capital  Credit  Corporation  ("Princeton")  in the District Court of
Jefferson  County,  State of Colorado.  In this action,  the Company has alleged
that Princeton  breached its  obligations  under an agreement in which Princeton
agreed to finance the repurchase, by the Company, of approximately $8,000,000 of
automobile  loans from a third  party.  The  Company  is seeking  damages in the
amount of $2,265,539 plus costs, fees and interest.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     In September,  1996, the Company filed a lawsuit against Berjac of Colorado
("Berjac") for, inter alia, breach of contract in Denver District Court. In this
action,  the Company has alleged that Berjac  breached a financing  agreement in
which Berjac agreed to finance  retail  installment  contracts  purchased by the
Company by failing to  surrender  the  original  notes and  vehicle  titles from
certain retail installment  contracts purchased by the Company and by failing to
properly credit payments to reduce the outstanding  balances due by the Company.
The Company is seeking the return of the original notes and vehicle  titles,  an
order  from  the  Court  declaring  the  credit  payments  properly  paid and an
accounting  of  certain  activities  of Berjac.  Berjac has filed a third  party
complaint  against Gene E. Osborn and a counterclaim  against the Company for an
accounting  of  certain  information,  attorneys'  fees and a return of  certain
security.

     In December,  1996,  Nationwide  Equipment  Company Profit  Sharing/Pension
Plan,  Richard D.  Ernst,  Frieda J.  Hopkins  Trust and Frank S. Ungar  filed a
lawsuit against the Company, Insight Sales and Marketing,  Inc., Gene E. Osborn,
Leonard L. Skerjanc and John J. Scordo,  II in the United States  District Court
for the District of Colorado. In the complaint,  the plaintiffs allege that they
invested an  aggregate  of  approximately  $97,500 in the Insight  Income  Trust
("Trust")  which then  loaned the funds plus funds from other  investors  in the
Trust to Insight Sales and  Marketing,  Inc.  ("Insight"),  that in 1995 Insight
defaulted  on the loans from the Trust,  that the Company also  borrowed  monies
from  the GEO I,  II,  III,  IV and V  Trusts,  that  the  Company  subsequently
conducted a public offering of the Company's common stock, that Messrs.  Osborn,
Skerjanc and Scordo were the principal officers of the Company and Insight, that
in connection with the sales of the Insight,  Company,  GEO I, II, III, IV and V
Trust  securities,  the defendants  failed to disclose  material facts as to the
uses of the proceeds  therefrom,  that the proceeds  from the Insight loans were
used to further  business  of the  Company  and to  personally  benefit  Messrs.
Osborn,  Skerjanc and Scordo, that Messrs. Osborn,  Skerjanc and Scordo breached
their duty of fidelity to Insight and that the conduct of the  defendants  was a
violation  of  the  securities  laws,  the  Racketeer,  Influenced  and  Corrupt
Organizations  Act and the Colorado  Organized  Crime Control Act. The complaint
claims an unspecified  amount of actual damages,  treble  damages,  interest and
attorneys' fees.

     In April, 1997, Durrett Motor Company  Incorporated filed a lawsuit against
the  Company  for breach of contract  in the  District  Court of Harris  County,
Texas.  In this  action,  the  Plaintiffs  allege  that the  Company  breached a
purchase  agreement with Plaintiff relating to the sale of certain motor vehicle
installment  contracts.  The  Plaintiffs  are  seeking  damages in the amount of
$239,401.68  plus costs,  fees and interest.  A writ of  garnishment  on monthly
payments of thirteen  Contracts  purchased  by the Company  from  Durrett  Motor
Company Incorporated was issued by the court in this case in May, 1997.

                                       14
<PAGE>

     In May, 1997, Pekin Life Insurance Company,  Farmers  Automobile  Insurance
Company,  Western  Fraternal Life  Association and Grinnell  Mutual  Reinsurance
Company filed a lawsuit  against the Company in the United States District Court
for the  Northern  District of  Illinois,  Eastern  Division,  for  declaratory,
injunctive  and other relief.  In this action,  the  Plaintiffs  allege that the
Company defaulted on 14 separate loan transactions  pursuant to which Plaintiffs
cumulatively  loaned the  Company  $12,500,000.  The  Plaintiffs  are  seeking a
declaratory  judgment from the court finding that each  Plaintiff is entitled to
immediate  delivery of collateral  pertaining  to each loan, a  preliminary  and
permanent injunction ordering delivery of the collateral, an accounting from the
Company of all current  funds  received  under the notes and an  inspection  and
examination of the books and records of the Company.

     In May,  1997,  Equity  Participation,  Inc.  filed a lawsuit in the United
States District Court for the District of Colorado against the Company, Insight,
D&O, Inc., Gene E. Osborn,  Leonard L. Skerjanc and John J. Scordo, II, alleging
mail fraud,  securities  fraud,  violations  of the  Racketeer,  Influenced  and
Corrupt  Organizations  Act and the Colorado  Organized  Crime  Control Act. The
lawsuit also contains  claims against Messrs.  Osborne,  Skerjanc and Scordo for
violations  of their duty of  fidelity  to Insight  noteholders  and  commercial
bribery.  In the complaint,  Plaintiff  alleges that  Plaintiff  agreed to raise
capital for Insight  through the Trust in return for royalty  payments  from the
sales of an automobile  security  device  ("Product"),  that Insight and Messrs.
Osborne,  Skerjanc and Scordo failed to maintain distribution of the Product due
to  misappropriation  of funds, that Insight and Messrs.  Osborne,  Skerjanc and
Scordo made  misstatements  about the quality of a  replacement  of the Product,
that in connection with various  offerings  Insight and Messrs Osborn,  Skerjanc
and  Scordo  failed to  disclose  material  facts as to the use of the  proceeds
therefrom,  that the monies were used for purposes  other than  represented  and
that the  proceeds  were used to further  the  business  of the  Company  and to
personally  benefit  Messrs.  Osborn,  Skerjanc and Scordo.  The lawsuit further
claims that Messers.  Osborn,  Skerjanc and Scordo violated their fiduciary duty
to  Plaintiff  in the  distribution  of the  assets  of D&O,  Inc.,  a  Colorado
corporation to which Plaintiff  claims certain assets of Insight were improperly
transferred.  The  Plaintiff  requests  the  remedy of a  constructive  trust be
imposed on Mr.  Osborn's  interest in D&O, Inc. and on the business of D&O, Inc.
and an unspecified amount of actual, treble and exemplary damages,  interest and
attorneys' fees.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's  shareholders during the
quarter ended December 31, 1996.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                     Part II

Item 5.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

     Since  November  21,  1995,  the Common Stock has been quoted on the Nasdaq
SmallCap  Market  under the  symbol  "WFFI."  The  Company  currently  is not in
compliance  with the Nasdaq  SmallCap Market  maintenance  requirements  and the
Company's Common Stock ceased to be quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market on June
13, 1997.  As of June 9, 1997,  there were 15 holders of record of the Company's
Common Stock. The declaration of dividends on the Common Stock is subject to the
discretion of the Company's  board of directors and will depend upon a number of
factors,  including the payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock and
the  future  earnings,  capital  requirements  and  financial  condition  of the
Company.  Additionally,  the Company's  loan  agreement  for the secured  credit
facility  prohibits the payment of dividends on the Company's  Common Stock. The
Company  has  not  declared  dividends  on its  Common  Stock  in the  past  and
management currently  anticipates that retained earnings,  if any, in the future
will be applied to the payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred  Stock and
for the Company's operations rather than the payment of dividends.

     The  following  table sets forth the range of the high and low  closing bid
prices of the Common Stock as reported for the  quarters  indicated.  The prices
represent  quotations  between  dealers  without  retail  markup,  markdown,  or
commission  and may not  represent  actual  transactions.  The  quotations  were
provided by NASDAQ.  Prior to November 21, 1995, no  established  public trading
market existed for the Common Stock.

         Quarter Ended             Low Bid       High Bid
         -------------             -------       --------

         December 31, 1995 .....   $ 8.00        $ 11.50
         March 31, 1996 ........   $ 3.75        $  8.75
         June 30, 1996 .........   $ 5.25        $  7.00
         September 30, 1996 ....   $ 2.50        $  5.375
         December 31, 1996 .....   $ 2.125       $  3.50
         March 31, 1997 ........   $ 3.25        $  4.875

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     On August 2, 1996,  the  Company  issued  five-year  warrants  to  purchase
263,750 shares of the Company's $0.001 par value common stock at $3.93 per share
to a  placement  agent in  connection  with a loan the Company  obtained  from a
financial institution. The placement agent was Western International Securities,
Inc. The issuance of the warrants was made in reliance upon the  exemption  from
registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
The warrants  issued to the placement  agent were  impressed  with a restrictive
legend advising that the securities  represented by the warrants may not be sold


                                       16
<PAGE>

or transferred  without having first been  registered or the  availability of an
exemption from registration established.  The warrants may be exercised in whole
or in part at any time or from time to time until July 31, 2001.

     On December  30,  1996,  Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc.  ("Finance"),  a
Delaware  corporation  that  was  formed  as  a  wholly-owned,  special  purpose
subsidiary of the Company, transferred to the Western Fidelity Receivables Trust
1996-A   ("Trust")   receivables  with  an  aggregate   receivable   balance  of
approximately $17,200,000 and the Trust issued Pass-Through Certificates in four
classes consisting of 19,640,000 of 7.5% Class A Certificates, 2,455,000 of 8.5%
Class B Certificates, 1,227,500 of 12% Class C Certificates and 1,227,500 of 15%
Class D Certificates.  Each of the certificates  represents fractional undivided
interests  in the Trust.  Structured  Capital  Management,  a division  of First
Southwest  Company,  acted  as  placement  agent  and  received  a  selling  and
underwriting  commission  equal to $266,982 plus  expenses.  The issuance of the
Certificates was made in reliance upon the exemption from registration  provided
by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Certificates were
issued only to accredited investors and can only be transferred pursuant to Rule
144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Item 6.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

     From 1990 until April 1997, the Company was a specialized  consumer finance
company  engaged in the  acquisition  of Contracts.  From May 1994,  until March
1997, the Company also operated a used car retail sales  facility  through which
the Company sold used cars and light trucks.

     In the  fall of  1995,  with  increased  access  to  capital,  the  Company
increased its purchase of Contracts by 275% from  approximately  $7.2 million in
1994 to approximately $29 million in 1995. Additionally, the Company completed a
public offering in November 1995. The Company originally  anticipated  closing a
$20 million  credit  facility with a financial  institution  by the end of 1995.
However, the Company was unable to finalize this credit facility or secure other
financing  sources until June 1996.  As a result of this delay,  the Company was
forced to substantially  decrease its Contract purchases in the first and second
quarters of 1996.

     In late June 1996,  the Company  finally  obtained the $20 million  secured
credit  facility  from the  financial  institution  and the  Company's  Contract
purchases  increased from approximately $29 million in 1995 to approximately $33
million in 1996.  The majority of the increased  purchases in 1995 occurred from
September  through  December  and  in  1996  from  July  through  December.  The
significant  growth in Contracts  purchased in the relatively  short time period
when  coupled  with other  changes  in the  marketplace,  caused the  Company to
experience a number of related operational problems.

                                       17
<PAGE>

     At time same time as the  Company was  experiencing  its growth in 1995 and
1996,  several new companies began to engage in the same business as the Company
and  certain  existing  competitors  substantially  increased  their  volume  of
Contract purchases.  This increased competition caused a decrease in the overall
quality  of the  Contracts  being  acquired  by the  Company  and  others in the
marketplace. Additionally, the Company was not able to sufficiently increase and
adequately  train the  Company's  underwriting  staff to handle the  significant
increase  in  Contracts   purchased   resulting  in  certain  of  the  Company's
underwriting  criteria being interpreted  incorrectly.  Further, the Company was
not able to rapidly increase its  infrastructure  in the collections,  servicing
and accounting  areas.  Since the overall quality of the Contracts was less than
what it had been in the past, a greater  emphasis was  essential in these areas.
Also, the collections department was significantly understaffed and at one point
in time in early  1996 had only one  collector  per 1,000  Contracts  instead of
having the industry  average of one collector for each 300  Contracts.  Although
the Company was increasing the servicing department personnel,  they were unable
to keep up with the volume of Contracts in a timely manner.

     During this time period,  the Company retained the services of a consulting
firm to subprime lenders to review the Company's infrastructure and policies and
procedures.  The firm recommended strengthening of the servicing and collections
departments  in both  staffing and in computer  hardware and software to achieve
maximum efficiency and competitiveness. The Company undertook the task of hiring
the employees and completing the  infrastructure  associated  with servicing and
collections.  Additionally, the Company's accounting department did not have the
required  structure to generate and supply  management  with timely and accurate
reports  related  to the  status of  Contracts  purchased  and  serviced.  Thus,
information  concerning the performance of Contracts was not being identified in
a timely fashion.  Consequently,  the Company's  management was unable to timely
monitor the Company's  default rate and average loss per Contract.  In addition,
the  combination of the Company's  growth,  deterioration  in the quality of the
underlying  Contracts  due  to  increased  competition  in the  industry  and an
inadequate  infrastructure  in the  servicing  and  collection  departments  and
inadequate generation of information  contributed to the Company incurring a net
loss of $10,154,677 in 1996 compared to net income of $579,160 in 1995. The bulk
of the loss in 1996 can be attributed to three areas.

     The first area is related to the Company's  used car retail sales  facility
that was closed in March  1997.  The  primary  reason the used car retail  sales
facility  was closed was the loss of the credit  facility to fund the  Contracts
generated  from the  sale of  repossessed  vehicles.  This  created  the lack of
capital to support the used car retail sales facility.  During 1996, the Company
suffered losses of approximately $1,000,000 as a result of the operations of the
used  car  retail  sales  facility.  The loss was  mainly  due to a  significant
increase in  repossession  of vehicles by the Company that resulted in a need by
the Company to  significantly  increase the  efficiency of the operations of the
used car retail sales  facility  which did not occur.  The used car retail sales
facility  continued to sustain  losses  through its closing.  As a result of the
closure of the used car retail sales  facility,  the provision for credit losses
was significantly increased.

                                       18
<PAGE>

     Second,  in late 1996,  the  Company  determined  to adopt the static  pool
method of determining credit losses. In addition, management of the Company made
two other  changes that had an impact on the provision  for credit  losses.  The
first was its decision to close the used car retail sales  facility as discussed
above and dispose of  repossessed  vehicles  at public  auction.  This  decision
increased  the average  loss  incurred by the Company  from $2,500 to $6,500 per
repossessed  vehicle.  In addition,  the static pool analysis  revealed that the
Company's  Contract  default rate  dramatically  increased from the fall of 1995
through 1996.  The Company had been  projecting a default rate of  approximately
25%. Actual projected  losses based on the specific pool analysis  revealed that
default  rates  were  in  the  35% to 40%  range.  This  high  default  rate  is
attributable  to the fact  that in 1996 the  Company  sold to third  parties  or
through securitizations  approximately  $22,000,000 in Contracts which generally
had a better  performance  history  than  Contracts  that were  retained  by the
Company.  These changes caused the Company to incur approximately  $5,700,000 in
additional  credit losses.  Approximately  $4,000,000 of this was related to the
increase in average loss per  repossessed  vehicle from $2,500 to $6,500 and the
balance  was  related to an  increased  default  rate due to the  quality of the
Contract portfolio that was retained by the Company.

     The other significant item that affected the Company's  performance in 1996
related to the write-off of its interest participation in a sale of Contracts to
a financial institution.  In 1995, the Company sold approximately $12,000,000 of
Contracts to this financial  institution and retained an interest  participation
in the  excess  cash  flow.  When  the  Contracts  were  sold  to the  financial
institution,  the financial  institution engaged a third-party servicing company
to service  the  Contracts.  It is the  Company's  belief  that this third party
inadequately serviced the Contracts due to lack of follow-up and poor collection
efforts. The Contracts experienced  approximately a 50% default rate. Due to the
default rate,  any residual  interest of the Company in the excess cash flow was
impaired and in the fourth  quarter of 1996 the Company  wrote off the Company's
remaining interest (approximately $1,700,000) in the excess cash flow.

     Other  significant  changes  from 1995 to 1996 related to interest and loan
costs. These costs approximately doubled due to the Company obtaining borrowings
to purchase Contracts.  The primary sources of new borrowings were obtained with
the $20  million  secured  credit  facility in late June 1996 and $10 million of
subordinated debt in late July 1996.

     Administrative   costs  increased   $1,300,000  in  1996  over  1995.  This
represents the Company's growth in the number of employees  engaged in servicing
and collections,  accounting and the used car retail sales facility,  and growth
in facilities expense and professional fees.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     At the end of  January  1997,  the  financial  institution  from  which the
Company had previously  obtained a $20 million secured credit facility presented
the  Company  with a proposal to increase  the  secured  credit  facility to $50
million.  In mid  February  1997,  the  financial  institution  withdrew the $50
million proposal because of financial  difficulties  publicly  reported by other
companies  engaged in the same  business  as the  Company.  In April  1997,  the
financial  institution advised the Company that the financial  institution would
provide no  additional  funding  under the existing $20 million  secured  credit
facility because the Company was in default thereof as a result of the violation
by the Company of certain financial  covenants  contained in the credit facility
agreement provided by the financial institution to the Company. As a result, the
Company   discontinued   acquiring   Contracts   and   reduced  its  staff  from
approximately 184 employees on March 31, 1997, to 55 employees on June 9, 1997.

     The Company has also received  notice from the financial  institution  that
provided the Company with  subordinated  debt of approximately  $10 million that
the Company is in default of the  provisions of such loan.  The Company has also
defaulted on required payments on insurance company loans.  Further, the Company
is in default on the payment on the loans from the G.E.O.  Income Trusts III, IV
and V. As of  December  31,  1996,  the Company  had an  accumulated  deficit of
$11,328,311.  The  independent  auditors  report on the  consolidated  financial
statements  of the  Company for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  contains a
paragraph raising a substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as
a going  concern.  The Company did not pay  preferred  stock  dividends  for the
quarter ended March 31, 1997.

     In May, 1997, the Company engaged Key Capital Markets, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of KeyCorp,  to explore  strategic  business options and alternatives
for the Company's business.  If the Company is unable to enter into satisfactory
arrangements  with its creditors,  obtain  additional  financing or enter into a
business  combination,  it is  likely  that the  Company  will  have to file for
protection from its creditors under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

     The foregoing discussion contains certain forward-looking statements within
the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  which are intended to be covered by the safe
harbors created thereby.  These  statements  include the plans and objectives of
management for future operations, including plans and objectives relating to the
development. The forward-looking statements included herein are based on current
expectations  that  involve  numerous  risks  and  uncertain  ties.  Assumptions
relating to the foregoing involve judgments with respect to, among other things,
future  economic,   competitive  and  market   conditions  and  future  business
decisions,  all of which are difficult or impossible to predict  accurately  and
many of which are  beyond the  control  of the  Company.  Although  the  Company
believes that the  assumptions  underlying  the  forward-looking  statements are
reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate and, therefore, there can
be no assurance that the forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-KSB
will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in


                                       20
<PAGE>

the   forward-looking   statements   included  herein,  the  inclusion  of  such
information  should not be  regarded as a  representation  by the Company or any
other person that the objectives and plans of the Company will be achieved.

Item 7.  Financial Statements

                  WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          Number
                                                                          ------
Independent Auditors' Report                                               F-1

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1996 and 1995                   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations - For the Years Ended                F-3
   December 31, 1996 and 1995

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity - For the Years             F-4
   Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - For the Years Ended                F-5
   December 31, 1996 and 1995

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                             F-6

Item  8.  Changes  In and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure.

     There were no changes of the Company's  principal  independent  accountants
during the Company's last two fiscal years.

                                    Part III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons; Compliance
With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

     The following table sets forth the names and ages of the current  directors
and executive  officers of the Company and the  principal  offices and positions
with the Company held by each such person.  Each director serves a one year term
and until the  director's  successor is elected or until the  director's  death,


                                       21
<PAGE>

resignation  or  removal.  The  executive  officers  of the  Company are elected
annually by the Company's board of directors. The executive officers serve terms
of one year or until their death,  resignation or removal by the Company's board
of directors.

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:


     Name                             Age     Position With the Company
     ----                             ---     -------------------------
     Gene E. Osborn                   60      President
                                              Director
     Leonard L. Skerjanc              49      Executive Vice President
                                              Chief Operating Officer
                                              Director
     John J. Scordo, II               51      Executive Vice President
                                              Director
     Marya L. Brancio                 32      Vice President and Secretary

     Gene E. Osborn.  Mr.  Osborn has been the  president  and a director of the
Company since 1990. Mr. Osborn has been involved in the automotive  industry for
over 30 years,  and has owned and  operated  automobile  dealerships  including,
Toyota and Lincoln Mercury dealerships in Colorado Springs, Colorado, Chevrolet,
Lincoln Mercury and Mazada dealerships in Aurora, Colorado and Subaru, AMC Jeep,
and Hyundai  dealerships in Denver,  Colorado.  Mr. Osborn devotes a majority of
his time to the Company.  Mr.  Osborn  devotes some of his time to D&O,  Inc., a
company  which is engaged  in the  marketing  of a  protective  coating  for the
exterior  paint of  vehicles.  Mr.  Osborn is an officer,  director and majority
shareholder of D&O, Inc.

     Leonard L. Skerjanc.  Mr. Skerjanc has been the executive vice president of
the Company since 1994, the chief operating  officer of the Company since April,
1996 and a director of the Company since 1991. Mr.  Skerjanc also served as vice
president  of the  Company  from 1990 to 1996.  He has been  involved in retail,
lease and wholesale automotive financing for 25 years. Mr. Skerjanc was employed
by General Motors Acceptance  Corporation  between 1969 and September 1985 where
he held  numerous  positions  including  credit  manager  and  dealer  relations
manager.  In September 1985, Mr. Skerjanc joined Toyota Motor Credit Corporation
as  assistant  branch  manager,  a position he held until  October  1990 when he
joined the  Company.  Mr.  Skerjanc  received a  Bachelor  of Science  degree in
Business  Administration from the University of Southern Colorado.  Mr. Skerjanc
devotes his full time to the Company.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     John J. Scordo,  II. Mr. Scordo has been  executive  vice  president of the
Company  since April 26, 1996,  and a director of the Company since 1991. He has
been  involved  in  the  ownership,  operation,  and  management  of  automobile
dealerships  for over 25 years.  Mr.  Scordo was the general  manager of Menlove
Dodge-Toyota  in  Bountiful,  Utah from 1976 to 1978,  and co-owned and acted as
general manager for a Chrysler  dealership in Castle Rock, Colorado from 1977 to
1980. From 1980 to 1984 Mr. Scordo was a general  manager of several  automobile
dealerships in Colorado.  From 1984 until joining the Company,  Mr. Scordo was a
consultant  for  automobile  dealerships  and  related  businesses.  Mr.  Scordo
received a Bachelor  of Science  degree from the  University  of  Colorado.  Mr.
Scordo currently devotes his full time to the Company.

     Marya L. Brancio. Mrs. Brancio has been the vice president and secretary of
the Company since April 1996 and the general counsel for the Company since 1995.
Ms.  Brancio was engaged in the  practice of law from the  beginning  of 1993 to
1995 and served as  in-house  counsel to  Oversight  Management  Company,  a due
diligence  firm, in 1991 and 1992. Ms. Brancio  graduated from the University of
Denver  College  of Law in 1990  and from  Moorhead  State  University  in 1987,
receiving a Bachelor of Arts degree.  Ms.  Brancio  devotes her full time to the
Company.

     There are no family relationships among any of the officers or directors of
the Company.

     The  Company has  obtained  and pays the annual  premiums on $500,000  "key
person" life insurance  policies on the lives of Leonard L. Skerjanc and John J.
Scordo,  II. The death  benefit  proceeds of these  policies  are payable to the
Company. The Company is considering obtaining a similar $1,000,000 policy on the
life of Gene E. Osborn.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  requires
the Company's  directors and executive officers and persons who beneficially own
more than 10% of a registered class of the Company's  equity  securities to file
various  reports with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission and the National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  concerning  their  holdings of, and
transactions  in,  securities  of the Company.  Copies of these  filings must be
furnished to the Company.

     Based on a review of the copies of such forms  furnished to the Company and
written  representations  from the Company's executive  officers,  directors and
persons who beneficially own more than 10% of the Company's  outstanding  Common
Stock,  the Company  believes that none of such persons  failed to timely file a
Form 3, 4 or 5 required by Section  16(a) under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934 during the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

                                       23
<PAGE>

Item 10.  Executive Compensation.

     The following table provides certain compensation  information for services
rendered in all  capacities  to the Company  during each of the  Company's  last
three fiscal years by Gene E. Osborn,  the president of the Company,  and by the
only other executive  officers whose salary and bonus from the Company  exceeded
$100,000 in 1996.

                           Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          Long Term
                                                                Annual Compensation      Compensation
                                                        -------------------------------- ------------
                                                                                          Securities
Name and Principal                                                         Other Annual  Underlying     All Other
Positions at 12/31/96                          Year     Salary    Bonus    Compensation    Options    Compensation
- ----------------------------------------    ----------  -------  --------  ------------  -----------  -------------

<S>                                            <C>    <C>       <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>    
Gene E. Osborn                                 1996   $187,500  $17,604        -0-          136,670      $24,886
                                               1995   $180,000  $10,000        -0-          100,000      $25,107
                                               1994   $179,429    -0-          -0-            -0-        $26,552

Leonard L. Skerjanc                            1996   $100,000  $ 8,802        -0-          86,666         -0-
                                               1995   $ 84,416  $ 7,000        -0-          50,000         -0-
                                               1994   $ 74,062  $ 6,062        -0-            -0-          -0-

John J. Scordo, II                             1996   $100,000  $ 8,802        -0-          86,666         -0-
                                               1995   $ 74,666  $ 7,000        -0-          50,000         -0-
                                               1994   $ 30,000   $ 531         -0-            -0-          -0-
- ------------------
</TABLE>

     (1) The remuneration does not include use of Company owned automobiles.

     (2) Represents  life insurance  premiums of $17,900,  $15,000,  and $18,523
paid by the Company in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and amounts of $6,986,
$10,107, and $8,029 paid by the Company in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, to
a country club.

Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Individual Grants
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Number of Securities        % of Total Options            Exercise
                         Underlying Options          Granted to Employees          or Base          Expiration
Name                     Granted (#)                 in Fiscal Year                Price ($/sh)     Date
- ----                     --------------------        --------------------          -----------      -----------
<S>                           <C>                          <C>                       <C>            <C>   <C> 
Gene E. Osborn                134,680(1)                   26.9%                     $3.7125        12/29/2001
Gene E. Osborn                  1,990(2)                     .4%                     $3.375         12/29/2001
Leonard L. Skerjanc            86,666(1)                   17.3%                     $3.7125        12/29/2001
John J. Scordo, II             86,666(1)                   17.3%                     $3.375         12/29/2001
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>

     (1)  Represents  incentive  stock  options  granted  pursuant  to the  1996
Incentive  and  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  Plan.  See "Report on  Repricing of
Options."

     (2)  Represents  nonstatutory  stock options  granted  pursuant to the 1996
Incentive  and  Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  Plan.  See "Report on  Repricing of
Options."

Value of Options at December 31, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Aggregate Fiscal Year End Option Values
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Number of Securities                         Value of Unexercised
                              Underlying Unexercised                       In-the-Money Options
                              Options at Fiscal Year End                   at Fiscal Year End
                              Exercisable/Unexercisable                    Exercisable/Unexercisable
                              --------------------------                   -------------------------
    <S>                             <C>                                          <C>
     Gene E. Osborn                  0/136,670                                    0/0
     Leonard L. Skerjanc             0/ 86,660                                    0/0
     John J. Scordo, II              0/ 86,660                               0/$25,566.47
</TABLE>

     The  value is based on the  closing  sale  price of $3.67 of the  Company's
Common Stock on December 31, 1996 minus the exercise price of the options.

     No options to purchase the Company's Common Stock were exercised by Messrs.
Osborn,  Skerjanc or Scordo during the Company's  fiscal year ended December 31,
1996.

Compensation of Directors

     The Company  currently does not compensate its directors for acting in such
capacity.

Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Changes-In-Control

     The Company has not entered into any employment,  termination of employment
or change-in-control agreements with its officers.

Report on Repricing of Options

     The Company has cancelled the 1995 Incentive and Nonstatutory  Stock Option
Plan  ("Option  Plan") which  authorized  the Company to issue  incentive  stock
options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended,  and other  nonstatutory  stock options to purchase up to a total of
250,000  shares of Common  Stock.  Options to  purchase up to a total of 150,000
shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $5.50 per share and options to
purchase up to a total of 100,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$5.00 per share had been granted  pursuant to the Option  Plan.  Included in the


                                       25
<PAGE>

total  options  granted  pursuant  to the Option  Plan were  options to purchase
100,000 shares,  50,000 shares and 50,000 shares that were  exercisable at $5.00
per share and that had been granted to Gene E. Osborn,  Leonard L.  Skerjanc and
John J.  Scordo,  II,  respectively.  All of the options  were  forfeited by the
optionees in connection with the grants set forth below.

     The  Company  has  adopted,  subject  to  shareholder  approval,  the  1996
Incentive and Nonstatutory  Stock Option Plan ("1996 Plan") which authorizes the
Company to grant  incentive  stock options  within the meaning of Section 422 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and to grant  nonstatutory stock
options.  The 1996 Plan  relates to a total of 500,000  shares of Common  Stock.
Incentive  stock  options  relating  to  498,010  shares of common  stock of the
Company have been granted as incentive  stock options of which options  relating
to 359,678 shares were granted to the current officers of the Company, including
Gene E. Osborn, Leonard L. Skerjanc and John J. Scordo, II, who received options
to purchase 134,680 shares, 86,666 shares and 86,666 shares, respectively, under
the 1996 Plan.  The options will become  exercisable  on the earlier of the date
that the 1996 Plan is approved by the  shareholders or December 29, 1997.  Also,
nonstatutory  stock  options  relating to 1,990 shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock were granted to Gene E. Osborn. The options are exercisable on the earlier
of the date the 1996 Plan is approved by the  shareholders or December 29, 1997.
Mr.  Osborn's   options  are  exercisable  at  $3.7125  and  $3.375  per  share,
respectively,  Mr. Skerjanc's options are exercisable at $3.7125, per share, Mr.
Scordo's  options are  exercisable at $3.375 per share and the other options are
exercisable  at $3.375  per  share.  All of the  options  must be  exercised  by
December 29, 2001.

     As stated previously,  the options that were granted pursuant to the Option
Plan had  exercise  prices of $5.00 per  share  and $5.50 per share  which  were
significantly  above the current  market price of the Company's  Common Stock in
December 1996. The Board of Directors of the Company  believed that the previous
options granted  pursuant to the Option Plan were no longer an incentive for the
holders  thereof  because  of the fact that the  exercise  prices  thereof  were
significantly  higher than the then market price of the Common Stock.  The Board
of Directors also believed that it would be  appropriate to reward  employees in
recognition  of the fact that in December  1996 the  Company had a record  month
regarding Contracts purchased. Therefore, the Board of Directors granted the new
options  pursuant to the 1996 Plan as bonuses and  incentives  for the Company's
employees.

Item 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  as of June 9, 1997,
regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock, its only class
of outstanding  voting securities by (i) each person who is known to the Company
to own  beneficially  more  than 5% of the  outstanding  Common  Stock  with the
address of each such person,  (ii) each of the Company's directors and officers,
and (iii) all of the Company's directors and officers as a group.

                                       26
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name of Beneficial Owner
or Name of Officer or                              Amount and Nature of                     Percent
Director and Addresses                             Beneficial Ownership(1)                  of Class(2)
- ----------------------                             ----------------------                   ----------
<S>                                                      <C>                                 <C>  
Gene E. Osborn ..................................        1,624,170(3)(7)                     58.5%
4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
Denver, Colorado 80212

Leonard L. Skerjanc .............................          261,666(4)                         9.6%
4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
Denver, Colorado 80212

John J. Scordo, II ..............................          174,166(4)                         6.4%
4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
Denver, Colorado 80212

Marya L. Brancio ................................           51,666(5)                         1.9%
4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
Denver, Colorado 80212

All Officers and Directors as a .................        2,111,668(6)                        70.4%
Group (4 Persons)
</TABLE>

     (1) The beneficial owners listed have sole voting and investment power with
respect to the shares of Common Stock.

     (2) Assumes no shares of Series A Preferred Stock are converted into Common
Stock and that each individual's stock option is exercised.

     (3) Includes  136,670  shares of Common Stock  underlying  options  granted
pursuant to the 1996 Plan which will not be exercisable until the earlier of the
date the 1996 Plan is approved by the shareholders or December 29, 1997.

     (4) Includes  86,666 shares of Common Stock  underlying  an option  granted
pursuant to the 1996 Plan which will not be exercisable until the earlier of the
date the 1996 Plan is approved by the shareholders or December 29, 1997.

     (5) Represents shares of Common Stock underlying an option granted pursuant
to the 1996 Plan which will not be exercisable until the earlier of the date the
1996 Plan is approved by the shareholders or December 29, 1997.

     (6)  Includes  275,002  shares  of  Common  Stock  underlying  the  options
described above.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     (7) Mr. Osborn has entered into an installment  payment  agreement with the
IRS which  requires  Mr.  Osborn and his wife to pay  approximately  $770,000 of
taxes owed for the years 1989, 1990 and 1991. The monthly installment payment is
about $4,900 and the IRS has filed a tax lien with regard to such unpaid  taxes.
The tax  liability  arose  primarily  as a result of  deductions  claimed by Mr.
Osborn  when he sold  various  automobile  dealerships  which were  subsequently
disallowed by the IRS. Mr. Osborn  beneficially owns approximately  56.4% of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company.  This stock constitutes the major asset
of Mr.  and Mrs.  Osborn.  If Mr.  and Mrs.  Osborn  should  default  under  the
installment  payment  agreement,  the IRS could bring a judicial  proceeding  to
enforce  the  federal  tax lien and  attempt  to levy on and sell  enough of the
Common  Stock of the Company  owned by Mr.  Osborn to pay the amount owed by Mr.
and Mrs.  Osborn to the IRS. Mr. Osborn has pledged 200,000 shares of his Common
Stock of the Company as security for the payment of any amounts which may become
due under an indemnification agreement between Mr. Osborn and the Company.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     The Company  borrowed  $11,000  from  family  members of Gene E. Osborn and
provided the family members with a demand note with a 15% stated  interest rate.
Interest is paid monthly, and the unpaid principal balance of the demand note at
December 31, 1996 was $11,000. The demand note was paid in full in April 1997.

     Between  March,  1992 and  June,  1995  the  Company  loaned  approximately
$418,175  to  Outcome  Sales and  Marketing,  Inc.,  a company  owned by Gene E.
Osborn,  ("Outcome").  Of that amount,  approximately $131,844 was repaid to the
Company.  Gene E. Osborn and Mr.  Skerjanc are directors and officers of Outcome
and Mr.  Scordo is an officer of Outcome.  Outcome,  which was formed by Gene E.
Osborn to market  vehicle  security and safety related  products,  was initially
capitalized with $600,000 borrowed from an investor trust.  After expending this
capital, Outcome borrowed the additional funds described above from the Company.
Outcome's  business has been a failure.  During the periods  ended  December 31,
1993,  1994 and,  1995, the remainder of this loan in the amount of $301,200 was
uncollectible and was charged off by including it in distributions to affiliates
in shareholders' equity during such periods. On November 7, 1995, the trustee of
this  investor  trust  notified  Outcome  that he was  declaring  the notes from
Outcome  to this  trust in the amount of  $600,000  to be in default  because of
alleged  breach  of  indenture  covenants  and  warranties,  including  improper
expenditure  of trust  assets;  improper  distributions  of trust  assets to the
noteholders  of the trust;  failure to pay  compensation  to and expenses of the
trustee; and failure to indemnify the trustee. Outcome has paid all interest due
on these  notes.  The Company  became  aware that this  trustee,  in a letter to
noteholders of this trust, has stated his intention to cause the trust to file a
legal action  against  Outcome,  the Company,  and other unnamed  persons.  This
trustee has been subsequently removed by the noteholders.  Because of this treat
of legal  action  against  the  Company,  Gene E.  Osborn  has  entered  into an
indemnification  and  pledge  agreement  with the  Company in which he agrees to
indemnify the Company  against any monetary  loss,  including  attorney's  fees,


                                       28
<PAGE>

resulting from this threatened litigation and in which he pledges 200,000 shares
of Common  Stock of the Company  owned by him as security for the payment of any
obligations which may arise under such agreement. If the Company acquires shares
from Mr. Osborn under the pledge agreement, the Company would retain such shares
thereby reducing the number of shares  outstanding.  Under the pledge agreement,
such shares would be reacquired at a discount of 20%.

     The Company  loaned  $26,000 to D & O, Inc., a company that is owned 51% by
Gene E. Osborn and 49% by an  unaffiliated  party.  The directors of D & O, Inc.
are Gene E. Osborn,  Leonard L. Skerjanc,  and the unaffiliated  party. The loan
was represented by a promissory note bearing interest at a rate of 7% per annum.
As of September 30, 1995, the principal and accrued interest on this loan in the
amount of $29,289  was  charged off by  including  such amount in  stockholders'
equity.

     As of June 1, 1995, the Company entered into a Management  Agreement with a
corporation which is wholly owned by James A. Osborn, the son of Gene E. Osborn.
Under this Agreement,  the  corporation  managed and operated the Company's used
car  retail  sales  facility  for a fee of $3,800  per month plus 20% of the net
profit of such facility.  This Agreement was terminated in April 1997, after the
Company closed its used car retail sales  facility.  Management fees paid during
the year ended December 31, 1996 were approximately $283,000. James A. Osborn is
also an employee of the Company.  On August 28, 1995, the Company  granted James
A. Osborn a nonstatutory  stock option entitling him to purchase 3,400 shares of
Common Stock during a five year period at $5.00 per share.  The Company  granted
this option to James A. Osborn to provide him with an additional incentive under
the  Management  Agreement.  This  option has been  subsequently  forfeited  and
replaced by an incentive  stock option to purchase  40,066 shares at an exercise
price of $3.375 per share pursuant to the 1996 Plan.

     The Company has and will continue to make travel arrangements through First
World  Travel,  a travel  agency  which is owned and  operated by  Rosemarie  E.
Osborn,  the wife of Gene E. Osborn.  The Company purchased airline tickets from
First World Travel in the  following  amounts:  $24,500  during 1996 and $24,000
during 1995.  First World Travel received  customary  industry  commissions with
respect to such ticket purchases by the Company.

     Although the Company  believes that the terms of the  Management  Agreement
involving  Gene E.  Osborn's  son and the terms under which the Company uses the
travel  agency owned by Gene E.  Osborn's  wife were fair and  reasonable to the
Company, the Company has not obtained an independent  determination with respect
to the fairness and reasonableness of these  arrangements.  The Company's belief
with  respect  to the  Management  Agreement  is based upon the  experience  and
knowledge of the Company's  directors  other than Mr.  Osborn in the  automobile
used car retail sales business, and the Company's belief with respect to the use
of the travel agency is based upon the Company's  directors'  knowledge of rates
and fees charged by unaffiliated  travel agencies.  Any transaction  between the
Company and a member of  management  or a relative or  affiliate  of a member of
management  involves  obvious  inherent  conflicts  of  interest.  The  board of
directors  has  adopted a  resolution  that  provides  that any future  proposed


                                       29
<PAGE>

transaction between the Company and any member of management of the Company or a
relative  or  affiliate  of a  member  of  management  of the  Company  must  be
determined  by an  independent  person to be fair and  reasonable to the Company
before the Company enters into such proposed  transaction.  The directors of the
Company have adopted a resolution which requires that all compensation  matters,
including the grant of stock options,  relating to any member of management must
be approved by a majority of the directors  who do not have a personal  interest
in such determination.

     The  board of  directors  of the  Company  has  adopted a  resolution  that
provides that the areas of business in which the Company shall be interested for
the purpose of the doctrine of corporate  opportunities shall be the business of
acquiring  and  servicing  automobile  retail  installment  loan  contracts  for
purchases of late model used automobiles  (cars and light trucks) and purchasing
and selling used automobiles.  Any business  opportunity which falls within such
areas of interest must be brought to the attention of the Company for acceptance
or rejection prior to any officer or director of the Company taking advantage of
such opportunity. Any business opportunity outside such areas of interest may be
entered  into by any officer or  director of the Company  without the officer or
director first offering the business opportunity to the Company.  Gene E. Osborn
and Mr. Skerjanc are involved,  and in the future intend to become involved,  in
other  businesses  independent  of the  Company,  and  intend to engage in other
businesses that provide financing other than in connection with the financing of
automobiles.  Also,  Mr. Scordo may become  involved in other  businesses in the
future  which do not  compete  with the  Company's  business.  To the extent Mr.
Osborn, Mr. Skerjanc or Mr. Scordo engage in such other activities,  the time he
devotes to the Company will be diminished. However, Mr. Osborn, Mr. Skerjanc and
Mr.  Scordo each  currently  estimate that he will devote at least a majority of
his time to the affairs of the  Company.  No  shareholder  of the  Company  will
benefit from any of the  independent  business  activities  of Mr.  Osborn,  Mr.
Skerjanc or Mr. Scordo or any of the other officers or directors of the Company.

Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

     (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

     1. Financial Statements

                                                                      Page of
                                                                     this Report
                                                                     -----------
        Independent Auditors' Report........................................ F-1

        Consolidated Balance Sheets December 31, 1996 and 1995.............. F-2


                                       30
<PAGE>

        Consolidated Statements of Operations For The Years
        Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.................................... F-3

        Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity For
        The Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.......................... F-4

        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For The Years
        Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.................................... F-5

        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................... F-6


     2. Financial Statement Schedules:

     All  other  statements  or  schedules  for which  provision  is made in the
applicable  regulation  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  have been
omitted  because  they  are  not  required  under  related  instructions  or are
inapplicable,  or the  information  is shown  in the  financial  statements  and
related notes.

     3. Exhibits:


Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing
- ----------  ---------------------------------
(3.1)       Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*
(3.2)       Articles  of Amendment  to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of
            Registrant*
(3.3)       Bylaws of Registrant*
(4.1)       Form of Underwriting Agreement*
(4.2)       Form of Representative's Warrants*
(10.1)      Master Notes  issued by  Registrant  to G.E.O.  Income Trust 1991-1,
            G.E.O. Income Trust I, G.E.O. Income Trust III, G.E.O. Income Trust
            IV, G.E.O. Income Trust V on June 30, 1995*
(10.2)      Promissory Note dated August 18, 1992, by and between Registrant and
            James R. Osborn and Reta Bailey*
(10.3)      Contract  Purchase  Agreement  between  O  &  S  Finance,  Inc.  and
            Registrant dated as of November 23, 1994*
(10.4)      Master Purchase  Agreement between  O & S Finance, Inc. and Greyrock
            Capital Group, Inc. dated as of November 23, 1994*


                                       31
<PAGE>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing
- ----------  ---------------------------------
(10.5)      Promissory Note dated December 12, 1994, from  Registrant to Farmers
            Automobile  Insurance  Company,  Pekin  Life  Insurance  Company and
            Grinnell  Mutual  Reinsurance  Company;  and  Pledge  Agreement  and
            Security Agreement both dated December 9, 1994, among Registrant and
            Farmers Automobile Insurance Company,  Pekin Life Insurance Company,
            and Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company*
(10.6)      Promissory  Note dated April 19, 1995, from Registrant to Pekin Life
            Insurance Company*
(10.7)      Promissory Note  dated  May 12, 1995,  from  Registrant  to  Farmers
            Automobile Insurance Company*
(10.8)      Promissory Note dated June 9, 1995,  from  Registrant  to Pekin Life
            Insurance Company*
(10.9)      Promissory  Note  dated  September  13,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company*
(10.10)     Promissory  Note  Dated  September  13,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company*
(10.11)     Promissory  Note  dated  September  21,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Grange Mutual Casualty Company*
(10.12)     Promissory  Note  dated  September  21,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Farmers Automobile Insurance Company*
(10.13)     Promissory  Note  dated  September  21,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Pekin Life Insurance Company*
(10.14)     Loan  Sale  Agreement  dated as of  February 9, 1994, by and between
            Registrant  and  NAFCO  Auto  Funding,  L.P.  and  Exhibit A to such
            Agreement*
(10.15)     Financing  Agreement  dated as  of July 27,  1990, between Berjac of
            Colorado, Registrant,  and Gene  E. Osborn and the Amendment thereto
            dated February 6, 1991*
(10.16)     Master Policy dated March 28, 1994, issued by Empire Fire and Marine
            Insurance Company/Empire Indemnity Insurance Company*


                                       32
<PAGE>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing
- ----------  ---------------------------------
(10.17)     Agreement  dated  June  22,  1995,  between  Empire  Fire and Marine
            Insurance Company/Empire Indemnity Insurance Company and Registrant*
(10.18)     Trust/Escrow Agreement dated June 22, 1995, among the First National
            Bank of Omaha,  Nebraska,  Empire Fire and  Marine Insurance Company
            of Omaha/Empire Indemnity Insurance Company and Registrant*
(10.19)     Management Agreement dated September 20,  1995,  between  Registrant
            and Christopher Creations, Inc.*
(10.20)     Form of Selling Agent's Warrants to Purchase Common Stock*
(10.21)     Promissory Note dated July 26, 1995, from D & O, Inc. to Registrant*
(10.22)     1995 Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan*
(10.23)     1996 Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
(10.24)     Office Sublease dated May 11, 1995, between Registrant and Bank One,
            Denver N.A.*
(10.25)     Office  Leases  dated  October  11,  1995,  between  Registrant  and
            Lakeside Office, Ltd. and Western Terrace Investment Co., Ltd.*
(10.26)     Agreement dated November 15, 1992, between Registrant and J. D. Mull
            & Co.*
(10.27)     Letter  Agreement  dated  November  29, 1994, between Registrant and
            Joseph Roberts & Co., Inc.*
(10.28)     Termination Agreement dated October 13, 1995*
(10.29)     Form of Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Dealers*
(10.30)     Promissory Note dated October 18, 1995, from Registrant to  Grinnell
            Mutual Reinsurance Company*
(10.31)     Promissory Note dated October 20, 1995, from  Registrant  to Farmers
            Automobile Insurance Company*
(10.32)     Promissory Note  dated October 20,  1995,  from Registrant  to Pekin
            Life Insurance Company*


                                       33
<PAGE>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing
- ----------  ---------------------------------
(10.33)     Master  Notes  issued  by  Registrant to G.E.O. Income Trust 1991-I,
            G.E.O. Income Trust II, G.E.O. Income Trust III, G.E.O. Income Trust
            IV and G.E.O. Income Trust V on September 30, 1995*
(10.34)     Form  of  Notes issued by  Registrant to G.E.O. Income Trust 1991-I,
            G.E.O. Income Trust II, G.E.O. Income Trust III, G.E.O. Income Trust
            IV, and G.E.O. Income Trust V*
(10.35)     Trust Indenture dated as of October 1,  1991, and Security Agreement
            dated December 5, 1991, between Registrant and G.E.O.  Income  Trust
            1991-I*
(10.36)     Trust  Indenture  dated as of July  27, 1992, and Security Agreement
            dated September  2, 1992, between Registrant and G.E.O. Income Trust
            II*
(10.37)     Trust Indenture  dated as of  March 22, 1993, and Security Agreement
            dated May 28, 1993, between Registrant and G.E.O. Income Trust III*
(10.38)     Trust  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  24,  1993,  and  Security
            Agreement  dated  February  7,  1994,  between Registrant and G.E.O.
            Income Trust IV*
(10.39)     Trust  Indenture  dated  as of  September  15,  1994,  and  Security
            Agreement  dated  October  13,  1994,  between Registrant and G.E.O.
            Income Trust V*
(10.40)     Amendments  dated  May  16,  1994,  and  June  1, 1994, to Berjac of
            Colorado Agreement dated July 27,  1990,  which was previously filed
            as Exhibit (10.15)*
(10.41)     Trust Notes Exchanged for Series A Preferred Stock*
(10.42)     Letter  dated  June  26, 1995, from Empire Fire and Marine Insurance
            Company to the Registrant*
(10.43)     Indemnification and  Stock Pledge Agreement dated November 13, 1995,
            between Gene E. Osborn and Registrant*
(10.44)     Used Car Facility Lease dated April 3, 1996,  between Registrant and
            D&J Investments, Colorado General Partnership**
(10.45)     Loan  Purchase  Agreement  dated  February  28, 1996, by and between
            Registrant and Primus Automotive Financial Services, Inc.**


                                       34
<PAGE>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing
- ----------  ---------------------------------
(10.46)     Loan  Purchase  Agreement  dated  April  3,  1996,  by  and  between
            Registrant and Primus Automotive Financial Services, Inc.**
(10.47)     Transfer  and  Assignment  dated  as  of  December  30, 1996, by and
            between Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. and Western Fidelity Finance,
            Inc.***
(10.48)     Servicing  Agreement  dated  as  of December 30,  1996, by and among
            Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc.,  Texas  Commerce  Bank,  National
            Association, and Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.***
(10.49)     Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  dated  as  of December 30, 1996,
            between  Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc. and  Texas Commerce Bank,
            National Association****
(10.50)     Facilities Agreement and Subscription dated July 31, 1996****
(10.51)     12% Subordinated Note - Due July 31, 2001****
(10.52)     Selling Agent's Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated July 31,
            1996****
(10.53)     Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated June 24, 1996, between
            Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. and BNY Financial Corporation*****
(10.54)     Three Promissory Notes Aggregating $1,522,713.10 from  Registrant to
            Western Fraternal Life Association
(10.55)     Auto Loan Warehouse Credit and Security  Agreement dated  August 12,
            1996, between Princeton Capital Credit Corporation and Registrant
(10.56)     Purchase  Agreement  dated  March  14,  1997  between Registrant and
            Mountain Parks Financial Services, Inc.
(10.57)     Business  Lease  dated  January  22,  1997,  between  Ramsey  Family
            Partnership and Registrant
(10.58)     Office Lease dated July 18, 1997 between Bank One-Colorado, N.A. and
            Registrant
(21)        Subsidiary of Registrant
(27)        Financial Data Schedule

                                       35
<PAGE>

*        Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form SB-2 and all amendments  thereto, as filed with the Securities and
         Exchange Commission Registration No. 33-98116-D, and which was declared
         effective on November 21, 1995.

**       Incorporated  by reference to the Issuer's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
         as filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for the fiscal
         year ended December 31, 1995.

***      Incorporated  by reference to the Issuer's  Current Report on Form 8-K,
         as filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on December 30,
         1996.

****     Incorporated by reference to the Issuer's Current Report on Form 8-K as
         filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 1996.

*****    Incorporated  by reference to the  Issuer's  Current  Report on Current
         Form 8-K as filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on July
         2, 1996.

     (b) A Current Report on Form 8-K was filed on December 30, 1996,  reporting
under Item 5 the transfer of  receivables  of  approximately  $17,200,000 to the
Western  Fidelity  Receivables  Trust  1996-A and the  issuance  by the Trust of
Pass-Through Certificates and filing under Item 7 the exhibits relating thereto.


                                       36
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


     In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.

                                          WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.,
                                          a Colorado corporation



                                          By:/s/ Gene E. Osborn
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Gene E. Osborn,
                                             President, Chief Executive Officer,
                                             Chief Financial Officer and
                                             Principal Accounting Officer


                                           Date: July 8, 1997



     In  accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by
the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated:



/s/ Gene E. Osborn                                                  July 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------
Gene E. Osborn, Director



/s/ Leonard L. Skerjanc                                             July 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------
Leonard L. Skerjanc, Director



/s/ John J. Scordo, II                                              July 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------
John J. Scordo, II, Director


                                       37
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing                                              Page
- ----------  --------------------------------                                              ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>

(3.1)       Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant*                             N/A
(3.2)       Articles  of Amendment  to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of
            Registrant*                                                                   N/A
(3.3)       Bylaws of Registrant*                                                         N/A
(4.1)       Form of Underwriting Agreement*                                               N/A
(4.2)       Form of Representative's Warrants*                                            N/A
(10.1)      Master Notes  issued by  Registrant  to G.E.O.  Income Trust 1991-1,
            G.E.O. Income Trust I, G.E.O. Income Trust III, G.E.O. Income Trust
            IV, G.E.O. Income Trust V on June 30, 1995*                                   N/A
(10.2)      Promissory Note dated August 18, 1992, by and between Registrant and
            James R. Osborn and Reta Bailey*                                              N/A
(10.3)      Contract  Purchase  Agreement  between  O  &  S  Finance,  Inc.  and
            Registrant dated as of November 23, 1994*                                     N/A
(10.4)      Master Purchase  Agreement between  O & S Finance, Inc. and Greyrock
            Capital Group, Inc. dated as of November 23, 1994*                            N/A
(10.5)      Promissory Note dated December 12, 1994, from  Registrant to Farmers
            Automobile  Insurance  Company,  Pekin  Life  Insurance  Company and
            Grinnell  Mutual  Reinsurance  Company;  and  Pledge  Agreement  and
            Security Agreement both dated December 9, 1994, among Registrant and
            Farmers Automobile Insurance Company,  Pekin Life Insurance Company,
            and Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company*                                      N/A
(10.6)      Promissory  Note dated April 19, 1995, from Registrant to Pekin Life
            Insurance Company*                                                            N/A
(10.7)      Promissory Note  dated  May 12, 1995,  from  Registrant  to  Farmers
            Automobile Insurance Company*                                                 N/A
(10.8)      Promissory Note dated June 9, 1995,  from  Registrant  to Pekin Life
            Insurance Company*                                                            N/A
(10.9)      Promissory  Note  dated  September  13,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company*                                          N/A

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing                                              Page
- ----------  --------------------------------                                              ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>

(10.10)     Promissory  Note  Dated  September  13,  1995,  from  Registrant  to 
            Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company*                                          N/A
(10.11)     Promissory  Note  dated  September  21,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Grange Mutual Casualty Company*                                               N/A
(10.12)     Promissory  Note  dated  September  21,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Farmers Automobile Insurance Company*                                         N/A
(10.13)     Promissory  Note  dated  September  21,  1995,  from  Registrant  to
            Pekin Life Insurance Company*                                                 N/A
(10.14)     Loan  Sale  Agreement  dated as of  February 9, 1994, by and between
            Registrant  and  NAFCO  Auto  Funding,  L.P.  and  Exhibit A to such
            Agreement*                                                                    N/A
(10.15)     Financing  Agreement  dated as  of July 27,  1990, between Berjac of
            Colorado, Registrant,  and Gene  E. Osborn and the Amendment thereto
            dated February 6, 1991*                                                       N/A
(10.16)     Master Policy dated March 28, 1994, issued by Empire Fire and Marine
            Insurance Company/Empire Indemnity Insurance Company*                         N/A
(10.17)     Agreement  dated  June  22,  1995,  between  Empire  Fire and Marine
            Insurance Company/Empire Indemnity Insurance Company and Registrant*          N/A
(10.18)     Trust/Escrow Agreement dated June 22, 1995, among the First National
            Bank of Omaha,  Nebraska,  Empire Fire and  Marine Insurance Company
            of Omaha/Empire Indemnity Insurance Company and Registrant*                   N/A
(10.19)     Management Agreement dated September 20,  1995,  between  Registrant
            and Christopher Creations, Inc.*                                              N/A
(10.20)     Form of Selling Agent's Warrants to Purchase Common Stock*                    N/A
(10.21)     Promissory Note dated July 26, 1995, from D & O, Inc. to Registrant*          N/A
(10.22)     1995 Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan*                            N/A
(10.23)     1996 Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
(10.24)     Office Sublease dated May 11, 1995, between Registrant and Bank One,
            Denver N.A.*                                                                  N/A

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing                                              Page
- ----------  --------------------------------                                              ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>

(10.25)     Office  Leases  dated  October  11,  1995,  between  Registrant  and
            Lakeside Office, Ltd. and Western Terrace Investment Co., Ltd.*               N/A
(10.26)     Agreement dated November 15, 1992, between Registrant and J. D. Mull
            & Co.*                                                                        N/A
(10.27)     Letter  Agreement  dated  November  29, 1994, between Registrant and
            Joseph Roberts & Co., Inc.*                                                   N/A
(10.28)     Termination Agreement dated October 13, 1995*                                 N/A
(10.29)     Form of Purchase Agreement between Registrant and Dealers*                    N/A
(10.30)     Promissory Note dated October 18, 1995, from Registrant to  Grinnell
            Mutual Reinsurance Company*                                                   N/A
(10.31)     Promissory Note dated October 20, 1995, from  Registrant  to Farmers
            Automobile Insurance Company*                                                 N/A
(10.32)     Promissory Note  dated October 20,  1995,  from Registrant  to Pekin 
            Life Insurance Company*                                                       N/A
(10.33)     Master  Notes  issued  by  Registrant to G.E.O. Income Trust 1991-I,
            G.E.O. Income Trust II, G.E.O. Income Trust III, G.E.O. Income Trust
            IV and G.E.O. Income Trust V on September 30, 1995*                           N/A
(10.34)     Form  of  Notes issued by  Registrant to G.E.O. Income Trust 1991-I,
            G.E.O. Income Trust II, G.E.O. Income Trust III, G.E.O. Income Trust
            IV, and G.E.O. Income Trust V*                                                N/A
(10.35)     Trust Indenture dated as of October 1,  1991, and Security Agreement
            dated December 5, 1991, between Registrant and G.E.O.  Income  Trust
            1991-I*                                                                       N/A
(10.36)     Trust  Indenture  dated as of July  27, 1992, and Security Agreement
            dated September  2, 1992, between Registrant and G.E.O. Income Trust
            II*                                                                           N/A
(10.37)     Trust Indenture  dated as of  March 22, 1993, and Security Agreement
            dated May 28, 1993, between Registrant and G.E.O. Income Trust III*           N/A
(10.38)     Trust  Agreement  dated  as  of  December  24,  1993,  and  Security
            Agreement  dated  February  7,  1994,  between Registrant and G.E.O.
            Income Trust IV*                                                              N/A

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing                                              Page
- ----------  --------------------------------                                              ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>

(10.39)     Trust  Indenture  dated  as of  September  15,  1994,  and  Security
            Agreement  dated  October  13,  1994,  between Registrant and G.E.O.
            Income Trust V*                                                               N/A
(10.40)     Amendments  dated  May  16,  1994,  and  June  1, 1994, to Berjac of
            Colorado Agreement dated July 27,  1990,  which was previously filed
            as Exhibit (10.15)*                                                           N/A
(10.41)     Trust Notes Exchanged for Series A Preferred Stock*                           N/A
(10.42)     Letter  dated  June  26, 1995, from Empire Fire and Marine Insurance
            Company to the Registrant*                                                    N/A
(10.43)     Indemnification and  Stock Pledge Agreement dated November 13, 1995,
            between Gene E. Osborn and Registrant*                                        N/A
(10.44)     Used Car Facility Lease dated April 3, 1996,  between Registrant and
            D&J Investments, Colorado General Partnership**                               N/A
(10.45)     Loan  Purchase  Agreement  dated  February  28, 1996, by and between
            Registrant and Primus Automotive Financial Services, Inc.**                   N/A
(10.46)     Loan  Purchase  Agreement  dated  April  3,  1996,  by  and  between
            Registrant and Primus Automotive Financial Services, Inc.**                   N/A
(10.47)     Transfer  and  Assignment  dated  as  of  December  30, 1996, by and
            between Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. and Western Fidelity Finance,
            Inc.***                                                                       N/A
(10.48)     Servicing  Agreement  dated  as  of December 30,  1996, by and among
            Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc.,  Texas  Commerce  Bank,  National
            Association, and Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.***                            N/A
(10.49)     Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  dated  as  of December 30, 1996,
            between  Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc. and  Texas Commerce Bank,
            National Association****                                                      N/A
(10.50)     Facilities Agreement and Subscription dated July 31, 1996****                 N/A
(10.51)     12% Subordinated Note - Due July 31, 2001****                                 N/A
(10.52)     Selling Agent's Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated July 31,
            1996****                                                                      N/A
(10.53)     Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated June 24, 1996, between
            Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. and BNY Financial Corporation*****             N/A

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

Exhibit No. Description and Method of Filing                                              Page
- ----------  --------------------------------                                              ----
<S>                                                                                       <C>

(10.54)     Three Promissory Notes Aggregating $1,522,713.10 from  Registrant to
            Western Fraternal Life Association
(10.55)     Auto Loan Warehouse Credit and Security  Agreement dated  August 12,
            1996, between Princeton Capital Credit Corporation and Registrant
(10.56)     Purchase  Agreement  dated  March  14,  1997  between Registrant and
            Mountain Parks Financial Services, Inc.
(10.57)     Business  Lease  dated  January  22,  1997,  between  Ramsey  Family
            Partnership and Registrant
(10.58)     Office Lease dated July 18, 1997 between Bank One-Colorado, N.A. and
            Registrant
(21)        Subsidiary of Registrant
(27)        Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

*        Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form SB-2 and all amendments  thereto, as filed with the Securities and
         Exchange Commission Registration No. 33-98116-D, and which was declared
         effective on November 21, 1995.

**       Incorporated  by reference to the Issuer's Annual Report on Form 10-KSB
         as filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  for the fiscal
         year ended December 31, 1995.

***      Incorporated  by reference to the Issuer's  Current Report on Form 8-K,
         as filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission on December 30,
         1996.

****     Incorporated by reference to the Issuer's Current Report on Form 8-K as
         filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 1996.

*****    Incorporated  by reference to the  Issuer's  Current  Report on Current
         Form 8-K as filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission on July
         2, 1996.




<PAGE>
                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        Consolidated Financial Statements
                                       and
                          Independent Auditors' Report
                           December 31, 1995 and 1996



<PAGE>

                 WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES





                                Table of Contents
                                -----------------

Independent Auditors' Report................................................ F-1

Consolidated Financial Statements

         Consolidated Balance Sheets........................................ F-2

         Consolidated Statements of Operations.............................. F-3

         Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)........... F-4

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.............................. F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................. F-6




<PAGE>
                                                                        Ehrhardt
                                                                           Keefe
                                                                       Steiner &
                                                                      Hottman PC

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

                                                    Certified Public Accountants
                                                                 and Consultants
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Denver, Colorado


We have audited the  consolidated  balance sheets of Western  Fidelity  Funding,
Inc.  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1996  and the  related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash
flows for the years then ended. These consolidated  financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether the  consolidated  financial  statements are
free of material  misstatements.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  consolidated  financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by the management,  as well as evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statements presentation.
 We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Western
Fidelity Funding, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the
results  of their  operations  and their  cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements have been prepared assuming
that the Company will continue as a going concern.  As further discussed in Note
2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred losses from
operations of $10,154,677 resulting in an accumulated deficit of $11,328,311, at
December  31,  1996.  In addition  the Company is currently in default or out of
trust on  significantly  all of its debt  totaling  $26,021,077  at December 31,
1996.  These factors among others raise  substantial  doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters
are also  described  in Note 2. The  consolidated  financial  statements  do not
include any  adjustments  that might result if the Company is unable to continue
in existence.

                                         /s/ Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC
                                             Ehrhardt Keefe Steiner & Hottman PC

April 2, 1997, except for Note 14, as to which
 the date is May 31, 1997
Denver, Colorado

                                       F-1

          7979 E. Tufts Avenue, Suite 400 Denver, Colorado 80237-2843
                         303 740-9400 Fax 303 740-9009
              Member of DFK International and PKF International--
                     Providing Services in Cities Worldwide
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets



                                                                                                    December 31,
                                                                                                 -------------------
                                                                                                 1995           1996
                                                                                                 ----           ----
                                                  Assets
<S>                                                                                        <C>             <C>         
Cash ...................................................................................   $    480,838    $    361,362
   Restricted cash (Note 6) ............................................................        891,065       2,326,203
Finance receivables - net (Notes 3, 4, 5 and 7) ........................................     21,319,223      14,941,703
Other receivables ......................................................................           --           385,781
Residual interest in Securitization (Note 5) ...........................................           --         1,195,000
Prepaid expenses .......................................................................        665,486       1,257,419
Vehicles held for sale (Notes 3 and 4) .................................................        982,156       3,109,326
   Furniture and equipment - net of accumulated depreciation
 of $39,839 (1995) and $188,079 (1996) .................................................         85,642         642,362
   Loan origination fees - net of accumulated amortization
 of $201,487 (1995) and $731,510 (1996) ................................................        689,473       1,252,940
                                                                                            -----------    ------------
                                                                                           $ 25,113,883    $ 25,472,096
                                                                                            ===========    ============
                                   Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Checks written in excess of bank balance ...............................................   $       --      $    316,745
   Accounts payable ....................................................................      3,147,430       1,220,112
   Accrued liabilities .................................................................        445,572         614,368
Note payable - related party (Note 7) ..................................................         11,000          11,000
Master notes (Note 7) ..................................................................      4,157,993       2,608,689
Notes payable - other (Note 7) .........................................................     12,542,106      26,021,077
                                                                                            -----------    ------------
                                                                                             20,304,101      30,791,991
                                                                                            -----------    ------------
Commitments (Notes 8, 12 and 14)

Stockholders' equity (deficit) (Note 11)
             Preferred stock; 2,000,000 shares authorized
                  Series A, 10% convertible, $.0001 par value;
                  400,000 shares designated, 328,540 shares issued
                  and outstanding (liquidation preference of
                  $1,642,700) ..........................................................             33              33
             Common stock, $.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares
                  authorized, 2,637,500 issued and outstanding..........................            264             264
        Additional paid-in capital .....................................................      5,983,119       6,008,119
        Accumulated deficit ............................................................     (1,173,634)    (11,328,311)
                                                                                            -----------    ------------
                                                                                              4,809,782      (5,319,895)
                                                                                            -----------    ------------
                                                                                           $ 25,113,883    $ 25,472,096
                                                                                            ===========    ============
</TABLE>
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 2

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                 WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations

                                                                                             For the Year Ended
                                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                             1995            1996
                                                                                             ----            ----
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>   
Revenue
     Interest and fee income (Note 5) ...............................................   $  2,295,441   $  4,902,074
          Gain on sales of retail contracts .........................................      2,512,463      2,461,262
          Gain (loss) on retail sales facility ......................................        336,247     (1,000,545)
                                                                                         -----------    -----------
          Total revenues ............................................................      5,144,151      6,362,791
                                                                                         -----------    -----------

Expenses
          Interest and loan commission expense ......................................      1,996,200      3,652,000
     Provision for credit losses ....................................................        291,200      6,780,120
     Salaries and employee benefits .................................................      1,121,970      1,698,730
     Insurance on contracts .........................................................        236,580        459,485
     Loss on interest participation .................................................           --        1,637,131
     Other administrative expenses ..................................................        864,284      2,125,732
                                                                                         -----------    -----------
          Total expenses ............................................................      4,510,234     16,353,198
                                                                                         -----------    -----------

Net income (loss) ...................................................................        633,917     (9,990,407)

Preferred stock dividends (Note 11) .................................................         54,757        164,270
                                                                                         -----------    -----------

  Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders ...............................   $    579,160   $(10,154,677)
                                                                                         ===========    ===========

  Net income (loss) per common share ................................................   $        .30   $      (3.85)
                                                                                         ===========    ===========

  Weighted average common shares outstanding ........................................      1,923,150      2,637,500
                                                                                         ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 3


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

                                                                    Series A Preferred Stock       Common Stock
                                                                    ------------------------    --------------------
                                                                      Shares       Amount       Shares        Amount
                                                                      ------       ------       ------        ------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>
Balance December 31, 1994 ......................................         --   $       --      1,750,000      $   175

Distributions to affiliates (Note 9) ...........................         --           --           --            --

Issuance of Series A preferred stock
  net of $107,135 of offering costs ............................      328,540           33         --            --

Issuance of stock for services .................................         --           --         25,000            2

Issuance of common stock net of
  $967,249 of offering costs (Note 11) .........................         --           --        862,500           87

   Net income ..................................................         --           --           --            --
                                                                   ----------    ---------    ---------      -------
Balance December 31, 1995 ......................................      328,540           33    2,637,500          264

Issuance of common stock warrants
  for loan origination fee .....................................         --           --           --            --

   Net loss ....................................................         --           --           --            -- 
                                                                   ----------    ---------    ---------      -------
Balance December 31, 1996 ......................................      328,540 $         33    2,637,500   $      264
                                                                   ==========   ==========    =========      =======

<CAPTION>
                                                                   Additional
                                                                    Paid-In       Accumulated
                                                                    Capital         Deficit      Total
                                                                  -----------     -----------    -----
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>         <C> 
Balance December 31, 1994 ...................................... $     89,825 $  (1,677,091) $(1,587,091)

Distributions to affiliates (Note 9) ...........................         --         (75,703)     (75,703)

Issuance of Series A preferred stock
  net of $107,135 of offering costs ............................    1,535,532         --       1,535,565

Issuance of stock for services .................................      149,998         --         150,000

Issuance of common stock net of
  $967,249 of offering costs (Note 11) .........................    4,207,764         --       4,207,851

   Net income ..................................................         --         579,160      579,160
                                                                   ----------     ---------    ---------
Balance December 31, 1995 ......................................    5,983,119    (1,173,634)   4,809,782

Issuance of common stock warrants
  for loan origination fee .....................................       25,000         --          25,000

   Net loss ....................................................         --     (10,154,677) (10,154,677)
                                                                   ----------    ----------   ---------- 
Balance December 31, 1996 ...................................... $  6,008,119  $(11,328,311)$ (5,319,895)
                                                                   ==========    ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 4

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                                                                             For the Year Ended
                                                                                                                December 31,
                                                                                                         --------------------------
                                                                                                            1995           1996
                                                                                                            ----           ----
<S>                                                                                                   <C>            <C>  
Cash flows from operating activities
   Net income (loss) ...............................................................................  $     579,160  $  (10,154,677)
                                                                                                        -----------    ------------
      Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided (used) by
       operating activities
      Depreciation and amortization ................................................................        164,595         678,263
      Provision for credit losses ..................................................................        291,200       6,780,120
             Changes in operating assets and liabilities -
         Accrued interest receivable ...............................................................       (235,141)       (211,690)
                           Interest receivable on portfolio sales ..................................     (1,466,026)           --
         Residual interest in securitization .......................................................           --        (1,195,000)
         Vehicles held for sale ....................................................................       (742,105)     (2,127,170)
         Restricted cash ...........................................................................       (120,341)     (1,435,138)
         Prepaid expenses ..........................................................................       (336,988)       (977,714)
         Accounts payable ..........................................................................      2,761,289      (1,610,573)
         Accrued liabilities .......................................................................        247,576         168,796
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                                                            564,059          69,894
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                            Net cash provided (used) by operating activities .......      1,143,219     (10,084,783)
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
Cash flows from investing activities
   Contracts originated or purchased ...............................................................    (26,480,714)    (26,946,535)
   Contracts repaid ................................................................................      2,233,791       4,211,596
   Contracts sold and securitized ..................................................................      9,577,911      22,544,029
   Purchases of fixed assets .......................................................................        (73,551)       (704,960)
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                            Net cash (used) provided by investing activities .......    (14,742,563)       (895,870)
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
Cash flows from financing activities
   Expenditures for loan acquisition fees ..........................................................       (326,154)     (1,068,490)
      Net change in line-of-credit .................................................................           --         7,670,757
      Proceeds from notes payable - insurance companies ............................................     10,181,020       1,023,222
      Payments on notes payable - insurance companies ..............................................     (1,240,473)     (3,925,336)
      Proceeds from note payable - related party ...................................................            165            --
      Proceeds from the issuance of master notes ...................................................      2,459,181            --
   Payments on master notes ........................................................................     (1,459,545)     (1,549,304)
                  Proceeds from notes payable - other ..............................................      1,477,034      10,483,274
                  Payments on notes payable - other ................................................     (1,117,179)     (1,772,946)
                  Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock ...............................         35,000            --
      Proceeds from issuance of common stock .......................................................      4,207,851            --
      Offering costs related to issuance of Series A preferred stock ...............................       (107,135)           --
                  Distributions to affiliates ......................................................        (75,703)           --
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                            Net cash provided by financing activities ..............     14,034,062      10,861,177
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash for the year ...........................................................        434,718        (119,476)
Beginning cash balance .............................................................................         46,120         480,838
                                                                                                       ------------    ------------
Ending cash balance ................................................................................   $    480,838    $    361,362
                                                                                                       ============    ============
</TABLE>
Supplemental disclosure of cashflow in formation:
     Cash paid for interest was  $1,381,800 and $3,499,792 for December 31, 1995
     and 1996, respectively.

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
     During the year ended December 31, 1995, the Company issued preferred stock
     in exchange for $1,607,700 of an interest in the Trusts, which is reflected
     as a reduction in the outstanding principal balance of the Master Notes.

     During the year ended  December 31, 1995,  the Company issued 25,000 shares
     of common stock in consideration for loan origination fees for $150,000.

     During the year ended  December 31, 1996,  the Company  issued common stock
     warrants valued at $25,000 as a loan origination fee.

                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F - 5
<PAGE>
                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company was incorporated  under the laws of Colorado in June 1990 to provide
alternative  financing  programs  to the  purchasers  of used cars.  The Company
provides  such  financing  by  acquiring  retail   installment  sales  contracts
("Contracts")  from auto dealers in the United  States.  The  Contracts are also
originated  through the sale of used cars at the used car retail sales  facility
operated by the Company in Denver, Colorado.  Contracts acquired are either held
in the Company's portfolio, sold to third parties or securitized.  The Contracts
are sold on  varying  terms to  various  financial  institutions  located in the
United States.  In 1994, the Company formed a wholly-owned  subsidiary,  O and S
Finance,  Inc., for the purpose of acquiring and selling contracts.  In December
1996, the Company formed a wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Western Fidelity  Finance,
Inc., a "bankruptcy remote entity" to facilitate securitization transactions.

Principles of Consolidation

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of
Western  Fidelity  Funding,  Inc.  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  Western
Fidelity Finance,  Inc. and O and S Finance,  Inc. All intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.

Finance Receivables

Finance  receivables  consist of those Contracts  purchased from auto dealers or
from the retail sale of automobiles at the Company-owned retail auto store.

Broker Commissions

Broker commissions are commissions and  administrative  costs paid to securities
brokers who arrange financing through various trusts established by the Company.
These  commissions  are included in loan  origination  fees in the  accompanying
consolidated  financial  statements  and  are  amortized  to  expense  over  the
contractual life of the related loans.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  carrying  amounts  of  financial   instruments   including  cash,   finance
receivables,  accounts payable,  notes payable and accrued expenses approximated
fair value as of December 31, 1996 because of the  relatively  short maturity of
these instruments.

Vehicles Held for Sale

Vehicles  held for sale consist of the  Company's  inventory of used cars at the
retail  auto store and  vehicles  held on  consignment  by  various  dealerships
located  throughout  the United  States.  Vehicles  acquired  through  wholesale
dealers  are  valued at the lower of  wholesale  cost or net  realizable  value.
Repossessed  vehicles are stated at the remaining finance  receivable balance on
date of repossession  for a four-month  period and after this four-month  period
are written down to the lower of wholesale cost or net realizable  value. To the
extent  vehicles are  determined  to be  impaired,  they are written down to net
realizable value immediately.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Furniture and Equipment

Furniture  and  equipment  are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed  using
accelerated  methods over the estimated  useful life of the assets  ranging from
five to seven years.

Revenue Recognition

The  Company  purchases  Contracts  from  vehicle  dealerships  at  a  discount,
generally 15 percent off face value. Interest income from finance receivables is
recognized using the interest (actuarial) method.  Accrual of interest income on
finance receivables is suspended when the loan becomes contractually  delinquent
for  thirty  days or  more.  The  accrual  is  resumed  when  the  loan  becomes
contractually  current,  and past-due  interest is recognized at that time.  Any
discounts recognized from the purchase of installment contracts are added to the
allowance for credit losses.

The  Company  recognizes  the  revenue on sale of vehicles at the point of sale.
Vehicle sales that are financed by the Company are  discounted at a rate from 10
to 15%.

Credit Losses

Provisions  for credit  losses are  charged to income in amounts  sufficient  to
maintain  the  allowance at a level  considered  adequate to cover the losses of
principal in the existing portfolio. The Company's charge-off policy is based on
a loan-by-loan  review for all Contracts in the Company's  portfolio,  which are
charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  consolidated   financial  statements  in  conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company's  business is to purchase and sell installment sales contracts.  In
connection  with the purchase and sale,  the Company is required to estimate the
amount of loans expected to result in  repossessions  and to estimate the amount
of loss that will be incurred  under each  repossession.  The Company  currently
provides allowances for these losses based on the historical  performance of the
Contracts which are tracked by the Company on a pool basis.  These losses relate
both to  Contracts  that are held by the Company to  maturity  along with losses
that could result on contracts sold to third parties. The actual losses incurred
could  differ  materially  from the amounts  that the Company has  estimated  in
preparing the historical consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7

<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Loan Origination Fees

Fees  received  and  direct  costs  incurred  for the  origination  of loans are
deferred and  amortized  to interest  income over the  contractual  lives of the
loans using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at
the time that loans are sold or paid in full.

Master Notes

The Company has entered into master note  agreements  ("Master  Notes") with the
G.E.O. Income Trusts ("Trusts")  specifically to fund the Company's purchases of
contracts.

Concentration of Credit Risks

During the year ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, approximately 44% and 25%, and
52%  and  3%,  of  all  contracts  purchased  were  in  Texas  and  New  Jersey,
respectively.  However,  the primary  concentration  of credit  risk  relates to
lending to individuals who cannot obtain traditional bank financing. The Company
places its temporary cash  investments  with high quality  institutions,  and by
policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one institution. The Company
does,  however,  on occasion  exceed the FDIC  federally  insured  limits and at
December  31, 1995 and 1996,  exceeded the limit by  approximately  $506,000 and
$178,000, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company  recognizes  deferred  tax  liabilities  and assets for the expected
future tax  consequences  of events that have been included in the  consolidated
financial  statements or tax returns.  Deferred tax  liabilities  and assets are
determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statements
and tax basis of assets and liabilities  using enacted tax rates in effect.  The
measurement  of deferred tax assets is reduced,  if necessary,  by the amount of
any tax  benefits  that,  based on  available  evidence,  are not expected to be
realized (Note 10).

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income  (loss)  per common  share has been  computed  based on the  weighted
average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during each year.  Common  stock
equivalents have been excluded from the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding as their effect would be immaterial or anti-dilutive.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year balances have been  reclassified in order to conform with the
current year presentation.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

In June 1996, the FASB issued  Statement No. 125,  "Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and  Extinguishments  of Liabilities" ("FAS 125").
FAS 125 provides consistent standards for distinguishing  transfers of financial
assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings. Under FAS 125,
after a transfer of financial  assets,  an entity  recognizes  the financial and
servicing  assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred,  derecognizes
financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities
when  extinguished.  FAS 125 prohibits early application and,  accordingly,  the
Company plans to adopt this standard for  transactions  occurring after December
31, 1996. Upon adoption,  transferred  assets and the related  nonrecourse  debt
will be removed from the balance sheet with the  resulting  gain or loss on sale
reflected in the consolidated statement of operations. Management of the Company
does not expect that adoption of SFAS No. 125 will have a material impact on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of

The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  121,  Accounting  for the
Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of, on
January 1, 1996.  This  statement  requires that  long-lived  assets and certain
identifiable  intangibles be reviewed for impairment  whenever events or changes
in  circumstances  indicate  that the  carrying  amount  of an asset  may not be
recoverable.  Recoverability  of  assets  to be held and used is  measured  by a
comparison of the carrying  amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected
to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired,  the
impairment  to be  recognized  is measured  by the amount by which the  carrying
amount of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets.  Assets to be disposed
of are reported at the lower of the carrying  amount or fair value less costs to
sell.  Adoption  of  this  statement  did  not  have a  material  impact  on the
Company's  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or
liquidity.


Note 2 - Continued Operations and Realization of Assets

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going
concern basis which  contemplates  the  realization of assets and liquidation of
liabilities  in the  ordinary  course of  business.  The Company has  suffered a
significant  loss  from  operations  of  $10,154,677  in  1996  resulting  in an
accumulated deficit of $11,328,311 at December 31, 1996.

These  losses  have  caused  the  Company  to be in  default  or out of trust on
$26,021,077  of its  debt  obligations.  The  Company  is not  current  with its
preferred  stock  dividend  payments and is involved in exclusive  litigation as
described  in Note 14.  The  Company  has hired an  investment  banking  firm to
explore strategic business alternatives.  If the Company is unable to enter into
satisfactory arrangements with its creditors or obtain additional financing, the
Company may be unable to continue in existence.

                                      F-9

<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 2 - Continued Operations and Realization of Assets (continued)

The  accompanying   consolidated   financial   statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments  relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset
amounts or amounts and  classification  of  liabilities  that might be necessary
should the Company be unable to continue in existence.


Note 3 - Accounting Changes

Change in Accounting Method

Effective  October 1, 1996, the Company  adopted a new methodology for analyzing
its loan  losses.  This  accounting  method is  commonly  referred  to as static
pooling.  The static pooling reserve  methodology allows the Company to stratify
its finance receivable  portfolio into separate and identifiable  monthly pools.
The monthly pools,  along with the Company's estimate of future principal losses
and  recoveries,  are  analyzed  quarterly  to  determine  the  adequacy  of the
allowance  for credit  losses.  The  method  previously  used by the  Company to
analyze  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  was  based  on the  total  finance
receivables  portfolio.  In management's opinion, the static pool reserve method
provides a more sophisticated and comprehensive  analysis of the adequacy of the
allowance for credit losses and is preferable to the method  previously used. As
part of its adoption of the static pool reserve  method,  where  necessary,  the
Company  will  adjust  its pool  allowances  to a level  necessary  to cover all
anticipated future losses (i.e., life of loan) for each related pool of loans.

Under  static  pool  analysis,  unearned  discounts  are  used to  increase  the
allowance for credit losses and  represent  the  Company's  primary  reserve for
future losses on its portfolio.  To the extent that any monthly pool's  discount
reserves are insufficient to absorb future estimated losses,  net of recoveries,
adjusted for the impact of current  delinquencies,  collection efforts and other
economic  indicators  including  analysis of the Company's  historical data, the
Company will provide for such  deficiency  through a charge to the provision for
credit  losses.  To the extent that any discount  reserves are  determined to be
sufficient to absorb future estimated losses, net of recoveries,  the difference
will be accreted  into  interest  income on an  effective  yield method over the
estimated remaining life of the related monthly static pool.

As the portfolio method  previously used was calculated on a life of loan basis,
as is the  static  pool  method,  the  effect  of  adoption  was not  considered
material.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 3 - Accounting Changes

Change in Accounting Estimate

The Company has operated its used car retail sales  facility for both retail and
repossessed vehicles since 1994.  Historically,  the Company has utilized retail
sales  prices in  calculating  the average  loss per  repossessed  vehicle  when
estimating the allowance for credit losses.  Subsequent to year end, the Company
closed its retail sales  facility  (Note 13).  Accordingly,  the  allowance  for
credit  losses  at  December  31,  1996 has  been  calculated  by pool  assuming
recoveries  on  repossessed  vehicles  will be based on  wholesale  prices which
increased   the   estimated   average  loss  per   repossession.   In  addition,
management's  estimate of the  portfolio  default rate  increased due to a
decline in the  performance of the  Company's  portfolio  during 1996. The
effect of these  changes in estimate is an increase in the  allowance for credit
losses  and a  charge  to  operations  in  the  current  year  of  approximately
$5,698,000.

Additionally, the closing of the retail sales facility resulted in an adjustment
to the carrying  value of the Company's  vehicle  inventory.  Historically,  the
vehicle  inventory  had been  valued at the lower of cost or market  assuming  a
retail  sales  price.   At  December  31,  1996,   an  inventory   writedown  of
approximately  $1,530,000  was  recorded to write down the  inventory to its net
realizable value based on wholesale prices.


Note 4 - Significant Fourth Quarter Adjustments

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  1996,  the  Company   recorded  the  following
adjustments which increased the net loss by $8,127,000:

     Increase in the allowance for credit losses (Note 3)       $ 4,960,000
     Inventory reserve to adjust inventory to net
      realizable value (Note 3)                                   1,530,000
     Uncollectible interest participation receivable
      (Note 5)                                                    1,637,000
                                                                 ----------
                                                                $ 8,127,000
                                                                 ==========

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 - Finance Receivables

Finance receivables consist of the following:
                                                            December 31,
                                                        --------------------
                                                        1995            1996
                                                        ----            ----

Finance receivables ............................    $ 23,466,954   $ 20,546,022
Accrued interest ...............................         283,991        495,681
Interest receivable on portfolio sales .........       1,692,011           --
Allowance for credit losses ....................      (4,123,733)    (6,100,000)
                                                    ------------   ------------

Finance Receivables - Net ......................    $ 21,319,223   $ 14,941,703
                                                    ============   ============

On December 31, 1995 and 1996,  the accrual of interest  income was suspended on
$2,472,095 and $5,248,298, respectively, of Contracts.

The contractual maturities on finance receivables were as follows:


         Year Ending December 31,
         ------------------------
                 1997                      $  4,951,676
                 1998                         4,381,409
                 1999                         4,593,502
                 2000                         4,006,688
                 2001                         2,612,747
                                             ----------
                                           $ 20,546,022
                                             ==========

It is the Company's  experience that a portion of the Contracts in the portfolio
is  charged  off  or  repaid  before  contractual   maturity  dates.  The  above
tabulation,  therefore,  is not to be  regarded  as a  forecast  of future  cash
collections.

At the time Contracts are originated or purchased,  the Company estimates future
losses of  principal  based on the type and terms of the  Contract,  the  credit
quality of the borrower and the underlying value of the vehicle  financed.  This
estimate  of loss is based on the  Company's  static  pool  analysis  (Note  3).
However, since the static pool analysis uses past history to predict the future,
changes in national  and  regional  economic  condition,  borrower mix and other
factors could result in actual losses differing from initially predicted losses.

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 5 - Finance Receivables (continued)

The  allowance  for credit  losses,  as presented  below,  has been  established
utilizing data obtained from the  Company's  static pool analysis and will
be  continually  reviewed and  adjusted in order to maintain the  allowance at a
level which, in the opinion of management,  provides  adequately for current and
future  losses that may  develop in the present  portfolio.  This  allowance  is
reported as a reduction to Finance Receivables.

                                                              December 31,
                                                           ------------------
                                                           1995          1996
                                                           ----          ----

Beginning balance ...................................  $ 1,488,076  $ 4,123,733
Provision for credit losses .........................      291,200    6,780,120
Contracts charged off ...............................     (411,304)  (4,742,213)
Change in unearned discounts and acquisition fees ...    2,755,761      (61,640)
                                                          ---------   ----------
Ending balance ......................................  $ 4,123,733  $ 6,100,000
                                                         =========    =========

Private Offering of Asset-Backed Certificates

In 1996, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary,  Western Fidelity Finance, Inc.,
initiated a securitization program under which it sells finance receivables to a
trust  which uses the  finance  receivables  to create  asset-backed  securities
(certificates)  which are remitted to the Company in consideration for the sale.
The Company then sells the  certificates  to third party investors and retains a
subordinated  interest.  The certificates represent an undivided interest in the
trust  assets  which  consist of all of the  rights,  title and  interest in the
future cash flows underlying the finance receivables,  the related vehicles, and
all amounts on deposit in the capitalized interest and pre-funding accounts. The
Company  receives  cash  proceeds  from the sale of the  certificates  which are
collateralized by the finance receivables. In addition, the Company receives the
right to future cash flows (the  residual  interest in  securitization)  arising
from those receivables to the extent not required to make payments on the senior
certificates or to pay related servicing and administrative costs.

In December  1996,  the Company  completed a private  offering of $24,500,000 of
Class A, B and C  Pass-Through  Certificates  (the  Certificates)  with interest
ranging from 7.5% to 12%. The Company sold approximately  $17,200,000 of finance
receivables to the trust in consideration  for the  Certificates.  The remaining
finance  receivables of $7,300,000  were funded  subsequent to year end at which
time the related  proceeds were released.  The Company  recognized a gain on the
sale  of  the  initial  contracts  of  $1,863,000  which  is  reflected  in  the
accompanying 1996 consolidated statement of operations.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 5 - Finance Receivables (continued)

Private Offering of Asset-Backed Certificates (continued)

In  connection  with the  securitization,  the  Company is  required  to make an
initial cash deposit into two accounts held by the trustee (the reserve fund and
the capitalized  interest fund) and to assign a security interest in these funds
to the trust. The Company (through the trustee)  deposits  additional cash flows
into the reserve  fund to maintain  the fund at a  specified  percentage  of the
principal  balance of the finance  receivables.  All payments  received from the
underlying  finance  receivables are sent directly to the trustee where the cash
flow is  distributed  in the  priority as defined in the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement. Any remaining cash flows, after all required payments have been made,
are deposited  into the reserve  fund. To the extent there is available  cash in
excess of the required reserve fund amount, the remaining cash is distributed to
the  Company.  This excess cash of  $1,195,000,  net of an estimate  for default
losses and prepayments, is reflected as a residual interest in securitization in
the accompanying 1996 consolidated financial statements.

Sales to Third Parties

During 1995 and 1996, the Company sold $11,767,187 and $9,715,425, respectively,
contracts to several financial institutions. The purchase price of the contracts
is determined on a contract by contract basis. The Company  recognized a gain of
$2,512,463  and  $598,262 in 1995 and 1996,  respectively.  Pursuant to the 1995
sale,  the Company was to receive  interest  over the life of the Contracts at a
rate of 10.6% per annum.  Revenue was  recognized on the date of sale based upon
the present value of present and future payments to be received. The arrangement
required  the Company to fund a reserve  account of 5 % of the face value of the
Contracts sold for anticipated losses on repossessions. During 1996, the Company
determined  the  interest  participation  receivable  and related  reserve  were
uncollectible due to the performance and servicing of the underlying  contracts.
Accordingly,  a charge to operations of approximately $1,637,000 is reflected in
the 1996 consolidated statement of operations.


Note 6 - Restricted Cash

As required by the Master Note agreements and a note to a financial  institution
(Note 7), the Company  maintains an insurance policy to insure against potential
losses incurred on repossession. The surety requires the Company to deposit cash
into a restricted  account equal to seven percent of the face value of Contracts
funded by Master Note and financial  institution  proceeds.  The cash reserve is
maintained to reimburse the Company for losses incurred on Contracts in default.
The  Company's  surety  will  reimburse  the Company for losses in excess of the
amounts held in the cash reserve.  As of December 31, 1996, Contract losses have
been solely  funded from the cash  reserve.  At December 31, 1995 and 1996,  the
cash reserve had a balance of $862,754 and $2,308,397, respectively.

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 6 - Restricted Cash (continued)

Also  included in  restricted  cash is cash held by  financial  institutions  as
collateral  for credit  losses on  Contracts  purchased  from the  Company.  The
financial  institutions  withhold  four to five  percent  of the  face  value of
Contracts  sold. Any funds remaining in the account at maturity of the Contracts
will be  refunded  to the  Company.  At December  31,  1995,  the balance of the
reserves was $144,848 less allowances for credit losses of $138,467.  There were
no such reserves at December 31, 1996.

The Company's restricted cash balance also includes cash advanced to the Company
by the Trusts under the Master Note  agreement  (Note 7). Cash is advanced  from
the Trusts  specifically for the purchase of Contracts.  The Company is required
to reimburse  the Trust's cash  accounts for  principal  amounts  received  from
customers on Contracts originally purchased with the Trust funds.

At December 31, 1995 and 1996,  the balance of  restricted  cash relating to the
Trusts was $21,930 and  $17,806,  respectively.  As a result of the  significant
operating losses the Company has incurred to date, the principal  amounts of the
Contracts held as collateral for the borrowings from the Trusts under the Master
Note agreement is  approximately  $152,000 and $1,224,111 below the amounts owed
by the Company to the Trusts as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The
Trusts do not have the right to accelerate  principal and interest  payments due
on the Master Notes.


Note 7 - Debt

Master Notes

During the years 1991 through 1995, the Company entered into the Master Notes to
fund the Company's  purchases of contracts.  The Master Notes are secured by the
pledge  of the  Company's  security  interest  in the  vehicles  underlying  the
Contracts,  the  restricted  cash  held in trust  (Note  6),  and the  insurance
maintained  by the  Company  (Note 6). The loan  proceeds  were  funded  through
private  offerings  by the Trusts in the form of two and four year  notes,  with
interest payable in monthly installments and principal due upon maturity.  As of
December 31, 1996 all of the two year notes had matured and only four year notes
remained  outstanding.  The stated  interest rates on the Master Notes vary from
eight to twelve  percent per annum.  At December  31,  1997,  the Company was in
default and has used  collateral to fund  operations  resulting in  insufficient
collateral on these loans.

In July and August 1995, the Company issued 321,540 shares of Series A preferred
stock  to  holders  of the  Trusts'  promissory  notes  in  exchange  for  their
respective  interests in the Trusts (Note 11). There are no  restrictions on the
Company's right to pay off the Master Notes by use of the purchased interests in
the Trusts.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 7 - Debt (continued)

Master Notes (continued)

The  interest  in the Trusts is  reflected  as a  reduction  to the  outstanding
principal of the Master Notes as follows:

                                                        December 31,
                                                     -------------------
                                                     1995           1996
                                                     ----           ----

    Master Notes, unpaid principal balance ... $  5,765,693   $  4,021,389
    Less interest purchased in Trusts ........   (1,607,700)    (1,412,700)
                                                  ---------      --------- 
                                               $  4,157,993   $  2,608,689
                                                  =========      =========


Notes payable - other and related party consist of:
                                                              December 31,
                                                          -------------------
                                                          1995           1996
                                                          ----           ----

$10,000,000 revolving loan - finance company,  interest
is payable monthly at a floating rate equivalent to the
LIBOR plus 3.25% or a specified bank  alternative  rate
plus 1% (9.25% at December 31, 1996).  The loan matures
July  1997  and  is   collateralized   by  all  finance
receivables,  vehicles  held for sale and virtually all
other assets of the  Company.  The note is currently in
default and out of trust.*                              $    --      $ 7,670,757

Note payable - financial institution, interest at prime
plus 3.75% (12% at December 31, 1996).  The note is due
on  demand  and is  collateralized  by  the  underlying
contracts.  The note is currently in default and out of
trust.*                                                      --          483,274

Notes payable - insurance companies,  monthly principal
and interest  payments ranging from $12,399 to $50,251,
interest  ranging from 9.85% to 10.5%. The notes mature
between   April   1998   and   January   2000  and  are
collateralized  by the underlying  finance  receivables
and  the  related  assets.  The  note is  currently  in
default and out of trust.*                               10,769,160    7,029,886

Note  payable  -  insurance  company,  interest  at 12%
payable  quarterly  through  October 1998 at which time
quarterly principal and interest  installments  ranging
from  $704,621 to $975,360  commence.  The note matures
July 2001 and is  subordinate  to all other debt of the
Company.  The Company is currently out of trust on this
note.*                                                       --       10,000,000

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 7 - Debt (continued)

Master Notes (continued)
                                                              December 31,
                                                          -------------------
                                                          1995           1996
                                                          ----           ----

Notes  payable - financial  institution  - paid in full
during 1996.                                              1,772,946        --

Note payable - related  party,  interest at 15% payable
monthly;  principal  due  upon  demand.  Paid  in  full
subsequent to year end.                                      11,000       11,000

Notes payable - insurance  company,  interest at 9.85%.
Monthly  principal  and  interest  payments  range from
$12,601 to $12,851.  The notes  mature in February  and
March of 2000 and are  collateralized by the underlying
finance receivables and the related assets. The note is
currently in default and out of trust.*                      --          837,160
                                                         ----------   ----------
                                                        $12,553,106  $26,032,077
                                                         ==========   ==========

The future maturities of debt are as follows:

         Year Ending December 31,
         ------------------------
                1997                                    $12,660,713
                1998                                      4,802,015
                1999                                      4,856,383
                2000                                      3,479,971
                2001                                      2,841,684
                                                         ----------
                Total                                   $28,640,766
                                                         ==========

At  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  was in  violation  of various  financial
covenants  on several note  agreements.  The  outstanding  balance on these note
agreements at December 31, 1996 was $26,021,077.




                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 7 - Debt (continued)

Master Notes (continued)

* As a result of the  significant  operating  losses the Company has incurred to
date,  the  principal  amounts  of the  contracts  held  as  collateral  for the
borrowings on substantially  all debt agreements were below the amounts required
or were  out of  trust  as of  December  31,  1996  or  subsequent  to year  end
approximately as follows:

                                               Amount Out of Trust
                                               -------------------

Master notes                                       $  1,200,000
Notes payable - insurance companies                  10,500,000
Revolving loan - finance company                      1,300,000
                                                     ----------
Total                                              $ 13,000,000
                                                     ==========


Note 8 - Commitments

Under the Master Note funding  agreements  (Note 7), the Company is obligated to
pay a broker annual  commissions and quarterly Trust accounting fees on the four
year notes of 5 and 1 1/2 percent,  respectively.  The fees and  commissions are
paid annually until maturity.  Fees and commissions  paid during the years ended
December  31,  1995  and  1996  were   approximately   $319,000  and   $212,000,
respectively.

In 1992, the Company entered into an agreement with a company which provides for
the  payment of  finder's  fees and the  issuance  of a warrant  upon  obtaining
commitments of funding for the Company. The Company paid cash fees in connection
with funding  obtained from three  insurance  companies and Contracts  sold to a
financial institution. In October 1995, the Company terminated the agreement and
has agreed to pay  future  finder's  fees in an amount  equal to 2% of the sales
price of the Contracts sold with respect to the financial institution introduced
by the company. In addition, the Company issued 25,000 shares of common stock in
complete  substitution  for any  obligation of the Company to issue the warrants
under the  agreement.  Also, the Company agreed to pay a fee of 1/8 of 1% on all
financings  up to  $200,000,000  (except  for the sale of equity  securities  or
unsecured  debt) received by the Company  through  October 31, 1997. The maximum
obligation under this provision would be $250,000.

The Company leases its office  facility under two operating  leases.  The leases
require total monthly lease payments ranging from $4,840 to $7,899 through terms
ranging from October 1997 to August 1999.


                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 8 - Commitments (continued)

Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows:

         Year Ending December 31,
         ------------------------
                1997                        $ 87,518
                1998                          76,507
                1999                          19,359
                                             -------
                Total                       $183,384
                                             =======

The Company  entered into a lease on its used car sales facility in January 1997
requiring monthly payments of $1,100 through January 2001.


Note 9 - Related Party

The Company has advanced money to a company related by common ownership. For the
period ended  December 31, 1995 and 1996,  these  advances total $75,703 and $0,
respectively,   and  are  included  in  the   distributions   to  affiliates  in
stockholders' equity.

The  Company  purchased  airline  tickets of  approximately  $24,000 and $25,000
during the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,  respectively,  from a travel
agency  owned by the wife of the  President of the  Company.  The travel  agency
received customary industry commissions with respect to such ticket purchases by
the Company.

In June of 1995, the Company entered into a Management  Agreement with a company
owned  by  the  son of the  President  of the  Company  for  the  operation  and
management  of  the  Company's  used  car  retail  sales  facility.  Under  this
agreement, the Company pays a fee of $3,800 per month plus 20% of the net profit
of the facility as defined.  Management fees paid during the year ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 were approximately $151,000 and $283,000,  respectively. As an
additional  incentive  under the agreement,  the  President's  son was granted a
nonstatutory stock option entitling him to purchase up to 3,400 shares of common
stock during a five year period at $5.00 per share.  These options were canceled
during 1996.



                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 10 - Income Taxes

At  December  31,  1995  and  1996,  the  Company  had the  following  temporary
differences which resulted in a net deferred tax asset.

                                                               December 31,
                                                           -------------------
                                                           1995           1996
                                                           ----           ----

Net interest receivable on portfolio sales            $  (487,000)  $      --
Allowance for credit loss                                 583,000     2,074,000
Net operating loss carry forward                          331,000     1,783,000
Gain on securitized contracts                                --         (64,000)
                                                        ---------     ---------
                                                          427,000     3,793,000
Valuation allowance                                      (427,000)   (3,793,000)
                                                        ---------     ---------
                                                       $     --     $      --
                                                        =========     =========

At December  31,  1995 and 1996,  the Company  has  approximately  $828,000  and
$11,000,000,  respectively,  of net operating loss  carryforwards for income tax
reporting  purposes which expire in 2005 through 2011. The  availability  of the
Company's  net  operating  loss  carryforward  may be limited  due to changes in
control.


Note 11 - Stockholders' Equity

Stock Split

In June  1995,  the  stockholders  approved  a 1,750 for one stock  split of the
Company's common stock, a change in par value of the common stock from no par to
$.0001 per share and an increase in the authorized number of shares from 100,000
to 10,000,000.  All share and per share data have been adjusted to reflect these
changes.

Preferred Stock

In June 1995, the  stockholders  authorized the issuance of 2,000,000  shares of
preferred stock. The directors of the Company  designated 400,000 shares of this
preferred stock as Series A 10% Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred
Stock").  During July and August 1995,  the Company issued 328,540 shares of the
Series A Preferred Stock. The remaining  preferred stock may be issued in one or
more series with rights and  preferences  as may be fixed and  determined by the
Board of Directors.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 11 - Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Sale of Stock in a Private Offering

During July and August 1995,  the Company  sold  328,540  shares of its Series A
Preferred Stock at $5.00 per share.  The Series A Preferred Stock is convertible
into common stock at a price equal to $7.50 and will automatically  convert into
Common Stock at such price on August 31, 1998.  The Series A Preferred  Stock is
redeemable at the Company's option in whole or in part, upon 90 days notice,  at
a redemption  price of $6.50 through  August 31, 1996,  $6.00 through August 31,
1997 and $5.50 through August 30, 1998,  plus unpaid  dividends,  if any. Unless
prohibited  by Colorado  law,  dividends  will be paid on the Series A Preferred
Stock  at a rate of $.50 per  share  per  year  and  will be paid  quarterly  in
arrears.  A preferred  stock  dividend of $54,757  and  $164,270  was accrued at
December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

The  Series A  Preferred  Stock was sold to  holders  of G.E.O.  Income  Trusts'
promissory  notes in  exchange  for  their  interest  in the  Trusts  (Note  7).
Noteholders electing to exchange their interest for the Series A Preferred Stock
exchanged  at a rate of one share of Series A Preferred  Stock for each $5.00 of
principal of the notes held. Of the 328,540  shares of Series A Preferred  Stock
issued,  321,540 shares were issued in exchange for $1,607,700 of an interest in
the Trusts and 7,000 shares were issued for $35,000 in cash. The net proceeds of
$1,535,565  are net of $107,135  of offering  costs.  In  addition,  the Company
granted 32,854  warrants to purchase  common stock at an exercise price of $6.00
as commission for the sale.

Public Offering

In November 1995, the Company  completed a public  offering of 862,500 shares of
common stock at $6.00 per share.  The proceeds from the offering were $4,207,751
net of offering costs of $967,249. In connection with this offering, the Company
issued  warrants to the underwriter to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock at
$7.20 per share.

Stock Options

Effective  August 1, 1995,  the Company  adopted an Incentive  and  Nonstatutory
Stock  Option  Plan (the  "Plan").  Pursuant to this plan,  the Company  granted
150,000  options to  purchase  common  stock at an  exercise  price of $5.50 and
100,000  options  at an  exercise  price of $5.00.  During  1996,  this plan was
terminated and the related stock options were canceled.


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 11 - Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Stock Options (continued)

Effective   December  30,  1996,  the  Company  adopted  another  Incentive  and
Nonstatutory  Stock Option Plan. The Plan covers 500,000 shares of common stock.
Options  granted under the Plan may be either  incentive or  nonstatutory  stock
options  and will be granted at an  exercise  price  determined  by the Board of
Directors. The exercise price of the incentive stock options cannot be less than
100-110% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. The options
expire up to four years from the date of grant.

The Company  granted  276,664  options to purchase  common  stock at an exercise
price of $3.38 and 221,346 at an exercise price of $3.70 under this plan.

The following is a summary of options and warrants at December 31, 1996:

                                                                     Exercise
                                        Options     Warrants           Price
                                        -------     --------         --------

Outstanding, December 31, 1995          250,000     107,854      $  5.00 to 7.20
Granted                                 498,010     263,750      $  3.14 to 3.71
Canceled                               (250,000)      --         $          5.00
                                        -------     -------         ------------

Outstanding, December 31, 1996          498,010     371,604      $  3.14 to 7.20
                                        =======     =======         ============

The above options where issued pursuant to an incentive and  nonstatutory  stock
option plan adopted during 1996.

The above warrants were granted as a commission to the selling agent pursuant to
obtaining the subordinated  debt. Loan origination fees of $25,000 were recorded
as a result of granting the warrants.



                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 11 - Stockholders' Equity (continued)

Stock Options (continued)

The  Corporation  has adopted the  disclosure - only  provisions of Statement of
Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
Compensation".  Accordingly,  no  compensation  cost has been recognized for the
stock option plans.  Had  compensation  cost for the Corporation 's stock option
plans  been  determined  based on the fair value at the grant date for awards in
1995 and 1996 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the  Corporation's
net  earnings  and  earnings  per share would have been reduced to the pro forma
amounted indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31,
                                                                         ---------------------
                                                                         1995             1996
                                                                         ----             ----

<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>             
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders - as    
    reported                                                        $   579,160    $   (10,154,677)
  Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders - pro
    forma
                                                                    $  (303,834)   $    (10,336,868)
Income (loss) per share - as reported                               $       .30    $          (3.81)
(Loss) income per share - pro forma                                 $      (.16)   $          (3.92)
</TABLE>

The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes   option-pricing   model  with  the   following   weighted-average
assumptions  used for grants:  dividend yield of 0%; expected  volatility of 69%
discount rate of 10%; and expected lives of 4 years.


Note 12 - Major Customer

The Company purchased  approximately 18% of the total Contracts purchased during
the year ended December 31, 1995 from one dealer.  There were no major customers
during the year ended December 31, 1996.


Note 13 - Segment Information

The Company operates in two principal business segments:  used car financing and
used car sales.  Selected financial information is presented below for the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996.



                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 13 - Segment Information (continued)

Purchases  consist  of  purchases  of used  cars  and  the  costs  of  Contracts
purchased.  Direct cost salaries consist primarily of management fees, salaries,
and commissions.

1996                                                  Used Car       Vehicle
- ----                                                   Sales        Financing
                                                      --------      ---------
Revenues ........................................  $  2,576,096   $  7,358,664
                                                     ==========    ===========
Direct costs
   Purchases ....................................  $  1,669,365   $      --
                                                     ==========    ===========
   Salaries .....................................  $    943,600   $  1,698,730
                                                     ==========    ===========
   Interest expense .............................  $       --     $  2,750,446
                                                     ==========    ===========
   Loan acquisition costs .......................  $       --     $    901,554
                                                     ==========    ===========
   Advertising and other ........................  $    941,062   $       --
                                                     ==========    ===========

Identifiable assets .............................  $  3,254,335   $ 22,217,761
                                                     ==========    ===========

Depreciation ....................................  $     22,614   $    125,626
                                                     ==========    ===========

1996                                                  Used Car       Vehicle
- ----                                                   Sales        Financing
                                                      --------      ---------
Revenues ........................................  $  1,924,795   $  4,819,477
                                                     ==========    ===========
Direct costs
       Purchases ................................  $  1,065,777   $       --
                                                     ==========    ===========
       Salaries .................................  $    317,145   $  1,121,970
                                                     ==========    ===========
       Interest expense .........................  $       --     $  1,824,100
                                                     ==========    ===========
       Loan acquisition costs ...................  $       --     $    172,419
                                                     ==========    ===========
       Advertising and other ....................  $    204,801   $       --
                                                     ==========    ===========

Identifiable assets .............................  $    994,706   $ 24,119,177
                                                     ==========    ===========

Depreciation ....................................  $        825   $      7,425
                                                     ==========    ===========

Discontinued Segment

In March  1997,  the  Company  closed its used car  retail  sales  facility  and
associated  financing  operations.  The  Company is  currently  liquidating  the
remaining  inventory and is  negotiating a sublease  agreement for the remaining
lease term of the facility.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 14 - Subsequent Event

Subsequent   to  year  end,  the  Company   completed  the  second  phase  of  a
securitization   as  discussed  in  Note  5.  In  addition,   the  Company  sold
approximately $4,400,000 in contracts to a third party.

Due to significant  losses from  operations,  in April 1997, the Company reduced
its business  activities.  The Company has been unable to obtain  financing  and
accordingly  is no longer  purchasing new loans.  The current  activities of the
Company consist of servicing and collecting contracts in its portfolio.

In April 1997,  Durrett Motor Company,  Incorporated filed a lawsuit against the
Company for breach of contract in the District Court of Harris County, Texas. In
this  action,  the  Plaintiffs  allege  that the  Company  breached  a  purchase
agreement  with  Plaintiff  relating  to  the  sale  of  certain  motor  vehicle
installment  contracts.  The  Plaintiffs  are  seeking  damages in the amount of
$239,401  plus  costs,  fees and  interest.  A writ of  garnishment  on  monthly
payments of thirteen  Contracts  purchased  by the Company  from  Durrett  Motor
Company, Incorporated was issued by the court in this case in May 1997.

In May 1997, Pekin Life Insurance Company, Farmers Automobile Insurance Company,
Western Fraternal Life Association and Grinnell Mutual Reinsurance Company filed
a lawsuit  against  the  Company in the  United  States  District  Court for the
Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, for declaratory, injunctive and
other relief.  In this action,  the Plaintiffs allege that the Company defaulted
on 14  separate  loan  transactions  pursuant to which  Plaintiffs  cumulatively
loaned  the  Company  $12,500,000.  The  Plaintiffs  are  seeking a  declaratory
judgment  from the court  finding  that each  Plaintiff is entitled to immediate
delivery  of  collateral  pertaining  to each  loan,  a  preliminary  injunction
ordering  delivery  of the  collateral,  an  accounting  from the Company of all
current funds received under the notes and an inspection and  examination of the
books and records of the Company.



                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                     WESTERN FIDELITY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 14 - Subsequent Event (continued)

In May 1997,  Equity  Participation,  Inc.  filed a lawsuit in the United States
District Court for the District of Colorado against the Company,  Insight,  D&O,
Inc., Gene E. Osborn,  Leonard L. Skerjanc and John J. Scordo, II, alleging mail
fraud,  securities frauid,  violations of the Racketeer,  Influenced and Corrupt
Organizations Act and the Colorado Organized Crime Control Act. The lawsuit also
contains claims against Messrs.  Osborne,  Skerjanc and Scordo for violations of
their duty of fidelity to Insight  noteholders  and commercial  bribery.  In the
complaint,  Plaintiff alleges that Plaintiff agreed to raise capital for Insight
through the Trust in return for royalty payments from the sales of an automobile
security  device  ("Product"),  that  Insight and Messrs.  Osborn,  Skerjanc and
Scordo failed to maintain distribution of the Product due to misappropriation of
funds, that Insight and Messrs.  Osborn,  Skerjanc and Scordo made misstatements
about the quality of a  replacement  of the  Product,  that in  connection  with
various  offerings  Insight and Messrs  Osborn,  Skerjanc  and Scordo  failed to
disclose material facts as to the use of the proceeds therefrom, that the monies
were used for purposes other than represented and that the proceeds were used to
further the business of the Company and to personally  benefit  Messrs.  Osborn,
Skerjanc and Scordo. The lawsuit further claims that Messers.  Osborn,  Skerjanc
and Scordo violated their fiduciary duty to Plaintiff in the distribution of the
assets of D&O, Inc., a Colorado  corporation to which  Plaintiff  claims certain
assets of Insight were improperly transferred. The Plaintiff requests the remedy
of a constructive  trust be imposed on Mr. Osborn's interest in D&O, Inc. and on
the  business  of D&O,  Inc.  and an  unspecified  amount of actual,  treble and
exemplary damages, interest and attorneys' fees.






                                      F-26

                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.

                         1996 INCENTIVE AND NONSTATUTORY
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN


     1.  Purpose  of  the  Plan.   The  purposes  of  this  1996  Incentive  and
Nonstatutory  Stock  Option  Plan are to attract  and retain the best  available
personnel for positions of  substantial  responsibility,  to provide  additional
incentive to the  Employees  and  Consultants  of the Company and to promote the
success of the  Company's  business.  Options  granted  hereunder  may be either
"incentive  stock  options," as defined in Section 422 of the  Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended,  or "nonstatutory stock options," at the discretion of
the Board and as reflected in the terms of the written stock option agreement.

     2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          a. "Board" shall mean the Committee, if one has been appointed, or the
     Board of Directors of the Company if no Committee is appointed.

          b. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          c. "Common Stock" shall mean the $0.0001 par value common stock of the
     Company.

          d. "Company"  shall mean Western  Fidelity  Funding,  Inc., a Colorado
     corporation.

          e.  "Committee"  shall mean the  Committee  appointed  by the Board in
     accordance  with  paragraph  (a)  of  Section  4 of  the  Plan,  if  one is
     appointed, or the Board if no committee is appointed.

          f. "Consultant" shall mean any person who is engaged by the Company or
     any Subsidiary to render  consulting  services and is compensated  for such
     consulting services,  but does not include a director of the Company who is
     compensated  for  services  as  a  director  only  with  the  payment  of a
     director's fee by the Company.

          g.  "Continuous  Status as an Employee"  shall mean the absence of any
     interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as
     an Employee shall not be considered  interrupted in the case of sick leave,
     military  leave,  or any other  leave of  absence  approved  by the  Board;
     provided  that  such  leave  is for a period  of not  more  than 90 days or
     reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or
     statute.



<PAGE>


          h. "Employee" shall mean any person, including officers and directors,
     employed by the Company or any Parent or  Subsidiary  of the  Company.  The
     payment of a  director's  fee by the  Company  shall not be  sufficient  to
     constitute "employment" by the Company.

          i. "Incentive  Stock Option" shall mean an Option which is intended to
     qualify as an incentive  stock option  within the meaning of Section 422 of
     the Code and which shall be clearly identified as such in the written Stock
     Option  Agreement  provided  by the  Company  to each  Optionee  granted an
     Incentive Stock Option under the Plan.

          j. "Non-Employee Director" shall mean a director who:

               (i) Is not  currently an officer (as defined in Section  16a-1(f)
          of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the Company or
          a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or otherwise currently employed
          by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

               (ii)  Does  not   receive   compensation,   either   directly  or
          indirectly, from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company,
          for services rendered as a Consultant or in any capacity other than as
          a  director,  except  for an amount  that does not  exceed  the dollar
          amount for which disclosure would be required  pursuant to Item 404(a)
          of Regulation S-K adopted by the United States Securities and Exchange
          Commission.

               (iii) Does not possess an interest in any other  transaction  for
          which  disclosure  would  be  required  pursuant  to  Item  404(a)  of
          Regulation  S-K adopted by the United States  Securities  and Exchange
          Commission.

          k. "Nonstatutory Stock Option" shall mean an Option granted under this
     Plan which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option and which shall be
     clearly  identified as such in the written Stock Option Agreement  provided
     by the Company to each Optionee  granted a Nonstatutory  Stock Option under
     this Plan. To the extent that the  aggregate  fair market value of Optioned
     Stock to which Incentive Stock Options granted under Options to an Employee
     are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan
     and all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000,
     such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options under the Plan.
     The aggregate  fair market value of the Optioned  Stock shall be determined
     as of the date of  grant  of each  Option  and the  determination  of which
     Incentive  Stock  Options  shall be treated as  qualified  incentive  stock
     options  under  Section 422 of the Code and which  Incentive  Stock Options
     exercisable  for the  first  time in a  particular  year in  excess  of the
     $100,000 limitation shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options shall be
     determined  based on the  order in  which  such  Options  were  granted  in
     accordance with Section 422(d) of the Code.

                                        2

<PAGE>


          l. "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock
     Option  or  both  as  identified  in  a  written  Stock  Option   Agreement
     representing such stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          m. "Optioned Stock" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

          n. "Optionee" shall mean an Employee or other person who is granted an
     Option.

          o.  "Parent"  shall  mean  a  "parent  corporation,"  whether  now  or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

          p. "Plan" shall mean this 1996 Incentive and Nonstatutory Stock Option
     Plan.

          q. "Share"  shall mean a share of the Common Stock of the Company,  as
     adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

          r. "Stock  Option  Agreement"  shall mean the  agreement to be entered
     into between the Company and each Optionee  which shall set forth the terms
     and  conditions  of each Option  granted to each  Optionee,  including  the
     number of Shares  underlying  such  Option and the  exercise  price of each
     Option granted to such Optionee under such agreement.

          s. "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary  corporation," whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3. Stock  Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the  provisions of Section 11 of
the Plan, the maximum  aggregate number of Shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 500,000 shares of Common Stock.  The Shares may be authorized,
but unissued,  or reacquired  Common Stock. If an Option should expire or become
unexercisable  for any  reason  without  having  been  exercised  in  full,  the
unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall,  unless the Plan shall have
been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.

     4. Administration of the Plan.

          a.  Procedure.  The  Plan  shall  be  administered  by the  Board or a
     Committee  appointed by the Board  consisting  of two or more  Non-Employee
     Directors to  administer  the Plan on behalf of the Board,  subject to such
     terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe.

                                        3

<PAGE>



               (i) Once  appointed,  the Committee shall continue to serve until
          otherwise  directed by the Board (which for purposes of this paragraph
          (a)(i)  of this  Section  4 shall  be the  Board of  Directors  of the
          Company).  From time to time the Board  may  increase  the size of the
          Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with
          or without  cause) and appoint new members in  substitution  therefor,
          fill vacancies  however caused, or remove all members of the Committee
          and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

               (ii) Members of the Board who are granted,  or have been granted,
          Options may vote on any matters  affecting the  administration  of the
          Plan or the grant of any Options pursuant to the Plan.

          b. Powers of the Board.  Subject to the  provisions  of the Plan,  the
     Board shall have the authority, in its discretion:

               (i) To grant Incentive Stock Options,  in accordance with Section
          422 of the Code,  and  Nonstatutory  Stock Options or both as provided
          and  identified in a separate  written Stock Option  Agreement to each
          Optionee  granted  such  Option or  Options  under the Plan;  provided
          however,  that in no  event  shall an  Incentive  Stock  Option  and a
          Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to any Optionee under a single Stock
          Option  Agreement be subject to a "tandem"  exercise  arrangement such
          that the exercise of one such Option affects the  Optionee's  right to
          exercise the other Option granted under such Stock Option Agreement;

               (ii) To  determine,  upon review of relevant  information  and in
          accordance with Section 8(b) of the Plan, the fair market value of the
          Common Stock;

               (iii) To determine the exercise  price per Share of Options to be
          granted,  which exercise price shall be determined in accordance  with
          Section 8(a) of the Plan;

               (iv) To determine the Employees or other persons to whom, and the
          time or times at which,  Options  shall be  granted  and the number of
          Shares to be represented by each Option;

               (v) To interpret the Plan;


                                        4

<PAGE>



               (vi) To  prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules  and  regulations
          relating to the Plan;

               (vii) To  determine  the  terms  and  provisions  of each  Option
          granted  (which need not be  identical)  and,  with the consent of the
          holder thereof, modify or amend each Option;

               (viii) To  accelerate or defer (with the consent of the Optionee)
          the exercise  date of any Option,  consistent  with the  provisions of
          Section 7 of the Plan;

               (ix) To authorize  any person to execute on behalf of the Company
          any  instrument   required  to  effectuate  the  grant  of  an  Option
          previously granted by the Board; and

               (x)  To  make  all  other  determinations   deemed  necessary  or
          advisable for the administration of the Plan.

          c.  Effect of Board's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and
     interpretations  of the Board shall be final and  binding on all  Optionees
     and any other permissible holders of any Options granted under the Plan.

     5. Eligibility.

          a. Persons Eligible.  Options may be granted to any person selected by
     the Board.  Incentive  Stock Options may be granted only to  Employees.  An
     Employee,  who  is  also  a  director  of  the  Company,  its  Parent  or a
     Subsidiary, shall be treated as an Employee for purposes of this Section 5.
     An  Employee or other  person who has been  granted an Option may, if he is
     otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Option or Options.

          b. No Effect on  Relationship.  The Plan  shall  not  confer  upon any
     Optionee  any right with respect to  continuation  of  employment  or other
     relationship  with the Company nor shall it  interfere  in any way with his
     right  or  the  Company's  right  to  terminate  his  employment  or  other
     relationship at any time.

     6. Term of Plan.  The Plan became  effective on December 30, 1996. It shall
continue in effect until  December  29, 2006,  unless  sooner  terminated  under
Section 13 of the Plan.

     7. Term of Option.  The term of each Option shall be 10 years from the date
of grant  thereof or such  shorter  term as may be provided in the Stock  Option
Agreement.  However, in the case of an Option granted to an Optionee who, at the
time the Option is granted,  owns stock  representing more than 10% of the total

                                        5

<PAGE>


combined  voting  power of all  classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or
Subsidiary,  if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option,  the term of the Option
shall be five years from the date of grant  thereof or such  shorter time as may
be provided in the Stock Option Agreement.

     8. Exercise Price and Consideration.

          a. Exercise  Price.  The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be
     issued  pursuant  to  exercise  of an  Option  shall  be such  price  as is
     determined  by the  Board,  but the  per  Share  exercise  price  under  an
     Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to the following:

               (i) If granted to an  Employee  who,  at the time of the grant of
          such Incentive Stock Option,  owns stock representing more than 10% of
          the voting  power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent
          or  Subsidiary,  the per Share  exercise  price shall not be less than
          110% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant.

               (ii) If granted  to any other  Employee,  the per Share  exercise
          price shall not be less than 100% of the fair  market  value per Share
          on the date of grant.

          b. Determination of Fair Market Value. The fair market value per Share
     on the date of grant shall be determined as follows:

               (i) If the Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange,
          the  American  Stock  Exchange  or  such  other  securities   exchange
          designated by the Board, or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on
          any such  exchange,  or if the  Common  Stock is quoted on a  National
          Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  system that reports closing
          prices, the fair market value shall be the closing price of the Common
          Stock as  reported  by such  exchange  or  system  on the day the fair
          market value is to be determined,  or if no such price is reported for
          such day, then the  determination of such closing price shall be as of
          the last  immediately  preceding  day on which the closing price is so
          reported;

               (ii) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted to unlisted
          trading  privileges  or so quoted,  the fair market value shall be the
          average of the last  reported  highest bid and the lowest asked prices
          quoted  on  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
          Automated Quotations System or, if not so quoted, then by the National
          Quotation Bureau, Inc. on the day the fair market value is determined;
          or

                                        6

<PAGE>



               (iii)  If the  Common  Stock  is not so  listed  or  admitted  to
          unlisted trading privileges or so quoted, and bid and asked prices are
          not  reported,  the fair  market  value  shall be  determined  in such
          reasonable manner as may be prescribed by the Board.

          c.  Consideration and Method of Payment.  The consideration to be paid
     for the  Shares to be issued  upon  exercise  of an Option,  including  the
     method  of  payment,  shall be  determined  by the  Board  and may  consist
     entirely of cash, check,  other shares of Common Stock having a fair market
     value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate  exercise price of the
     Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised,  or any  combination  of
     such methods of payment,  or such other consideration and method of payment
     for the  issuance  of Shares to the  extent  permitted  under the  Colorado
     Business Corporation Act.

     9. Exercise of Option.

          a. Procedure for Exercise: Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option granted
     hereunder  shall be exercisable at such times and under such  conditions as
     determined by the Board, including performance criteria with respect to the
     Company and/or the Optionee, and as shall be permissible under the terms of
     the Plan.

          In the sole  discretion  of the Board,  at the time of the grant of an
     Option or  subsequent  thereto but prior to the  exercise of an Option,  an
     Optionee  may be  provided  with  the  right  to  exchange,  in a  cashless
     transaction,  all or part of the Option for Common  Stock of the Company on
     terms and conditions determined by the Board.

          An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

          An Option shall be deemed to be exercised  when written notice of such
     exercise has been given to the Company in accordance  with the terms of the
     Option by the person  entitled to exercise  the Option and full payment for
     the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised  has been received
     by the Company.  Full payment, as authorized by the Board, may consist of a
     consideration  and method of payment  allowable under Section 8(c) and this
     Section  9(a)  of  the  Plan.  Until  the  issuance  (as  evidenced  by the
     appropriate  entry on the books of the  Company  or of the duly  authorized
     transfer  agent of the Company) of the stock  certificate  evidencing  such
     Shares,  no right to vote or  receive  dividends  or any other  rights as a
     shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding
     the exercise of the Option.  No  adjustment  will be made for a dividend or
     other  right  for  which  the  record  date is prior to the date the  stock
     certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

                                        7

<PAGE>



          Exercise of an Option in any manner  shall result in a decrease in the
     number of Shares which  thereafter  may be available,  both for purposes of
     the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which
     the Option is exercised.

          b.  Termination of Status as an Employee.  In the case of an Incentive
     Stock Option,  if any Employee ceases to serve as an Employee,  he may, but
     only within such period of time not exceeding three months as is determined
     by the Board at the time of grant of the Option after the date he ceases to
     be an Employee of the  Company,  exercise  his Option to the extent that he
     was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination.  To the extent
     that he was  not  entitled  to  exercise  the  Option  at the  date of such
     termination,  or if he does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled
     to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          c.  Disability of Optionee.  In the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
     notwithstanding  the  provisions  of Section  9(b)  above,  in the event an
     Employee is unable to continue his employment  with the Company as a result
     of his total and permanent  disability  (as defined in Section  22(e)(3) of
     the Code),  he may,  but only within such period of time not  exceeding  12
     months as is  determined  by the  Board at the time of grant of the  Option
     from the date of  termination,  exercise  his  Option to the  extent he was
     entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that
     he was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of  termination,  or
     if he does not  exercise  such Option  (which he was  entitled to exercise)
     within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

          d. Death of Optionee. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in the
     event of the death of the Optionee:

               (i) During the term of the Option if the Optionee was at the time
          of his death an Employee the Company and had been in Continuous Status
          as an  Employee or  Consultant  since the date of grant of the Option,
          the Option may be  exercised,  at any time within 12 months  following
          the  date of  death,  by the  Optionee's  estate  or by a  person  who
          acquired the right to exercise  the Option by bequest or  inheritance,
          but only to the  extent  of the  right to  exercise  that  would  have
          accrued had the Optionee  continued  living and remained in Continuous
          Status as an Employee 12 months after the date of death; or

               (ii) Within such period of time not exceeding  three months as is
          determined  by the Board at the time of grant of the Option  after the
          termination  of  Continuous  Status as an Employee,  the Option may be
          exercised,  at any time within 12 months  following the date of death,

                                        8

<PAGE>


          by the  Optionee's  estate or by a person  who  acquired  the right to
          exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance,  but only to the extent
          of the right to exercise that had accrued at the date of termination.

     10.  Nontransferability  of Options.  Unless  permitted by the Code, in the
case  of an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  the  Option  may not be  sold,  pledged,
assigned, hypothecated,  transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by
will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the
lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

     11.  Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization  or Merger.  Subject to any
required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered
by each outstanding  Option, and the number of Shares which have been authorized
for issuance  under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or
which have been  returned to the Plan upon  cancellation  or  expiration  of any
Option, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding  Option,
shall be proportionately  adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or  reclassification  of the Common Stock,  or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of  consideration  by the Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion of any
convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected
without receipt of  consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board,
whose  determination  in that respect  shall be final,  binding and  conclusive.
Except as  expressly  provided  herein,  no issuance by the Company of shares of
stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class,
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of Shares subject to an Option.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the
Option will terminate  immediately  prior to the  consummation  of such proposed
action,  unless otherwise  provided by the Board. The Board may, in the exercise
of its  sole  discretion  in such  instances,  declare  that  any  Option  shall
terminate  as of a date fixed by the Board and give each  Optionee  the right to
exercise  his  Option  as to all or any part of the  Optioned  Stock,  including
Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be  exercisable.  In the event
of the proposed sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the Company,
or the merger of the Company with or into another  corporation  in a transaction
in which the  Company is not the  survivor,  the  Option  shall be assumed or an
equivalent option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent
or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the Board determines, in the
exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or  substitution,
that the  Optionee  shall have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the
Optioned Stock,  including  Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be
exercisable.  If the  Board  makes  an  Option  fully  exercisable  in  lieu  of
assumption or substitution in the event of such a merger or sale of assets,  the
Board shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a
period of 30 days from the date of such  notice,  and the Option will  terminate
upon the expiration of such period.

                                        9

<PAGE>



     12. Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option shall, for all
purposes,  be the date on which the Board makes the determination  granting such
Option.  Notice of the  determination  shall be given to each  Employee or other
person to whom an Option is so granted  within a reasonable  time after the date
of such  grant.  Within a  reasonable  time  after  the date of the  grant of an
Option,  the  Company  shall  enter into and  deliver to each  Employee or other
person  granted  such Option a written  Stock  Option  Agreement  as provided in
Sections  2(r) and 16 hereof,  setting  forth the terms and  conditions  of such
Option  and  separately  identifying  the  portion  of the  Option  which  is an
Incentive Stock Option and/or the portion of such Option which is a Nonstatutory
Stock Option.

     13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

          a.  Amendment  and  Termination.  The Board may amend or terminate the
     Plan from time to time in such  respects  as the Board may deem  advisable;
     provided that, the following revisions or amendments shall require approval
     of the shareholders of the Company in the manner described in Section 17 of
     the Plan:

               (i) An increase in the number of Shares subject to the Plan above
          500,000  Shares,  other than in connection  with an  adjustment  under
          Section 11 of the Plan;

               (ii) Any  change in the  designation  of the  class of  Employees
          eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options; or

               (iii) Any material amendment under the Plan that would have to be
          approved by the  shareholders of the Company for the Board to continue
          to be able to grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.

          b.  Effect  of  Amendment  or  Termination.   Any  such  amendment  or
     termination of the Plan shall not affect Options  already  granted and such
     Options  shall  remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been
     amended  or  terminated,  unless  mutually  agreed  otherwise  between  the
     Optionee and the Board,  which  agreement  must be in writing and signed by
     the Optionee and the Company.

     14. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant
to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance
and  delivery of such Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply with all relevant
provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as

                                       10

<PAGE>


amended,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  the  rules  and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  applicable state securities laws, and the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and
shall be further  subject to the approval of legal  counsel for the Company with
respect to such compliance.

     As a condition to the  existence of an Option,  the Company may require the
person  exercising  such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such
exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any
present   intention   to  sell  or   distribute   such  Shares  and  such  other
representations  and  warranties  which in the opinion of legal  counsel for the
Company,  are  necessary or  appropriate  to  establish  an  exemption  from the
registration  requirements  under  applicable  federal and state securities laws
with respect to the acquisition of such Shares.

     15. Reservation of Shares. The Company,  during the term of this Plan, will
at all  times  reserve  and keep  available  such  number  of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  Inability of the Company to
obtain authority from any regulatory body having  jurisdiction,  which authority
is deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary for the lawful issuance
and sale of any Share  hereunder,  shall  relieve the  Company of any  liability
relating to the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such  requisite
authority shall not have been obtained.

     16. Option  Agreement.  Each Option granted to an Employee or other persons
shall be evidenced by a written Stock Option Agreement in such form as the Board
shall approve.

     17.  Shareholder  Approval.  Continuance  of the Plan  shall be  subject to
approval by the shareholders of the Company on or before December 29, 1997. Such
shareholder  approval and any shareholder  approval required under Section 13 of
the Plan, may be obtained at a duly held shareholders meeting by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of the voting stock
of the Company,  who are present or represented and entitled to vote thereon, or
by  unanimous  written  consent  of the  shareholders  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the Colorado Business Corporation Act.

     18.  Information to Optionees.  The Company shall provide to each Optionee,
during the period for which such  Optionee has one or more Options  outstanding,
copies of all annual  reports and other  information  which are  provided to all
shareholders  of the Company.  The Company shall not be required to provide such
information  if the  issuance  of  Options  under  the  Plan is  limited  to key
employees  whose duties in  connection  with the Company  assure their access to
equivalent information.

     19.  Gender.  As used herein,  the  masculine,  feminine and neuter genders
shall be deemed to include the others in all cases where they would so apply.


                                       11

<PAGE>


     20. CHOICE OF LAW. ALL QUESTIONS  CONCERNING THE CON-  STRUCTION,  VALIDITY
AND  INTERPRETATION OF THIS PLAN AND THE INSTRUMENTS  EVIDENCING OPTIONS WILL BE
GOVERNED BY THE  INTERNAL  LAW,  AND NOT THE LAW OF  CONFLICTS,  OF THE STATE OF
COLORADO.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company has caused its duly authorized  officer to
execute this Plan effective as of December 30, 1996.

                                            WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.,
                                            a Colorado corporation



                                            By:
                                               ------------------------------
                                               Gene E. Osborn, President





                                       12


                                     NOTICE

     THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS
AMENDED (THE  "ACT"),  AS A COMMERCIAL  LOAN NOT  CONSTITUTING  A SECURITY OR IN
RELIANCE  ON AN  EXEMPTION  PROVIDED  IN THE ACT  AND/OR  RULES AND  REGULATIONS
PROMULGATED  BY THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
TRANSFERRED,  ASSIGNED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY ANY PAYEE, OR HOLDER THEREIN
UNLESS THE NOTE IS REGISTERED  UNDER THE ACT OF THE MAKER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL  ACCEPTABLE TO IT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED,  AND THEN ONLY
IN COMPLIANCE  WITH STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS. IN ADDITION,  THE NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE COLORADO SECURITIES ACT OF 1990 BY REASON OF THE COMMERCIAL
LOAN NOT CONSTITUTING A SECURITY OR SPECIFIC  EXEMPTIONS  THEREUNDER RELATING TO
THE LIMITED  AVAILABILITY  OF THE NOTE.  THE NOTE  CANNOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,
ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF TO ANY PERSON OF ENTITY  UNLESS  SUBSEQUENTLY
REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED,  OR THE  COLORADO
SECURITIES ACT OF 1990, IF SUCH REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED.  FURTHER, THE NOTE HAS
NOT BEEN REVIEWED  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE,  OR OTHER
SIMILAR GOVERNMENTAL OFFICE, OF ANY OTHER STATE.

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                (Commercial Loan)

  $515,077.12                                                  January 31, 1996

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned  promises to pay to WESTERN  FRATERNAL
LIFE  ASSOCIATION  (individually  referred  to as  "Holder")  at the address for
Holder shown in the Notice  provision  hereof,  or as such other  address as any
Holder may from time to time designate in writing in accordance  with the Notice
provision,  in the legal and lawful tender of the United  States,  the principal
sum of FIVE  HUNDRED  FIFTHTEEN  THOUSAND  SEVENTY  SEVEN AND  12/100'S  DOLLARS
($515,077,12), together with interest which shall accrue at the rate of nine and
eighty five one  hundredths  percent  (9.85%) per annum payable on the terms set
forth in paragraph I hereof.

     I. Terms of  Repayment.  The principal  shall be amortized  over fifty (50)
months with interest at the rate of nine and eighty five one hundredths  percent
(9.85%) per annum resulting in monthly payments of principal and interest in the
amount of TWELVE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED ONE AND 34/100-S DOLLARS ($12,601.34).  An
amortization schedule is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by
this  reference.  Said monthly payments  shall commence on  the twentieth day of



<PAGE>


February, 1996 and on the twentieth day of each month thereafter until this Note
is paid in full.  The first  monthly  payment  shall be adjusted to reflect only
that  interest due in arrears from the date the  principal is advanced by Holder
to Maker.  The last monthly payment shall be adjusted to reflect any prepayments
or principal  reductions during the term of this Note.  Payments shall be due on
the  twentieth  day of each  month and  shall be  considered  delinquent  on the
thirtieth day of each month.

     2. Application of Payment.  All payments of principal and interest by Maker
to the Holder of this Note shall be first  applied to accrued  interest with the
balance applied to principal.

     3. Security.  This Note shall be secured by Maker's Security  Agreement and
Pledge Agreement which pledges retail  installment  sale contracts  entered into
between various  customers and the Maker for the purchase of  automobiles,  more
particularly  described  in the Security  Agreement  and Pledge  Agreement  (the
"Contracts"  or  "Collateral").  Maker shall continue to service and collect the
payments on said  Contracts in accordance  with their terms from the life of the
Contracts,  Maker  covenants and agrees that the outstanding  principal  balance
plus  accrued  interest  payable  over the  life of said  Contracts  in  monthly
payments from customers shall be equal to or greater than principal and interest
payable to Holder under this Note, which payments due under the Contracts are to
be pledged by Maker as security for this Note.

     4.  Substitution  of  Collateral.  Maker agrees in the event any individual
retail installment contract contained in the Contracts is prepaid by a customer,
prepaid from  insurance  proceeds in the event of  destruction of any automobile
which is security for any retail installment sale contract or becomes sixty (60)
days or more past due (the  "Substitution  Events"),  Maker  will  substitute  a
similar retail installment  contract to be replaced.  The Security Agreement and
Pledge  Agreement  which  secure  this  Note  shall  continue  to  apply  to any
substituted  retail  installment  contract which replaces any retail installment
contract previously included in the Contracts or Collateral.

     5. Release of Collateral.  As the principal  balance of this Note is repaid
(including  prepayments),  the  Holder  agrees to  release  that  portion of the
Collateral from the Security  Agreement and Pledge  Agreement which secures this
Note as  corresponds  to the  reduction  of the  principal  balance  and accrued
interest due under this Note. For each one dollar reduction in the principal and
accrued interest due under this Note, a proportionate amount of Collateral shall
be  released  from  the  Security  Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement  and  shall
thereafter be free of the lien and encumbrance created  thereunder.  In no event
shall  the  amount  of  principal  and  interest   remaining  on  the  Contracts
constituting  the  Collateral  be less than the amount of principal and interest
outstanding on the Note.

     6. No Sale, Transfer or Assignment.  This Note constitutes a non-negotiable
instrument and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned without the consent of
Maker and without meeting the possible securities  registration  requirement set
forth in the NOTICE contained above.


<PAGE>


     7. Miscellaneous.

          (a) There shall be no  acceleration of any amount due under this Note,
except as specifically provided in this Note,

          (b) Upon payment of monies due on this Note,  in  accordance  with its
terms,  Holder shall release the collateral or the applicable portion thereof in
accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement.

          (c) In the event of a default by Maker on this Note, Holder shall look
solely to the assets of Maker for  repayment,  including the property,  cash and
other  property  or assets of Maker,  but none of the  officers,  directors,  or
shareholders  shall have any personal  liability for payment  hereunder,  and no
such  action or other  legal  proceedings  shall be brought  against  any of the
officers,  directors  or  shareholders  of  Maker,  for  any  deficiency  if the
Collateral  and assets of Maker are not  sufficient  to satisfy the repayment of
this Note.

          (d) If Maker fails to make any Payment when due hereunder,  whether of
principal,  interest or otherwise, or commits any default hereunder or under the
Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement or any other instrument related hereto, the
Holder shall have those  options set forth in the Security  Agreement and Pledge
Agreement  after ten (10) days notice to Maker  specifying  the event of default
after  which time this Note shall bear  interest  at the rate of twelve  percent
(12%) per annum,  unless the default is timely cured.  During the ten (1 0) days
following  notice  from  Holder,  the  Maker  shall  have the  right to cure any
monetary  or  non-monetary  default  and if the cure be made,  this Note and the
security  therefore shall continue in full force and effect as if no default had
occurred.

          (e) This  Note sets  forth the  entire  understanding  of the  parties
hereto  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be  changed,
modified,  or terminated  except by a written  instrument,  duly executed by all
parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party hereto
shall be effective unless such waiver shall be expressed in a written instrument
duly executed by the party or parties against whom enforcement of such waiver is
sought.

          (f) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any particular  circumstance  of any provision of the Note shall not limit
or impair the  operation  or  validity or any other  provision  of this Note and
shall not limit or impair the  operation  and validity of the same  provision or
provisions  against  any other  person  or  persons  or in any other  particular
circumstance.



<PAGE>



          (g) It is the  intention  of  Maker  and  Holder  that  this  Note  be
construed tin accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of Colorado
for contracts entered into and wholly performed in such state.

          (h) The Maker and all other  parties who are now or who may  hereafter
become  liable on this Note  severally  waive,  except  as  expressly  set forth
herein, demand, presentment for payment, protest, notice of dishonor, protest or
intent to accelerate and  acceleration  and diligence in collecting and bringing
suit against any party liable on this Note.

          (i) Holder  shall be entitled to collect a reasonable  attorney's  fee
from the Maker,  as well as other costs and  expenses  reasonably  incurred,  in
curing any default of or attempting collection of the payment due under the Note
and to receive  from the Maker (or in lieu  thereof,  the Maker may advance) all
expenses paid by the Holder under the terms of the Security Agreement.

          (i) This Note is secured by a Security  Agreement and Pledge Agreement
Of even date made by Maker for the  benefit of the  Holder  hereof and the terms
and provisions of said Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement by this reference
are make a part hereof,

          (k) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this Note may be litigated in Courts  having situs within the
State  of  Colorado.   Maker  and  Holder  hereby  consent  and  submit  to  the
jurisdiction  of any local,  state or federal court located in said state.  Each
party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of venue of any
litigation in accordance herewith.

          (1)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or  proceeding to enforce or defend any rights (i) under this Note or any
amendment,  instrument,  document  or  agreement  delivered  or which may in the
future  be  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  (ii)  arising  from  any
relationship  existing  in  connection  with this Note,  and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (m)  Legal  matters  in  connection  with the  Note  and any  Security
Agreement,  Pledge  Agreement  or other  documents  securing  the Note have been
prepared or  reviewed on behalf of the Maker as its counsel by Marya L.  Brancio
("Maker's  Counsel").  Maker's  Counsel  does  not  purport  to  have  made  any
investigation or to have acted independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or
assignee  of any note or any secured  party and has relied upon  representations
made by Western Fidelity  Funding,  Inc. as to all matters which affect the Note
or any security  agreement or pledge  agreement  must look to its own counsel in
connection  with the commercial  loan  represented by the Note or any collateral
therefore  and  understand  that  Marya L.  Brancio  has acted  only as  Maker's
Counsel.



<PAGE>



          (n) All notices,  requests and other communications hereunder shall be
given in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, or received for
all purposes when delivered personally,  by United States mail, postage prepaid,
return  receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by immediate  notice,  and
properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall be set forth in
a notice given in accordance with this sub-section n

          (a) in the case of Holder to:

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticilii
              Telephone # (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone #: (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #     (800) 854-7939

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has caused this instrument to be executed this the
31day of January, 1996


                     MAKER:            WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. a Colorado
                                       corporation


                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Gene E. Osborn, President



<PAGE>

                                PLEDGE AGREEMENT

     This  pledge  is made as of  this  31st  day of  January,  1996 by  WESTERN
FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "WFFI"), to WESTERN FRATERNAL
LIFE ASSOCIATION (hereinafter referred to as "Lender").


                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS WFFI has acquired  and is the owner of the  automobile  installment
sale  contracts   ("Contracts")   listed  on  Exhibit  A  attached   hereto  and
incorporated herein by this reference, and

     WHEREAS Lender requires the right to collect  payments made by the maker(s)
of the  Contracts,  and the right to enforce  all of WFFI's  rights,  claims and
interests related to said Contracts,  (including but not limited to the right to
repossess the auto(s) which are the subject of the Contracts herein pledged).


                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, WFFI and Lender agree as follows:

     1. The  Contracts  are  hereby  pledged  to  Lenders  to secure  payment of
Lender's loan to WFFI  evidenced by a Promissory  Note dated January 31, 1996 in
the amount of $515,077.12.

     2. In accordance  with the terms of the Promissory Note which is secured by
this  Pledge  Agreement,  WFFI agrees  that in the event any  individual  retail
installment  contract  contained  in the  Contracts  is prepaid  by a  customer,
prepaid from  insurance  proceeds in the event of  destruction of any automobile
which is security for any retail installment sale contract or becomes sixty (60)
days or more  past due (the  "Substitution  Events"),  WFFI  will  substitute  a
similar retail  installment  contract in substantially like amount and terms for
the retail  installment  contract to be replaced.  This Pledge  Agreement  shall
continue to apply to any  substitute  retail  installment  sale  contract  which
replaces  any  retail  installment  sale  contract  previously  included  in the
Contracts pledged hereunder.

     3. WFFI agrees to notify Lender promptly of any material changes  involving
the Contracts,  including, but not limited to, prompt notice of any Substitution
Event or any other proceeding which WFF] may be notified of which may materially
and adversely  affects WFFI's or Lender's  rights under the terms and conditions
of the Contracts or to the collateral encumbered by said Contracts.



<PAGE>


     4. As the  principal  balance of the Note  secured  hereby is  repaid,  the
Lender  agrees to  release  that  portion  of the  Contracts  from  this  Pledge
Agreement as corresponds  to the reduction or the principal  balance and accrued
interest due under the Note for each one dollar  reduction in the  principal and
accrued  interest due under the Note, a proportionate  amount of Contracts shall
be released from this Pledge  Agreement and shall thereafter be free of the lien
or pledge  created  hereunder.  In no event  shall the amount of  principal  and
interest remaining on the Contracts pledged hereunder be less that the amount of
principal and interest outstanding on the Note.

     5. This Pledge  Agreement shall terminate when the obligation has been paid
in full.  No waiver by the Lenders of any default  shall be effective  unless in
writing nor operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a
future  occasion.  All rights of the Lender hereunder shall inure to the benefit
of its successors  and bind the successors and assigns of the WFFI,  This Pledge
Agreement shall take effect when signed by the parties hereto.

     6. WFFI agrees to pay any and all of Lender's costs,  including  reasonable
attorney's  fees,  incurred in  exercising  or  enforcing  its rights under this
Pledge Agreement.

     7. All notices,  requests and other communications hereunder shall be given
in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently  given,  served, or received for all
purposes when  delivered  personally,  by United States mail,  postage  prepaid,
return  receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by Immediate  Notice,  and
properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall be set forth in
a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.

          (a)      in the case of Holder to

                   Western Fraternal Life Association
                   1900 First Avenue NE
                   Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
                   Attention:  Mr. Philip J. Torticill
                   Telephone #: (319)363-2653

          (b)      in the case of Maker to:

                   Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
                   4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
                   Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
                   Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
                   Telephone #: (800) 223-9334
                   Telefax #  (800) 854-7939



<PAGE>


     8. Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Pledge  Agreement sets forth the entire  understanding of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be
changed,  modified, or terminated except by a written instrument,  duly executed
by all parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party
hereto  shall be  effective  unless such waiver  shall be expressed in a written
instrument  duly executed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement  of
such waiver is sought.

          (b) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any  particular  circumstance  of any  provision of this Pledge  Agreement
shall not limit or impair the  operation  of validity of any other  provision of
this Pledge  Agreement  and shall not limit or impair the operation and validity
of the same  provision or  provisions  against any other person or persons or in
any other particular circumstances.

          (c) Should any provision of this Pledge Agreement violate any federal,
state or local law or ordinance,  that  provision  shall be deemed amended to so
comply with such law or  ordinance,  and shall be construed in a manner so as to
comply.

          (d) This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors,  administrators, legal
representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

          (e) This Agreement  shall be deemed  entered into within  Colorado and
shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado (without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of laws).

          (f) Legal  matters in  connection  with the Note(s)  and any  security
agreement,  Pledge  Agreement or other documents  securing the Note(s) have been
prepared  or  reviewed  on behalf  of WFFI as its  counsel  by Marya L.  Brancio
("WFFI's   Counsel").   WFFI's  Counsel  does  not  purport  to  have  made  any
investigation or to have acted independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or
assignee  of any  note or any  secured  party or  pledgee  and has  relied  upon
representations  made by WFFI as to all matters  which affect the Note(s) or any
collateral security therefore. Each payee, holder, assignee,  pledgee or secured
party of the Note(s) or any security  agreement or Pledge Agreement must look to
its own counsel in connection  with any loan  represented  by the Note(s) or any
collateral  therefore  and  understand  that Marya L.  Brancio has acted only as
WFFI's Counsel.

          (g) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this Agreement may be litigated in courts having situs within
the  State of  Colorado.  WFFI and  Lender  hereby  consent  and  submit  to the
jurisdiction  of any local,  state or federal court located in said state.  Each
party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of venue of any
litigation in accordance herewith.


<PAGE>


          (h)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or proceeding to enforce or defend any rights (i) under this Agreement or
any amendment,  instrument,  document or agreement delivered or which may in the
future  be  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  (ii)  arising  from  any
relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (i) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
each such counterpart  shall be deemed to any original and all such counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures shall be
considered as original signatures.

     Dated this 31st day of January, 1996.
     WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.

     By:  /s/ Gene E. Osborn
        ------------------------------------
        Gene E. Osborn, President


     WESTERN FRATERNAL LIFE ASSOCIATION

     By:  /s/ Philip J. Torticilli
        ------------------------------------
     Name: Philip J. Torticilli
          ----------------------------------
     Its:  Vice President
          ----------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  entered into between  WESTERN  FIDELITY  FUNDING,  INC., a
Colorado  corporation  ("Debtor") and WESTERN  FRATERNAL LIFE  ASSOCIATION  (the
"Secured Party"), The Debtor hereby warrants and covenants that:

     Section  1.0  Collateral.  The  Debtor  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  the
"Collateral"  which consists of the retail  installment  sale contracts  entered
into between the customer and the Debtor (the "Contracts").  The Contracts which
comprise the Collateral are listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated
herein by this reference. The Collateral will be maintained by the Debtor at its
principal office and Debtor will service the collection of the Contracts. Except
for the security  interest granted hereby,  the collateral will be free from any
prior lien, security interest, pledge or encumbrance, and the Debtor will defend
the  Collateral  against  all  claims  and  demands  of all  persons at any time
claiming the same or any interest therein.

     Section 2.0 No Transfer.  The Debtor will not sell or otherwise transfer or
encumber  the  Collateral  or any  interest  therein  without the prior  written
consent of the Secured Party,

     Section 3.0 Perfection of Interest.  The Debtor will immediately notify the
Secured  Party in  writing  of any  change in  address  from that  shown in this
Agreement  and will also upon demand  furnish to the Secured  Party such further
information  and will  execute and deliver to the Secured  Party such  financing
statements,  mortgages  and other papers and will do all such acts and things as
the Secured Party may at any time or from time to time reasonably request and/or
as may be necessary or  appropriate  to establish and maintain a valid  security
interest in the Collateral as security for the obligations,  subject to no prior
liens or encumbrances.

     Section 4.0  Insurance.  The Debtor will keep the  Collateral  at all times
insured against risks of loss and such other casualties as the Secured Party may
reasonably require, all in such amounts, under such forms of policies, including
the Indemnity Policy currently issued by Empire Fire & Marine,  upon such terms,
for such  periods and written by such other  companies  or  underwriters  as the
Secured Party may approve,  but in no event less than the face value of the loan
on the  Vehicle,  losses in all cases to be  payable  to the  Secured  Party and
Debtor as their respective interests may appear. All policies of insurance shall
provide for at least ten days prior written notice  cancellation  to the Secured
Party, and the Debtor shall furnish the Secured Party with  certificates of such
insurance or other evidence  satisfactory  to the Secured Party as to compliance
with the provisions of this paragraph. The Secured Party may act as attorney for
the Debtor in making,  adjusting  and settling  claims  under or canceling  such
insurance  and endorsing the Debtors name on any drafts drawn by insurers of the
Collateral.



<PAGE>


     Section 5.0 Free of Liens.  The Debtor will keep the  Collateral  free from
any adverse lien, security interest, pledge or encumbrance and will not waste or
destroy the  Collateral  or any part thereof and will not use the  Collateral in
violation of any applicable  statute,  ordinance or policy of insurance thereon.
Upon reasonable  notice, the Secured Party may examine and inspect the books and
records of Debtor at any reasonable time or times.

     Section 6.0 Substitution of Collateral. In accordance with the terms of the
Promissory Note which is secured by this Security Agreement,  Debtor agrees that
in the  event  any  individual  retail  installment  contract  contained  in the
Contracts is prepaid by a customer, prepaid from insurance proceeds in the event
of destruction of any  automobile  which is security for any retail  installment
sale  contract  or becomes  sixty (60) days or more past due (the  "Substitution
Events"),  Debtor  will  substitute  a similar  retail  installment  contract in
substantially  like amount and terms for the retail  installment  contract to be
replaced.  This Security  Agreement  shall continue to apply to any  substituted
retail installment  contract which replaces any retail installment sale contract
previously included in the Contracts listed as collateral hereunder.

     Section 7.0 Notice of Matters Affecting Collateral. Debtor agrees to notify
secured  party  promptly  of  any  material  changes  involving  the  Contracts,
including,  but not limited to, prompt notice of any  Substitution  Event or any
other  proceeding  which  Debtor may be  notified  of which may  materially  and
adversely  affect Debtor' s or Lender's rights under the terms and conditions of
the Contracts or to the collateral encumbered by said Contracts.

     Section  8.0 Taxes.  The Debtor  will pay  promptly  when due all taxes and
assessments upon the Collateral, if any.

     Section  9.0  Additional  Rights of  Parties.  At its  option  but  without
obligation to do so, the Secured party may (a) discharge taxes, liens,  security
interests or other  encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral;
(b) place and pay for  insurance on Collateral in the event Debtor fails to keep
the Collateral insured.

     Section 10.0 Events of  Default-Remedies.  Upon the happening of any of the
following  events or conditions and within ten day notice thereof,  namely;  (a)
default  in the  payment  or  performance  of any of the  obligations  or of any
covenant  contained or referred to herein or in any note  evidencing  any of the
obligations; (b) any warranty,  representation or statement make or furnished to
the  Secured  Party by or on  behalf  of the  Debtor  in  connection  with  this
Agreement proving to have been false in material respect when made or furnished,
(c) substantial amount of sale or encumbrance of the Collateral as determined in
the sale or  encumbrance  of the  Collateral  as  determined  in the  reasonable
discretion  of  the  Secured  Party,  or the  making  of any  levy,  seizure  or
attachment thereof or thereon, (d) death, dissolution, termination of existence,
insolvency,  business  failure,  appointment  of a  receiver  of any part of the
Collateral of,  assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the  commencement



<PAGE>



of any  proceedings  under any  bankruptcy or insolvency  laws by, against or of
Debtor or any  guarantor  or surety  for the  Debtor,  thereupon  or at any time
thereafter (such default not having previously been cured), the Secured Party at
its option may declare all obligations that are in default to be immediately due
and payable,  subject to any notice required by law or agreement, and shall then
have the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform  Commercial Code ("UCC"),
or other applicable law,  including,  without limitation  thereto,  the right to
take  possession  of the  Collateral,  and  for  that  purpose  may  pursue  the
Collateral whenever the same may be found and with or without legal process, but
without a breach of the peace,  may enter any premises  where the Collateral may
be found and take possession thereof and remove the same.

     Section 11.0 No Waste. The Secured Party may require the Debtor to make the
Collateral  available to the Secured  Party at a place to be  designated  by the
Secured Party which is reasonably  convenient to both parties. The Secured Party
will give at least ten (10) days written  notice to Debtor at the address  shown
herein of the time and place of any  public  sale  thereof  or of the time after
which any private sale or any other intended  disposition thereof is to be made.
Expenses of retaking,  holding.  preparing for sale,  selling or the like shall,
subject to UCC limits if  applicable,  include  the Secured  Party's  reasonable
attorney's fees and costs.

     Section 12.0 Release of  Collateral.  As the principal  balance of the Note
secured  hereby is repaid,  the Secured  Party agrees to release that portion of
the Collateral  from this Security  Agreement as corresponds to the reduction of
the  principal  balance and accrued  interest  due under the Note.  For each one
dollar  reduction in the  principal  and accrued  interest due under the Note, a
proportionate  amount  of  Collateral  shall  be  released  from  this  Security
Agreement  and  shall  thereafter  be free of the lien and  encumbrance  created
hereunder.  In no event shall the amount of principal and interest  remaining on
the contracts  constituting  the Collateral be less than the amount of principal
and interest outstanding on the Note.

     Section 13.0  General.  This  Agreement  and the  security  interest in the
Collateral  created hereby shall  terminate when the obligation has been paid in
full. No waiver by the Secured Party of any default shall be effective unless in
writing nor operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a
future  occasion.  All rights of the Secured Party  hereunder shall inure to the
benefit of its successors and bind the successors and assigns of the Debtor.  If
there be more than one Debtor,  their  obligations  hereunder shall be joint and
several. This Agreement shall take effect when signed by the parties hereto.

     Section 14.0  Construction.  Should any provision of this Agreement violate
any federal, state or local law or ordinance,  that provision shall be construed
in a manner so as to comply.

     Section  15.0  Notices.  All  notices,  requests  and other  communications
hereunder  shall be given in  writing  and shall be deemed  sufficiently  given,
served, or received for all purposes when delivered personally, by United States



<PAGE>



mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by
Immediate Notice, and properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as
shall be set forth in a notice given in accordance with this Section 15.0.

          (a)      in the case of Holder to:

                   Western Fraternal Life Association
                   1900 First Avenue NE
                   Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
                   Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticilli
                   Telephone #: (319)363-2653

          (b)     in the case of Maker to:

                  Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
                  4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
                  Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
                  Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
                  Telephone # (800) 223-9334
                  Telefax #: (800) 854-7939

     Section 16.0 Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Security Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be
changed,  modified, or terminated except by a written instrument,  duly executed
by all parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party
hereto  shall be  effective  unless such waiver  shall be expressed in a written
instrument  duly executed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement  of
such waiver is sought.

          (b) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any particular  circumstance  of any provision of this Security  Agreement
shall not limit or impair the  operation  of validity of any other  provision of
this Security Agreement and shall not limit or impair the operation and validity
of the same  provision or  provisions  against any other person or persons or in
any other particular circumstances.

          (c) This  Security  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the
benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their   respective   heirs,   executors,
administrators, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

          (d) This Agreement  shall be deemed  entered into within  Colorado and
Shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado (without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of laws).



<PAGE>



          (e) Legal  matters in  connection  with the Note(s)  and any  security
agreement,  pledge or other documents securing the Note(s) have been prepared or
reviewed on behalf of the debtor as its counsel by Marya L.  Brancio  ("Debtor's
Counsel").  Debtor's Counsel does not purport to have made any  investigation or
to have acted  independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or assignee of any
note or any secured  party and has relied upon  representations  made by Western
Fidelity  Funding,  Inc.,  as to all  matters  which  affect the  Note(s) or any
collateral security therefore.  Each payee, holder, assignee or secured party of
the Note(s) or any security  agreement or pledge  agreement must look to its own
counsel in connection with any loan represented by the Note(s) or any collateral
therefore  and  understand  that Marya L.  Brancio  has acted  only as  Debtor's
Counsel.

          If) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this  Security  Agreement  may be litigated in courts  having
situs within the State of Colorado.  Debtor and Secured Party hereby consent and
Submit to the jurisdiction of any local,  state or federal court located in said
state.  Each party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of
venue of any litigation in accordance herewith.

          (g)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or  proceeding  to enforce  or defend any rights (i) under this  Security
Agreement or any amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which
may in the future be delivered in connection herewith,  or (ii) arising from any
relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (h) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
each such counterpart  shall be deemed to an original and all such  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures shall be
considered as original signatures,

     Dated this 31st day of January, 1996.


DEBTOR:                                      SECURED PARTY:
WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.               WESTERN FRATERNAL LIFE ASSOCIATION



By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn                       By:  /s/ Philip J. Torticilli
   -------------------------------------        -------------------------------
      Gene E.Osborn, President
                                             Name:  Philip J. Torticilli
                                                   ----------------------------

                                             Its:  Vice President
                                                  -----------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     NOTICE

     THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS
AMENDED (THE  "ACT"),  AS A COMMERCIAL  LOAN NOT  CONSTITUTING  A SECURITY OR IN
RELIANCE  ON AN  EXEMPTION  PROVIDED  IN THE ACT  AND/OR  RULES AND  REGULATIONS
PROMULGATED  BY THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
TRANSFERRED,  ASSIGNED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY ANY PAYEE, OR HOLDER THEREIN
UNLESS THE NOTE IS REGISTERED  UNDER THE ACT OF THE MAKER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL  ACCEPTABLE TO IT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED,  AND THEN ONLY
IN COMPLIANCE  WITH STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS. IN ADDITION,  THE NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE COLORADO SECURITIES ACT OF 1990 BY REASON OF THE COMMERCIAL
LOAN NOT CONSTITUTING A SECURITY OR SPECIFIC  EXEMPTIONS  THEREUNDER RELATING TO
THE LIMITED  AVAILABILITY  OF THE NOTE.  THE NOTE  CANNOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,
ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF TO ANY PERSON OF ENTITY  UNLESS  SUBSEQUENTLY
REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED,  OR THE  COLORADO
SECURITIES ACT OF 1990, IF SUCH REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED.  FURTHER, THE NOTE HAS
NOT BEEN REVIEWED  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE,  OR OTHER
SIMILAR GOVERNMENTAL OFFICE, OF ANY OTHER STATE.

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                (Commercial Loan)

     $508,145.79                                             February 12, 1996

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned  promises to pay to WESTERN  FRATERNAL
LIFE  ASSOCIATION  (individually  referred  to as  "Holder")  at the address for
Holder shown in the Notice  provision  hereof,  or as such other  address as any
Holder may from time to time designate in writing in accordance  with the Notice
provision,  in the legal and lawful tender of the United  States,  the principal
sum  of  FIVE  HUNDRED  EIGHT  ONE  HUNDRED  FORTY  FIVE  AND  79/100'S  DOLLARS
($508,145.79), together with interest which shall accrue at the rate of nine and
eighty five one  hundredths  percent  (9.85%) per annum payable on the terms set
forth in paragraph I hereof.

     I. Terms of Repayment.  The principal  shall be amortized  over forty eight
(48)  months with  interest  at the rate of nine and eighty five one  hundredths
percent  (9.85%)  per annum  resulting  in monthly  payments  of  principal  and
interest in the amount of TWELVE  THOUSAND  EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY ONE AND 32/100'S
DOLLARS  ($12,851.32).  An amortization schedule is attached hereto as Exhibit A
and incorporated herein by this reference.  Said monthly payments shall commence
on the  twentieth  day of March,  1996 and on the  twentieth  day of each  month



<PAGE>


thereafter  until this Note is paid in full. The first monthly  payment shall be
adjusted  to  reflect  only  that  interest  due in  arrears  from  the date the
principal  is advanced by Holder to Maker.  The last  monthly  payment  shall be
adjusted to reflect any prepayments or principal  reductions  during the term of
this Note. Payments shall be due on the twentieth day of each month and shall be
considered delinquent on the thirtieth day of each month.

     2. Application of Payment.  All payments of principal and interest by Maker
to the Holder of this Note shall be first  applied to accrued  interest with the
balance applied to principal.

     3. Security.  This Note shall be secured by Maker's Security  Agreement and
Pledge Agreement which pledges retail  installment  sale contracts  entered into
between various  customers and the Maker for the purchase of  automobiles,  more
particularly  described  in the Security  Agreement  and Pledge  Agreement  (the
"Contracts"  or  "Collateral").  Maker shall continue to service and collect the
payments on said  Contracts in accordance  with their terms from the life of the
Contracts,  Maker  covenants and agrees that the outstanding  principal  balance
plus  accrued  interest  payable  over the  life of said  Contracts  in  monthly
payments from customers shall be equal to or greater than principal and interest
payable to Holder under this Note, which payments due under the Contracts are to
be pledged by Maker as security for this Note.

     4.  Substitution  of  Collateral.  Maker agrees in the event any individual
retail installment contract contained in the Contracts is prepaid by a customer,
prepaid from  insurance  proceeds in the event of  destruction of any automobile
which is security for any retail installment sale contract or becomes sixty (60)
days or more past due (the  "Substitution  Events"),  Maker  will  substitute  a
similar retail installment  contract to be replaced.  The Security Agreement and
Pledge  Agreement  which  secure  this  Note  shall  continue  to  apply  to any
substituted  retail  installment  contract which replaces any retail installment
contract previously included in the Contracts or Collateral.

     5. Release of Collateral.  As the principal  balance of this Note is repaid
(including  prepayments),  the  Holder  agrees to  release  that  portion of the
Collateral from the Security  Agreement and Pledge  Agreement which secures this
Note as  corresponds  to the  reduction  of the  principal  balance  and accrued
interest due under this Note. For each one dollar reduction in the principal and
accrued interest due under this Note, a proportionate amount of Collateral shall
be  released  from  the  Security  Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement  and  shall
thereafter be free of the lien and encumbrance created  thereunder.  In no event
shall  the  amount  of  principal  and  interest   remaining  on  the  Contracts
constituting  the  Collateral  be less than the amount of principal and interest
outstanding on the Note.



<PAGE>



     6. No Sale, Transfer or Assignment.  This Note constitutes a non-negotiable
instrument and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned without the consent of
Maker and without meeting the possible securities  registration  requirement set
forth in the NOTICE contained above.

     7. Miscellaneous.

          (a) There shall be no  acceleration of any amount due under this Note,
except as specifically provided in this Note,

          (b) Upon payment of monies due on this Note,  in  accordance  with its
terms,  Holder shall release the collateral or the applicable portion thereof in
accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement.

          (c) In the event of a default by Maker on this Note, Holder shall look
solely to the assets of Maker for  repayment,  including the property,  cash and
other  property  or assets of Maker,  but none of the  officers,  directors,  or
shareholders  shall have any personal  liability for payment  hereunder,  and no
such  action or other  legal  proceedings  shall be brought  against  any of the
officers,  directors  or  shareholders  of  Maker,  for  any  deficiency  if the
Collateral  and assets of Maker are not  sufficient  to satisfy the repayment of
this Note.

          (d) If Maker fails to make any Payment when due hereunder,  whether of
principal,  interest or otherwise, or commits any default hereunder or under the
Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement or any other instrument related hereto, the
Holder shall have those  options set forth in the Security  Agreement and Pledge
Agreement  after ten (10) days notice to Maker  specifying  the event of default
after  which time this Note shall bear  interest  at the rate of twelve  percent
(12%) per annum,  unless the default is timely  cured.  During the ten (10) days
following  notice  from  Holder,  the  Maker  shall  have the  right to cure any
monetary  or  non-monetary  default  and if the cure be made,  this Note and the
security  therefore shall continue in full force and effect as if no default had
occurred.

          (e) This  Note sets  forth the  entire  understanding  of the  parties
hereto  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be  changed,
modified,  or terminated  except by a written  instrument,  duly executed by all
parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party hereto
shall be effective unless such waiver shall be expressed in a written instrument
duly executed by the party or parties against whom enforcement of such waiver is
sought.

          (f) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any particular  circumstance  of any provision of the Note shall not limit
or impair the  operation  or  validity or any other  provision  of this Note and
shall not limit or impair the  operation  and validity of the same  provision or
provisions  against  any other  person  or  persons  or in any other  particular
circumstance.


<PAGE>


          (g) It is the  intention  of  Maker  and  Holder  that  this  Note  be
construed tin accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of Colorado
for contracts entered into and wholly performed in such state.

          (h) The Maker and all other  parties who are now or who may  hereafter
become  liable on this Note  severally  waive,  except  as  expressly  set forth
herein, demand, presentment for payment, protest, notice of dishonor, protest or
intent to accelerate and  acceleration  and diligence in collecting and bringing
suit against any party liable on this Note.

          (i) Holder  shall be entitled to collect a reasonable  attorney's  fee
from the Maker,  as well as other costs and  expenses  reasonably  incurred,  in
curing any default of or attempting collection of the payment due under the Note
and to receive  from the Maker (or in lieu  thereof,  the Maker may advance) all
expenses paid by the Holder under the terms of the Security Agreement.

          (i) This Note is secured by a Security  Agreement and Pledge Agreement
Of even date made by Maker for the  benefit of the  Holder  hereof and the terms
and provisions of said Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement by this reference
are make a part hereof,

          (k) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this Note may be litigated in Courts  having situs within the
State  of  Colorado.   Maker  and  Holder  hereby  consent  and  submit  to  the
jurisdiction  of any local,  state or federal court located in said state.  Each
party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of venue of any
litigation in accordance herewith.

          (1)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or  proceeding to enforce or defend any rights (i) under this Note or any
amendment,  instrument,  document  or  agreement  delivered  or which may in the
future  be  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  (ii)  arising  from  any
relationship  existing  in  connection  with this Note,  and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (m)  Legal  matters  in  connection  with the  Note  and any  Security
Agreement,  Pledge  Agreement  or other  documents  securing  the Note have been
prepared or  reviewed on behalf of the Maker as its counsel by Marya L.  Brancio
("Maker's  Counsel").  Maker's  Counsel  does  not  purport  to  have  made  any
investigation or to have acted independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or
assignee  of any note or any secured  party and has relied upon  representations
made by Western Fidelity  Funding,  Inc. as to all matters which affect the Note
or any security  agreement or pledge  agreement  must look to its own counsel in
connection  with the commercial  loan  represented by the Note or any collateral
therefore  and  understand  that  Marya L.  Brancio  has acted  only as  Maker's
Counsel.


<PAGE>



          (n) All notices,  requests and other communications hereunder shall be
given in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, or received for
all purposes when delivered personally,  by United States mail, postage prepaid,
return  receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by immediate  notice,  and
properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall be set forth in
a notice given in accordance with this sub-section n

          (a) in the case of Holder to:

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticilii
              Telephone # (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone #: (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #     (800) 854-7939


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has caused this instrument to be executed this the
12th day of February, 1996


                              MAKER:   WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. a Colorado
                                       corporation


                                       By:  /s/ Gene E. Osborn
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Gene E. Osborn, President



<PAGE>

                                PLEDGE AGREEMENT

     This  pledge  is made as of this  12th  day of  February,  1996 by  WESTERN
FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "WFFI"), to WESTERN FRATERNAL
LIFE ASSOCIATION (hereinafter referred to as "Lender").


                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS WFFI has acquired  and is the owner of the  automobile  installment
sale  contracts   ("Contracts")   listed  on  Exhibit  A  attached   hereto  and
incorporated herein by this reference, and

     WHEREAS Lender requires the right to collect  payments made by the maker(s)
of the  Contracts,  and the right to enforce  all of WFFI's  rights,  claims and
interests related to said Contracts,  (including but not limited to the right to
repossess the auto(s) which are the subject of the Contracts herein pledged).


                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, WFFI and Lender agree as follows:

     1. The  Contracts  are  hereby  pledged  to  Lenders  to secure  payment of
Lender's loan to WFFI evidenced by a Promissory  Note dated February 12, 1996 in
the amount of $508,145.79.

     2. In accordance  with the terms of the Promissory Note which is secured by
this  Pledge  Agreement,  WFFI agrees  that in the event any  individual  retail
installment  contract  contained  in the  Contracts  is prepaid  by a  customer,
prepaid from  insurance  proceeds in the event of  destruction of any automobile
which is security for any retail installment sale contract or becomes sixty (60)
days or more  past due (the  "Substitution  Events"),  WFFI  will  substitute  a
similar retail  installment  contract in substantially like amount and terms for
the retail  installment  contract to be replaced.  This Pledge  Agreement  shall
continue to apply to any  substitute  retail  installment  sale  contract  which
replaces  any  retail  installment  sale  contract  previously  included  in the
Contracts pledged hereunder.

     3. WFFI agrees to notify Lender promptly of any material changes  involving
the Contracts,  including, but not limited to, prompt notice of any Substitution
Event or any other proceeding which WFF] may be notified of which may materially
and adversely  affects WFFI's or Lender's  rights under the terms and conditions
of the Contracts or to the collateral encumbered by said Contracts.



<PAGE>


     4. As the  principal  balance of the Note  secured  hereby is  repaid,  the
Lender  agrees to  release  that  portion  of the  Contracts  from  this  Pledge
Agreement as corresponds  to the reduction or the principal  balance and accrued
interest due under the Note for each one dollar  reduction in the  principal and
accrued  interest due under the Note, a proportionate  amount of Contracts shall
be released from this Pledge  Agreement and shall thereafter be free of the lien
or pledge  created  hereunder.  In no event  shall the amount of  principal  and
interest remaining on the Contracts pledged hereunder be less that the amount of
principal and interest outstanding on the Note.

     5. This Pledge  Agreement shall terminate when the obligation has been paid
in full.  No waiver by the Lenders of any default  shall be effective  unless in
writing nor operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a
future  occasion.  All rights of the Lender hereunder shall inure to the benefit
of its successors  and bind the successors and assigns of the WFFI,  This Pledge
Agreement shall take effect when signed by the parties hereto.

     6. WFFI agrees to pay any and all of Lender's costs,  including  reasonable
attorney's  fees,  incurred in  exercising  or  enforcing  its rights under this
Pledge Agreement.

     7. All notices,  requests and other communications hereunder shall be given
in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently  given,  served, or received for all
purposes when  delivered  personally,  by United States mail,  postage  prepaid,
return  receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by Immediate  Notice,  and
properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall be set forth in
a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.

          (a) in the case of Holder to

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticill
              Telephone #:  (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone #: (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #  (800) 854-7939


<PAGE>


     8. Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Pledge  Agreement sets forth the entire  understanding of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be
changed,  modified, or terminated except by a written instrument,  duly executed
by all parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party
hereto  shall be  effective  unless such waiver  shall be expressed in a written
instrument  duly executed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement  of
such waiver is sought.

          (b) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any  particular  circumstance  of any  provision of this Pledge  Agreement
shall not limit or impair the  operation  of validity of any other  provision of
this Pledge  Agreement  and shall not limit or impair the operation and validity
of the same  provision or  provisions  against any other person or persons or in
any other particular circumstances.

          (c) Should any provision of this Pledge Agreement violate any federal,
state or local law or ordinance,  that  provision  shall be deemed amended to so
comply with such law or  ordinance,  and shall be construed in a manner so as to
comply.

          (d) This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors,  administrators, legal
representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

          (e) This Agreement  shall be deemed  entered into within  Colorado and
shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado (without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of laws).

          (f) Legal  matters in  connection  with the Note(s)  and any  security
agreement,  Pledge  Agreement or other documents  securing the Note(s) have been
prepared  or  reviewed  on behalf  of WFFI as its  counsel  by Marya L.  Brancio
("WFFI's   Counsel").   WFFI's  Counsel  does  not  purport  to  have  made  any
investigation or to have acted independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or
assignee  of any  note or any  secured  party or  pledgee  and has  relied  upon
representations  made by WFFI as to all matters  which affect the Note(s) or any
collateral security therefore. Each payee, holder, assignee,  pledgee or secured
party of the Note(s) or any security  agreement or Pledge Agreement must look to
its own counsel in connection  with any loan  represented  by the Note(s) or any
collateral  therefore  and  understand  that Marya L.  Brancio has acted only as
WFFI's Counsel.

          (g) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this Agreement may be litigated in courts having situs within
the  State of  Colorado.  WFFI and  Lender  hereby  consent  and  submit  to the
jurisdiction  of any local,  state or federal court located in said state.  Each
party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of venue of any
litigation in accordance herewith.



<PAGE>


          (h)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or proceeding to enforce or defend any rights (i) under this Agreement or
any amendment,  instrument,  document or agreement delivered or which may in the
future  be  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  (ii)  arising  from  any
relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (i) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
each such counterpart  shall be deemed to any original and all such counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures shall be
considered as original signatures.

     Dated this 12th day of February, 1996. 



WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.



By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn
   -----------------------------------------
   Gene E. Osborn, President



WESTERN FRATERNAL LIFE ASSOCIATION



By:   /s/ Philip J. Torticill
   -----------------------------------------

Name:  Philip J. Torticill
      --------------------------------------

Its:  Vice President
      --------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  entered into between  WESTERN  FIDELITY  FUNDING,  INC., a
Colorado  corporation  ("Debtor") and WESTERN  FRATERNAL LIFE  ASSOCIATION  (the
"Secured Party"), The Debtor hereby warrants and covenants that:

     Section  1.0  Collateral.  The  Debtor  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  the
"Collateral"  which consists of the retail  installment  sale contracts  entered
into between the customer and the Debtor (the "Contracts").  The Contracts which
comprise the Collateral are listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated
herein by this reference. The Collateral will be maintained by the Debtor at its
principal office and Debtor will service the collection of the Contracts. Except
for the security  interest granted hereby,  the collateral will be free from any
prior lien, security interest, pledge or encumbrance, and the Debtor will defend
the  Collateral  against  all  claims  and  demands  of all  persons at any time
claiming the same or any interest therein.

     Section 2.0 No Transfer.  The Debtor will not sell or otherwise transfer or
encumber  the  Collateral  or any  interest  therein  without the prior  written
consent of the Secured Party,

     Section 3.0 Perfection of Interest.  The Debtor will immediately notify the
Secured  Party in  writing  of any  change in  address  from that  shown in this
Agreement  and will also upon demand  furnish to the Secured  Party such further
information  and will  execute and deliver to the Secured  Party such  financing
statements,  mortgages  and other papers and will do all such acts and things as
the Secured Party may at any time or from time to time reasonably request and/or
as may be necessary or  appropriate  to establish and maintain a valid  security
interest in the Collateral as security for the obligations,  subject to no prior
liens or encumbrances.

     Section 4.0  Insurance.  The Debtor will keep the  Collateral  at all times
insured against risks of loss and such other casualties as the Secured Party may
reasonably require, all in such amounts, under such forms of policies, including
the Indemnity Policy currently issued by Empire Fire & Marine,  upon such terms,
for such  periods and written by such other  companies  or  underwriters  as the
Secured Party may approve,  but in no event less than the face value of the loan
on the  Vehicle,  losses in all cases to be  payable  to the  Secured  Party and
Debtor as their respective interests may appear. All policies of insurance shall
provide for at least ten days prior written notice  cancellation  to the Secured
Party, and the Debtor shall furnish the Secured Party with  certificates of such
insurance or other evidence  satisfactory  to the Secured Party as to compliance
with the provisions of this paragraph. The Secured Party may act as attorney for
the Debtor in making,  adjusting  and settling  claims  under or canceling  such
insurance  and endorsing the Debtors name on any drafts drawn by insurers of the
Collateral.

<PAGE>




     Section 5.0 Free of Liens.  The Debtor will keep the  Collateral  free from
any adverse lien, security interest, pledge or encumbrance and will not waste or
destroy the  Collateral  or any part thereof and will not use the  Collateral in
violation of any applicable  statute,  ordinance or policy of insurance thereon.
Upon reasonable  notice, the Secured Party may examine and inspect the books and
records of Debtor at any reasonable time or times.

     Section 6.0 Substitution of Collateral. In accordance with the terms of the
Promissory Note which is secured by this Security Agreement,  Debtor agrees that
in the  event  any  individual  retail  installment  contract  contained  in the
Contracts is prepaid by a customer, prepaid from insurance proceeds in the event
of destruction of any  automobile  which is security for any retail  installment
sale  contract  or becomes  sixty (60) days or more past due (the  "Substitution
Events"),  Debtor  will  substitute  a similar  retail  installment  contract in
substantially  like amount and terms for the retail  installment  contract to be
replaced.  This Security  Agreement  shall continue to apply to any  substituted
retail installment  contract which replaces any retail installment sale contract
previously included in the Contracts listed as collateral hereunder.

     Section 7.0 Notice of Matters Affecting Collateral. Debtor agrees to notify
secured  party  promptly  of  any  material  changes  involving  the  Contracts,
including,  but not limited to, prompt notice of any  Substitution  Event or any
other  proceeding  which  Debtor may be  notified  of which may  materially  and
adversely  affect Debtor' s or Lender's rights under the terms and conditions of
the Contracts or to the collateral encumbered by said Contracts.

     Section  8.0 Taxes.  The Debtor  will pay  promptly  when due all taxes and
assessments upon the Collateral, if any.

     Section  9.0  Additional  Rights of  Parties.  At its  option  but  without
obligation to do so, the Secured party may (a) discharge taxes, liens,  security
interests or other  encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral;
(b) place and pay for  insurance on Collateral in the event Debtor fails to keep
the Collateral insured.

     Section 10.0 Events of  Default-Remedies.  Upon the happening of any of the
following  events or conditions and within ten day notice thereof,  namely;  (a)
default  in the  payment  or  performance  of any of the  obligations  or of any
covenant  contained or referred to herein or in any note  evidencing  any of the
obligations; (b) any warranty,  representation or statement make or furnished to
the  Secured  Party by or on  behalf  of the  Debtor  in  connection  with  this
Agreement proving to have been false in material respect when made or furnished,
(c) substantial amount of sale or encumbrance of the Collateral as determined in
the sale or  encumbrance  of the  Collateral  as  determined  in the  reasonable
discretion  of  the  Secured  Party,  or the  making  of any  levy,  seizure  or
attachment thereof or thereon, (d) death, dissolution, termination of existence,
insolvency,  business  failure,  appointment  of a  receiver  of any part of the
Collateral of,  assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the  commencement



<PAGE>


of any  proceedings  under any  bankruptcy or insolvency  laws by, against or of
Debtor or any  guarantor  or surety  for the  Debtor,  thereupon  or at any time
thereafter (such default not having previously been cured), the Secured Party at
its option may declare all obligations that are in default to be immediately due
and payable,  subject to any notice required by law or agreement, and shall then
have the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform  Commercial Code ("UCC"),
or other applicable law,  including,  without limitation  thereto,  the right to
take  possession  of the  Collateral,  and  for  that  purpose  may  pursue  the
Collateral whenever the same may be found and with or without legal process, but
without a breach of the peace,  may enter any premises  where the Collateral may
be found and take possession thereof and remove the same.

     Section 11.0 No Waste. The Secured Party may require the Debtor to make the
Collateral  available to the Secured  Party at a place to be  designated  by the
Secured Party which is reasonably  convenient to both parties. The Secured Party
will give at least ten (10) days written  notice to Debtor at the address  shown
herein of the time and place of any  public  sale  thereof  or of the time after
which any private sale or any other intended  disposition thereof is to be made.
Expenses of retaking,  holding.  preparing for sale,  selling or the like shall,
subject to UCC limits if  applicable,  include  the Secured  Party's  reasonable
attorney's fees and costs.

     Section 12.0 Release of  Collateral.  As the principal  balance of the Note
secured  hereby is repaid,  the Secured  Party agrees to release that portion of
the Collateral  from this Security  Agreement as corresponds to the reduction of
the  principal  balance and accrued  interest  due under the Note.  For each one
dollar  reduction in the  principal  and accrued  interest due under the Note, a
proportionate  amount  of  Collateral  shall  be  released  from  this  Security
Agreement  and  shall  thereafter  be free of the lien and  encumbrance  created
hereunder.  In no event shall the amount of principal and interest  remaining on
the contracts  constituting  the Collateral be less than the amount of principal
and interest outstanding on the Note.

     Section 13.0  General.  This  Agreement  and the  security  interest in the
Collateral  created hereby shall  terminate when the obligation has been paid in
full. No waiver by the Secured Party of any default shall be effective unless in
writing nor operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a
future  occasion.  All rights of the Secured Party  hereunder shall inure to the
benefit of its successors and bind the successors and assigns of the Debtor.  If
there be more than one Debtor,  their  obligations  hereunder shall be joint and
several. This Agreement shall take effect when signed by the parties hereto.

     Section 14.0  Construction.  Should any provision of this Agreement violate
any federal, state or local law or ordinance,  that provision shall be construed
in a manner so as to comply.

     Section  15.0  Notices.  All  notices,  requests  and other  communications
hereunder  shall be given in  writing  and shall be deemed  sufficiently  given,
served, or received for all purposes when delivered personally, by United States



<PAGE>



mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by
Immediate Notice, and properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as
shall be set forth in a notice given in accordance with this Section 15.0.

          (a) in the case of Holder to:

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticill
              Telephone #: (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone # (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #: (800) 854-7939

     Section 16.0 Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Security Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be
changed,  modified, or terminated except by a written instrument,  duly executed
by all parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party
hereto  shall be  effective  unless such waiver  shall be expressed in a written
instrument  duly executed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement  of
such waiver is sought.

          (b) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any particular  circumstance  of any provision of this Security  Agreement
shall not limit or impair the  operation  of validity of any other  provision of
this Security Agreement and shall not limit or impair the operation and validity
of the same  provision or  provisions  against any other person or persons or in
any other particular circumstances.

          (c) This  Security  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the
benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their   respective   heirs,   executors,
administrators, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

          (d) This Agreement  shall be deemed  entered into within  Colorado and
Shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado (without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of laws).


<PAGE>



          (e) Legal  matters in  connection  with the Note(s)  and any  security
agreement,  pledge or other documents securing the Note(s) have been prepared or
reviewed on behalf of the debtor as its counsel by Marya L.  Brancio  ("Debtor's
Counsel").  Debtor's Counsel does not purport to have made any  investigation or
to have acted  independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or assignee of any
note or any secured  party and has relied upon  representations  made by Western
Fidelity  Funding,  Inc.,  as to all  matters  which  affect the  Note(s) or any
collateral security therefore.  Each payee, holder, assignee or secured party of
the Note(s) or any security  agreement or pledge  agreement must look to its own
counsel in connection with any loan represented by the Note(s) or any collateral
therefore  and  understand  that Marya L.  Brancio  has acted  only as  Debtor's
Counsel.

          If) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this  Security  Agreement  may be litigated in courts  having
situs within the State of Colorado.  Debtor and Secured Party hereby consent and
Submit to the jurisdiction of any local,  state or federal court located in said
state.  Each party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of
venue of any litigation in accordance herewith.

          (g)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or  proceeding  to enforce  or defend any rights (i) under this  Security
Agreement or any amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which
may in the future be delivered in connection herewith,  or (ii) arising from any
relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (h) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
each such counterpart  shall be deemed to an original and all such  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures shall be
considered as original signatures.

     Dated this 12th day of February, 1996.


DEBTOR:                                      SECURED PARTY:

WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.               WESTERN FRATERNAL LIFE ASSOCIATION


By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn                       By: /s/ Philip J. Torticill
   -----------------------------------           ------------------------------
   Gene E. Osborn, President
                                             Name: Philip J. Torticill
                                                   ----------------------------
                                             Its:  Vice President


<PAGE>
                                     NOTICE

     THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS
AMENDED (THE  "ACT"),  AS A COMMERCIAL  LOAN NOT  CONSTITUTING  A SECURITY OR IN
RELIANCE  ON AN  EXEMPTION  PROVIDED  IN THE ACT  AND/OR  RULES AND  REGULATIONS
PROMULGATED  BY THE  SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
TRANSFERRED,  ASSIGNED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY ANY PAYEE, OR HOLDER THEREIN
UNLESS THE NOTE IS REGISTERED  UNDER THE ACT OF THE MAKER RECEIVES AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL  ACCEPTABLE TO IT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED,  AND THEN ONLY
IN COMPLIANCE  WITH STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS. IN ADDITION,  THE NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE COLORADO SECURITIES ACT OF 1990 BY REASON OF THE COMMERCIAL
LOAN NOT CONSTITUTING A SECURITY OR SPECIFIC  EXEMPTIONS  THEREUNDER RELATING TO
THE LIMITED  AVAILABILITY  OF THE NOTE.  THE NOTE  CANNOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,
ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF TO ANY PERSON OF ENTITY  UNLESS  SUBSEQUENTLY
REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED,  OR THE  COLORADO
SECURITIES ACT OF 1990, IF SUCH REGISTRATION IS REQUIRED.  FURTHER, THE NOTE HAS
NOT BEEN REVIEWED  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE,  OR OTHER
SIMILAR GOVERNMENTAL OFFICE, OF ANY OTHER STATE.

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE
                                (Commercial Loan)

     $499,490.21                                             January 23, 1997

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  the undersigned  promises to pay to WESTERN  FRATERNAL
LIFE  ASSOCIATION  (individually  referred  to as  "Holder")  at the address for
Holder shown in the Notice  provision  hereof,  or as such other  address as any
Holder may from time to time designate in writing in accordance  with the Notice
provision,  in the legal and lawful tender of the United  States,  the principal
sum of FOUR  HUNDRED  NINETY-NINE  THOUSAND  FOUR  HUNDRED  NINETY AND  21/100'S
DOLLARS ($499,490.21),  together with interest which shall accrue at the rate of
nine and eighty five one  hundredths  percent  (9.85%) per annum  payable on the
terms set forth in paragraph I hereof.

     I. Terms of Repayment.  The principal  shall be amortized  over forty eight
(57)  months with  interest  at the rate of nine and eighty five one  hundredths
percent  (9.85%)  per annum  resulting  in monthly  payments  of  principal  and
interest  in  the  amount  of  ELEVEN   THOUSAND  SEVEN  AND  52/100'S   DOLLARS
($11,007.52).  An  amortization  schedule  is  attached  hereto as Exhibit A and
incorporated herein  by this reference.  Said monthly payments shall commence on



<PAGE>


the  twentieth  day of  February,  1996 and on the  twentieth  day of each month
thereafter  until this Note is paid in full. The first monthly  payment shall be
adjusted  to  reflect  only  that  interest  due in  arrears  from  the date the
principal  is advanced by Holder to Maker.  The last  monthly  payment  shall be
adjusted to reflect any prepayments or principal  reductions  during the term of
this Note. Payments shall be due on the twentieth day of each month and shall be
considered delinquent on the thirtieth day of each month.

     2. Application of Payment.  All payments of principal and interest by Maker
to the Holder of this Note shall be first  applied to accrued  interest with the
balance applied to principal.

     3. Security.  This Note shall be secured by Maker's Security  Agreement and
Pledge Agreement which pledges retail  installment  sale contracts  entered into
between various  customers and the Maker for the purchase of  automobiles,  more
particularly  described  in the Security  Agreement  and Pledge  Agreement  (the
"Contracts"  or  "Collateral").  Maker shall continue to service and collect the
payments on said  Contracts in accordance  with their terms from the life of the
Contracts,  Maker  covenants and agrees that the outstanding  principal  balance
plus  accrued  interest  payable  over the  life of said  Contracts  in  monthly
payments from customers shall be equal to or greater than principal and interest
payable to Holder under this Note, which payments due under the Contracts are to
be pledged by Maker as security for this Note.

     4.  Substitution  of  Collateral.  Maker agrees in the event any individual
retail installment contract contained in the Contracts is prepaid by a customer,
prepaid from  insurance  proceeds in the event of  destruction of any automobile
which is security for any retail installment sale contract or becomes sixty (60)
days or more past due (the  "Substitution  Events"),  Maker  will  substitute  a
similar retail installment  contract to be replaced.  The Security Agreement and
Pledge  Agreement  which  secure  this  Note  shall  continue  to  apply  to any
substituted  retail  installment  contract which replaces any retail installment
contract previously included in the Contracts or Collateral.

     5. Release of Collateral.  As the principal  balance of this Note is repaid
(including  prepayments),  the  Holder  agrees to  release  that  portion of the
Collateral from the Security  Agreement and Pledge  Agreement which secures this
Note as  corresponds  to the  reduction  of the  principal  balance  and accrued
interest due under this Note. For each one dollar reduction in the principal and
accrued interest due under this Note, a proportionate amount of Collateral shall
be  released  from  the  Security  Agreement  and  Pledge  Agreement  and  shall
thereafter be free of the lien and encumbrance created  thereunder.  In no event
shall  the  amount  of  principal  and  interest   remaining  on  the  Contracts
constituting  the  Collateral  be less than the amount of principal and interest
outstanding on the Note.



<PAGE>




     6. No Sale, Transfer or Assignment.  This Note constitutes a non-negotiable
instrument and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned without the consent of
Maker and without meeting the possible securities  registration  requirement set
forth in the NOTICE contained above.

     7. Miscellaneous.

          (a) There shall be no  acceleration of any amount due under this Note,
except as specifically provided in this Note,

          (b) Upon payment of monies due on this Note,  in  accordance  with its
terms,  Holder shall release the collateral or the applicable portion thereof in
accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement.

          (c) In the event of a default by Maker on this Note, Holder shall look
solely to the assets of Maker for  repayment,  including the property,  cash and
other  property  or assets of Maker,  but none of the  officers,  directors,  or
shareholders  shall have any personal  liability for payment  hereunder,  and no
such  action or other  legal  proceedings  shall be brought  against  any of the
officers,  directors  or  shareholders  of  Maker,  for  any  deficiency  if the
Collateral  and assets of Maker are not  sufficient  to satisfy the repayment of
this Note.

          (d) If Maker fails to make any Payment when due hereunder,  whether of
principal,  interest or otherwise, or commits any default hereunder or under the
Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement or any other instrument related hereto, the
Holder shall have those  options set forth in the Security  Agreement and Pledge
Agreement  after ten (10) days notice to Maker  specifying  the event of default
after  which time this Note shall bear  interest  at the rate of twelve  percent
(12%) per annum,  unless the default is timely cured.  During the ten (1 0) days
following  notice  from  Holder,  the  Maker  shall  have the  right to cure any
monetary  or  non-monetary  default  and if the cure be made,  this Note and the
security  therefore shall continue in full force and effect as if no default had
occurred.

          (e) This  Note sets  forth the  entire  understanding  of the  parties
hereto  with  respect to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be  changed,
modified,  or terminated  except by a written  instrument,  duly executed by all
parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party hereto
shall be effective unless such waiver shall be expressed in a written instrument
duly executed by the party or parties against whom enforcement of such waiver is
sought.


<PAGE>



          (f) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any particular  circumstance  of any provision of the Note shall not limit
or impair the  operation  or  validity or any other  provision  of this Note and
shall not limit or impair the  operation  and validity of the same  provision or
provisions  against  any other  person  or  persons  or in any other  particular
circumstance.

          (g) It is the  intention  of  Maker  and  Holder  that  this  Note  be
construed tin accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of Colorado
for contracts entered into and wholly performed in such state.

          (h) The Maker and all other  parties who are now or who may  hereafter
become  liable on this Note  severally  waive,  except  as  expressly  set forth
herein, demand, presentment for payment, protest, notice of dishonor, protest or
intent to accelerate and  acceleration  and diligence in collecting and bringing
suit against any party liable on this Note.

          (i) Holder  shall be entitled to collect a reasonable  attorney's  fee
from the Maker,  as well as other costs and  expenses  reasonably  incurred,  in
curing any default of or attempting collection of the payment due under the Note
and to receive  from the Maker (or in lieu  thereof,  the Maker may advance) all
expenses paid by the Holder under the terms of the Security Agreement.

          (i) This Note is secured by a Security  Agreement and Pledge Agreement
of even date made by Maker for the  benefit of the  Holder  hereof and the terms
and provisions of said Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement by this reference
are make a part hereof,

          (k) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this Note may be litigated in Courts  having situs within the
State  of  Colorado.   Maker  and  Holder  hereby  consent  and  submit  to  the
jurisdiction  of any local,  state or federal court located in said state.  Each
party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of venue of any
litigation in accordance herewith.

          (1)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or  proceeding to enforce or defend any rights (i) under this Note or any
amendment,  instrument,  document  or  agreement  delivered  or which may in the
future  be  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  (ii)  arising  from  any
relationship  existing  in  connection  with this Note,  and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (m)  Legal  matters  in  connection  with the  Note  and any  Security
Agreement,  Pledge  Agreement  or other  documents  securing  the Note have been
prepared or  reviewed on behalf of the Maker as its counsel by Marya L.  Brancio
("Maker's  Counsel").  Maker's  Counsel  does  not  purport  to  have  made  any
investigation or to have acted independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or
assignee  of any note or any secured  party and has relied upon  representations
made by Western Fidelity  Funding,  Inc. as to all matters which affect the Note
or any security  agreement or pledge  agreement  must look to its own counsel in
connection  with the commercial  loan  represented by the Note or any collateral
therefore  and  understand  that  Marya L.  Brancio  has acted  only as  Maker's
Counsel.


<PAGE>



          (n) All notices,  requests and other communications hereunder shall be
given in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, or received for
all purposes when delivered personally,  by United States mail, postage prepaid,
return  receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by immediate  notice,  and
properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall be set forth in
a notice given in accordance with this sub-section n

          (a) in the case of Holder to:

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticilii
              Telephone # (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone #: (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #    (800) 854-7939


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has caused this instrument to be executed this the
31day of January, 1996


                              MAKER:   WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. a Colorado
                                       corporation


                                       By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Gene E. Osborn, President



<PAGE>

                                PLEDGE AGREEMENT

     This  pledge  is made as of  this  31st  day of  January,  1996 by  WESTERN
FIDELITY FUNDING, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "WFFI"), to WESTERN FRATERNAL
LIFE ASSOCIATION (hereinafter referred to as "Lender").


                                    RECITALS

     WHEREAS WFFI has acquired  and is the owner of the  automobile  installment
sale  contracts   ("Contracts")   listed  on  Exhibit  A  attached   hereto  and
incorporated herein by this reference, and

     WHEREAS Lender requires the right to collect  payments made by the maker(s)
of the  Contracts,  and the right to enforce  all of WFFI's  rights,  claims and
interests related to said Contracts,  (including but not limited to the right to
repossess the auto(s) which are the subject of the Contracts herein pledged).


                                    AGREEMENT

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, WFFI and Lender agree as follows:

     1. The  Contracts  are  hereby  pledged  to  Lenders  to secure  payment of
Lender's loan to WFFI  evidenced by a Promissory  Note dated January 23, 1997 in
the amount of $499,490.21.

     2. In accordance  with the terms of the Promissory Note which is secured by
this  Pledge  Agreement,  WFFI agrees  that in the event any  individual  retail
installment  contract  contained  in the  Contracts  is prepaid  by a  customer,
prepaid from  insurance  proceeds in the event of  destruction of any automobile
which is security for any retail installment sale contract or becomes sixty (60)
days or more  past due (the  "Substitution  Events"),  WFFI  will  substitute  a
similar retail  installment  contract in substantially like amount and terms for
the retail  installment  contract to be replaced.  This Pledge  Agreement  shall
continue to apply to any  substitute  retail  installment  sale  contract  which
replaces  any  retail  installment  sale  contract  previously  included  in the
Contracts pledged hereunder.

     3. WFFI agrees to notify Lender promptly of any material changes  involving
the Contracts,  including, but not limited to, prompt notice of any Substitution
Event or any other proceeding which WFF] may be notified of which may materially
and adversely  affects WFFI's or Lender's  rights under the terms and conditions
of the Contracts or to the collateral encumbered by said Contracts.



<PAGE>


     4. As the  principal  balance of the Note  secured  hereby is  repaid,  the
Lender  agrees to  release  that  portion  of the  Contracts  from  this  Pledge
Agreement as corresponds  to the reduction or the principal  balance and accrued
interest due under the Note for each one dollar  reduction in the  principal and
accrued  interest due under the Note, a proportionate  amount of Contracts shall
be released from this Pledge  Agreement and shall thereafter be free of the lien
or pledge  created  hereunder.  In no event  shall the amount of  principal  and
interest remaining on the Contracts pledged hereunder be less that the amount of
principal and interest outstanding on the Note.

     5. This Pledge  Agreement shall terminate when the obligation has been paid
in full.  No waiver by the Lenders of any default  shall be effective  unless in
writing nor operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a
future  occasion.  All rights of the Lender hereunder shall inure to the benefit
of its successors  and bind the successors and assigns of the WFFI,  This Pledge
Agreement shall take effect when signed by the parties hereto.

     6. WFFI agrees to pay any and all of Lender's costs,  including  reasonable
attorney's  fees,  incurred in  exercising  or  enforcing  its rights under this
Pledge Agreement.

     7. All notices,  requests and other communications hereunder shall be given
in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently  given,  served, or received for all
purposes when  delivered  personally,  by United States mail,  postage  prepaid,
return  receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by Immediate  Notice,  and
properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as shall be set forth in
a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.

          (a) in the case of Holder to

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention:  Mr. Philip J. Torticill
              Telephone #: (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone #: (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #    (800) 854-7939



<PAGE>


     8. Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Pledge  Agreement sets forth the entire  understanding of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be
changed,  modified, or terminated except by a written instrument,  duly executed
by all parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party
hereto  shall be  effective  unless such waiver  shall be expressed in a written
instrument  duly executed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement  of
such waiver is sought.

          (b) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any  particular  circumstance  of any  provision of this Pledge  Agreement
shall not limit or impair the  operation  of validity of any other  provision of
this Pledge  Agreement  and shall not limit or impair the operation and validity
of the same  provision or  provisions  against any other person or persons or in
any other particular circumstances.

          (c) Should any provision of this Pledge Agreement violate any federal,
state or local law or ordinance,  that  provision  shall be deemed amended to so
comply with such law or  ordinance,  and shall be construed in a manner so as to
comply.

          (d) This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors,  administrators, legal
representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

          (e) This Agreement  shall be deemed  entered into within  Colorado and
shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado (without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of laws).

          (f) Legal  matters in  connection  with the Note(s)  and any  security
agreement,  Pledge  Agreement or other documents  securing the Note(s) have been
prepared  or  reviewed  on behalf  of WFFI as its  counsel  by Marya L.  Brancio
("WFFI's   Counsel").   WFFI's  Counsel  does  not  purport  to  have  made  any
investigation or to have acted independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or
assignee  of any  note or any  secured  party or  pledgee  and has  relied  upon
representations  made by WFFI as to all matters  which affect the Note(s) or any
collateral security therefore. Each payee, holder, assignee,  pledgee or secured
party of the Note(s) or any security  agreement or Pledge Agreement must look to
its own counsel in connection  with any loan  represented  by the Note(s) or any
collateral  therefore  and  understand  that Marya L.  Brancio has acted only as
WFFI's Counsel.

          (g) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this Agreement may be litigated in courts having situs within
the  State of  Colorado.  WFFI and  Lender  hereby  consent  and  submit  to the
jurisdiction  of any local,  state or federal court located in said state.  Each
party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of venue of any
litigation in accordance herewith.



<PAGE>



          (h)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or proceeding to enforce or defend any rights (i) under this Agreement or
any amendment,  instrument,  document or agreement delivered or which may in the
future  be  delivered  in  connection   herewith,   or  (ii)  arising  from  any
relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (i) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
each such counterpart  shall be deemed to any original and all such counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures shall be
considered as original signatures.

Dated this 23rd day of January, 1997.




WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.



By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn
   -----------------------------------------
   Gene E. Osborn, President



WESTERN FRATERNAL LIFE ASSOCIATION



By:   /s/ Philip J. Torticill
   -----------------------------------------

Name:  Philip J. Torticill
      --------------------------------------

Its:  Vice President
      --------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This  Agreement  entered into between  WESTERN  FIDELITY  FUNDING,  INC., a
Colorado  corporation  ("Debtor") and WESTERN  FRATERNAL LIFE  ASSOCIATION  (the
"Secured Party"), The Debtor hereby warrants and covenants that:

     Section  1.0  Collateral.  The  Debtor  is  the  beneficial  owner  of  the
"Collateral"  which consists of the retail  installment  sale contracts  entered
into between the customer and the Debtor (the "Contracts").  The Contracts which
comprise the Collateral are listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated
herein by this reference. The Collateral will be maintained by the Debtor at its
principal office and Debtor will service the collection of the Contracts. Except
for the security  interest granted hereby,  the collateral will be free from any
prior lien, security interest, pledge or encumbrance, and the Debtor will defend
the  Collateral  against  all  claims  and  demands  of all  persons at any time
claiming the same or any interest therein.

     Section 2.0 No Transfer.  The Debtor will not sell or otherwise transfer or
encumber  the  Collateral  or any  interest  therein  without the prior  written
consent of the Secured Party,

     Section 3.0 Perfection of Interest.  The Debtor will immediately notify the
Secured  Party in  writing  of any  change in  address  from that  shown in this
Agreement  and will also upon demand  furnish to the Secured  Party such further
information  and will  execute and deliver to the Secured  Party such  financing
statements,  mortgages  and other papers and will do all such acts and things as
the Secured Party may at any time or from time to time reasonably request and/or
as may be necessary or  appropriate  to establish and maintain a valid  security
interest in the Collateral as security for the obligations,  subject to no prior
liens or encumbrances.

     Section 4.0  Insurance.  The Debtor will keep the  Collateral  at all times
insured against risks of loss and such other casualties as the Secured Party may
reasonably require, all in such amounts, under such forms of policies, including
the Indemnity Policy currently issued by Empire Fire & Marine,  upon such terms,
for such  periods and written by such other  companies  or  underwriters  as the
Secured Party may approve,  but in no event less than the face value of the loan
on the  Vehicle,  losses in all cases to be  payable  to the  Secured  Party and
Debtor as their respective interests may appear. All policies of insurance shall
provide for at least ten days prior written notice  cancellation  to the Secured
Party, and the Debtor shall furnish the Secured Party with  certificates of such
insurance or other evidence  satisfactory  to the Secured Party as to compliance
with the provisions of this paragraph. The Secured Party may act as attorney for
the Debtor in making,  adjusting  and settling  claims  under or canceling  such
insurance  and endorsing the Debtors name on any drafts drawn by insurers of the
Collateral.

<PAGE>


     Section 5.0 Free of Liens.  The Debtor will keep the  Collateral  free from
any adverse lien, security interest, pledge or encumbrance and will not waste or
destroy the  Collateral  or any part thereof and will not use the  Collateral in
violation of any applicable  statute,  ordinance or policy of insurance thereon.
Upon reasonable  notice, the Secured Party may examine and inspect the books and
records of Debtor at any reasonable time or times.

     Section 6.0 Substitution of Collateral. In accordance with the terms of the
Promissory Note which is secured by this Security Agreement,  Debtor agrees that
in the  event  any  individual  retail  installment  contract  contained  in the
Contracts is prepaid by a customer, prepaid from insurance proceeds in the event
of destruction of any  automobile  which is security for any retail  installment
sale  contract  or becomes  sixty (60) days or more past due (the  "Substitution
Events"),  Debtor  will  substitute  a similar  retail  installment  contract in
substantially  like amount and terms for the retail  installment  contract to be
replaced.  This Security  Agreement  shall continue to apply to any  substituted
retail installment  contract which replaces any retail installment sale contract
previously included in the Contracts listed as collateral hereunder.

     Section 7.0 Notice of Matters Affecting Collateral. Debtor agrees to notify
secured  party  promptly  of  any  material  changes  involving  the  Contracts,
including,  but not limited to, prompt notice of any  Substitution  Event or any
other  proceeding  which  Debtor may be  notified  of which may  materially  and
adversely  affect Debtor' s or Lender's rights under the terms and conditions of
the Contracts or to the collateral encumbered by said Contracts.

     Section  8.0 Taxes.  The Debtor  will pay  promptly  when due all taxes and
assessments upon the Collateral, if any.

     Section  9.0  Additional  Rights of  Parties.  At its  option  but  without
obligation to do so, the Secured party may (a) discharge taxes, liens,  security
interests or other  encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Collateral;
(b) place and pay for  insurance on Collateral in the event Debtor fails to keep
the Collateral insured.

     Section 10.0 Events of  Default-Remedies.  Upon the happening of any of the
following  events or conditions and within ten day notice thereof,  namely;  (a)
default  in the  payment  or  performance  of any of the  obligations  or of any
covenant  contained or referred to herein or in any note  evidencing  any of the
obligations; (b) any warranty,  representation or statement make or furnished to
the  Secured  Party by or on  behalf  of the  Debtor  in  connection  with  this
Agreement proving to have been false in material respect when made or furnished,
(c) substantial amount of sale or encumbrance of the Collateral as determined in
the sale or  encumbrance  of the  Collateral  as  determined  in the  reasonable
discretion  of  the  Secured  Party,  or the  making  of any  levy,  seizure  or
attachment thereof or thereon, (d) death, dissolution, termination of existence,
insolvency,  business  failure,  appointment  of a  receiver  of any part of the
Collateral of,  assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the  commencement
of any  proceedings  under any  bankruptcy or insolvency  laws by, against or of



<PAGE>


Debtor or any  guarantor  or surety  for the  Debtor,  thereupon  or at any time
thereafter (such default not having previously been cured), the Secured Party at
its option may declare all obligations that are in default to be immediately due
and payable,  subject to any notice required by law or agreement, and shall then
have the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform  Commercial Code ("UCC"),
or other applicable law,  including,  without limitation  thereto,  the right to
take  possession  of the  Collateral,  and  for  that  purpose  may  pursue  the
Collateral whenever the same may be found and with or without legal process, but
without a breach of the peace,  may enter any premises  where the Collateral may
be found and take possession thereof and remove the same.

     Section 11.0 No Waste. The Secured Party may require the Debtor to make the
Collateral  available to the Secured  Party at a place to be  designated  by the
Secured Party which is reasonably  convenient to both parties. The Secured Party
will give at least ten (10) days written  notice to Debtor at the address  shown
herein of the time and place of any  public  sale  thereof  or of the time after
which any private sale or any other intended  disposition thereof is to be made.
Expenses of retaking,  holding.  preparing for sale,  selling or the like shall,
subject to UCC limits if  applicable,  include  the Secured  Party's  reasonable
attorney's fees and costs.

     Section 12.0 Release of  Collateral.  As the principal  balance of the Note
secured  hereby is repaid,  the Secured  Party agrees to release that portion of
the Collateral  from this Security  Agreement as corresponds to the reduction of
the  principal  balance and accrued  interest  due under the Note.  For each one
dollar  reduction in the  principal  and accrued  interest due under the Note, a
proportionate  amount  of  Collateral  shall  be  released  from  this  Security
Agreement  and  shall  thereafter  be free of the lien and  encumbrance  created
hereunder.  In no event shall the amount of principal and interest  remaining on
the contracts  constituting  the Collateral be less than the amount of principal
and interest outstanding on the Note.

     Section 13.0  General.  This  Agreement  and the  security  interest in the
Collateral  created hereby shall  terminate when the obligation has been paid in
full. No waiver by the Secured Party of any default shall be effective unless in
writing nor operate as a waiver of any other default or of the same default on a
future  occasion.  All rights of the Secured Party  hereunder shall inure to the
benefit of its successors and bind the successors and assigns of the Debtor.  If
there be more than one Debtor,  their  obligations  hereunder shall be joint and
several. This Agreement shall take effect when signed by the parties hereto.

     Section 14.0  Construction.  Should any provision of this Agreement violate
any federal, state or local law or ordinance,  that provision shall be construed
in a manner so as to comply.

     Section  15.0  Notices.  All  notices,  requests  and other  communications
hereunder  shall be given in  writing  and shall be deemed  sufficiently  given,
served, or received for all purposes when delivered personally, by United States



<PAGE>



mail,  postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  by express  courier,  or by
Immediate Notice, and properly addressed as follows, or to such other address as
shall be set forth in a notice given in accordance with this Section 15.0.

          (a) in the case of Holder to:

              Western Fraternal Life Association
              1900 First Avenue NE
              Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52492
              Attention: Mr. Philip J. Torticill
              Telephone #: (319)363-2653

          (b) in the case of Maker to:

              Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
              4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
              Denver, Colorado 80212-7417
              Attention: Mr. Gene Osborn, President
              Telephone # (800) 223-9334
              Telefax #:  (800) 854-7939

     Section 16.0 Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Security Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties  hereto  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof and shall not be
changed,  modified, or terminated except by a written instrument,  duly executed
by all parties  hereto.  No waiver of any term or condition  herein by any party
hereto  shall be  effective  unless such waiver  shall be expressed in a written
instrument  duly executed by the party or parties  against whom  enforcement  of
such waiver is sought.

          (b) Any un-enforceability for any reason against any person or persons
or in any particular  circumstance  of any provision of this Security  Agreement
shall not limit or impair the  operation  of validity of any other  provision of
this Security Agreement and shall not limit or impair the operation and validity
of the same  provision or  provisions  against any other person or persons or in
any other particular circumstances.

          (c) This  Security  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and inure to the
benefit  of  the  parties  hereto  and  their   respective   heirs,   executors,
administrators, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

          (d) This Agreement  shall be deemed  entered into within  Colorado and
Shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
Colorado (without giving effect to principles relating to conflicts of laws).




<PAGE>


          (e) Legal  matters in  connection  with the Note(s)  and any  security
agreement,  pledge or other documents securing the Note(s) have been prepared or
reviewed on behalf of the debtor as its counsel by Marya L.  Brancio  ("Debtor's
Counsel").  Debtor's Counsel does not purport to have made any  investigation or
to have acted  independently on behalf of any payee,  holder, or assignee of any
note or any secured  party and has relied upon  representations  made by Western
Fidelity  Funding,  Inc.,  as to all  matters  which  affect the  Note(s) or any
collateral security therefore.  Each payee, holder, assignee or secured party of
the Note(s) or any security  agreement or pledge  agreement must look to its own
counsel in connection with any loan represented by the Note(s) or any collateral
therefore  and  understand  that Marya L.  Brancio  has acted  only as  Debtor's
Counsel.

          (f) All actions or proceedings in any way, manner or respect,  arising
from or related to this  Security  Agreement  may be litigated in courts  having
situs within the State of Colorado.  Debtor and Secured Party hereby consent and
Submit to the jurisdiction of any local,  state or federal court located in said
state.  Each party hereby  waives any right it may have to transfer or change of
venue of any litigation in accordance herewith.

          (g)  Each  party  hereto  waives  any  right to a trial by jury in any
action or  proceeding  to enforce  or defend any rights (i) under this  Security
Agreement or any amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which
may in the future be delivered in connection herewith,  or (ii) arising from any
relationship existing in connection with this Agreement, and agree that any such
action or proceeding shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

          (h) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,  and
each such counterpart  shall be deemed to an original and all such  counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Facsimile signatures shall be
considered as original signatures.

     Dated this23rd day of January, 1997.


DEBTOR:                                      SECURED PARTY:

WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.               WESTERN FRATERNAL LIFE ASSOCIATION


By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn                       By: /s/ Philip J. Torticill
   -----------------------------------           ------------------------------
   Gene E. Osborn, President
                                             Name: Philip J. Torticill
                                                   ----------------------------
                                             Its:  Vice President


                                                                [EXECUTION COPY]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                               AUTO LOAN WAREHOUSE
                          CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                                     Between


                      PRINCETON CAPITAL CREDIT CORPORATION,

                                   as Lender,


                                       and


                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC.,

                                   as Borrower



                           Dated as of August 12, 1996




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS ..............................................................    1
         SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms .......................................    1
         SECTION 1.2 Number ..............................................    7
         SECTION 1.3 Terms Defined in UCC ................................    7
         SECTION 1.4 Accounting Terms ....................................    7

ARTICLE II
LOANS TO THE BORROWER ....................................................    7
         SECTION 2.1. Loans ..............................................    7
         SECTION 2.2. Procedure for Borrowing ............................    8
         SECTION 2.3. Delivery and Use of Borrowed Funds .................    9
         SECTION 2.4. Maturity of Principal ..............................    9
         SECTION 2.5. Accrual of Interest ................................    9
            SECTION 2.6. Application of Collections and Take-Out Receipts.    9
         SECTION 2.7. Statement of Account ...............................   11
         SECTION 2.8. Additional Payments ................................   11
         SECTION 2.9. Method and Manner of Payment .......................   11
         SECTION 2.10. Application of Payments ...........................   11
         SECTION 2.11. Maximum Interest Rate .............................   11
         SECTION 2.12. No Deduction ......................................   12
         SECTION 2.13. Computation of Interest and Fees ..................   12

ARTICLE III
COLLATERAL ...............................................................   12
         SECTION 3.1. Security for Loans .................................   12
         SECTION 3.2. Perfection of Security Interest ....................   14
         SECTION 3.3. Grant of Lien Not to Alter the Borrower's Loans ....   14
         SECTION 3.4. Defense of Lender's Interests ......................   14
         SECTION 3.5. Set-Off ............................................   14
         SECTION 3.6. Post-Closing Documentation .........................   15
         SECTION 3.7. Collateral Agents ..................................   15
         SECTION 3.8. Power of Attorney ..................................   15
         SECTION 3.9. Exculpation of Liability ...........................   16

ARTICLE IV
ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF AUTO LOANS ...............................   16

ARTICLE V
COLLECTION, RESERVE AND LOCKBOX ACCOUNTS .................................   16
         SECTION 5.1 Establishment and Maintenance of Collection Account .   16


                                       i

<PAGE>


         SECTION 5.2 Required Deposits to the Collection Account .........   17
         SECTION 5.3 Rights of Withdrawal from the Collection Account ....   17
         SECTION 5.4 Establishment and Maintenance of Reserve Account ....   18
         SECTION 5.5 Application of Funds in the Reserve Account .........   18
         SECTION 5.6 Establishment and Maintenance of Cash Account .......   18
         SECTION 5.7 Application of Funds in the Cash Account ............   18
         SECTION 5.8 Establishment of Lockbox Accounts ...................   18
         SECTION 5.9 Misapplication of Funds .............................   19

ARTICLE VI
TAKE-OUT PROCEDURE .......................................................   19
         SECTION 6.1 Loans Due Upon Take-Out .............................   19
         SECTION 6.2 Instructions to the Lender ..........................   19
         SECTION 6.3 Delivery of Documents to Take-Out Investor ..........   20
         SECTION 6.4 Substitution of Take-Out Investors ..................   20
         SECTION 6.5 Take-Out Fee ........................................   20
         SECTION 6.6 Take-Out Status Report ..............................   20

ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER ...............................   21
         SECTION 7.1 Representations and Warranties Concerning Borrower ..   21
         SECTION 7.2 Representations and Warranties Concerning Collateral    23
         SECTION 7.3 Survival of Representations and Warranties ..........   25

ARTICLE VIII
CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER ........................................   26
         SECTION 8.1 Maintenance of Office ...............................   26
         SECTION 8.2 Existence ...........................................   26
         SECTION 8.3 General Maintenance of Business, Etc. ...............   26
         SECTION 8.4 Financial Statements and Reports ....................   27
         SECTION 8.5 Inspection ..........................................   27
         SECTION 8.6 Books and Records ...................................   28
         SECTION 8.7 Transfers of Assets .................................   28
         SECTION 8.8 Fidelity Bond .......................................   28
         SECTION 8.9 Preservation of Collateral ..........................   28
         SECTION 8.10 Compliance with Law, etc ...........................   28
         SECTION 8.11 Indemnification ....................................   29
         SECTION 8.12 Net Worth ..........................................   29
         SECTION 8.13 Payment of Taxes and Claims ........................   29
         SECTION 8.14 Insurance ..........................................   29
         SECTION 8.15 Borrower to Pay Expenses ...........................   29
         SECTION 8.16 Further Assurances .................................   29
         SECTION 8.17 Other Agreements and Parties .......................   29
         SECTION 8.18 Defaults on Collateral .............................   30


                                       ii

<PAGE>


         SECTION 8.19 No Disposition of Collateral .......................   30
         SECTION 8.20 Payment of Fees ....................................   30
         SECTION 8.21 Violations .........................................   30
         SECTION 8.22 Payment of Indebtedness ............................   30
         SECTION 8.23 Exercise of Rights .................................   30
         SECTION 8.24 Negative Covenants .................................   30

ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT .....................................................   31
         SECTION 9.1. Conditions to Initial ..............................   31
         SECTION 9.2. Conditions to Each Loan ............................   32

ARTICLE X
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES ...........................................   34
         SECTION 10. 1 Events of Default .................................   34
         SECTION 10.2 Loans Due Upon Event of Default ....................   36
         SECTION 10.3 Rights and Remedies ................................   36
         SECTION 10.4 Realization Upon Collateral ........................   37
         SECTION 10.5 Cure of Defaults ...................................   37
         SECTION 10.6 Application of Proceeds of Sale of Collateral.......   37
         SECTION 10.7 Lender May Purchase Collateral .....................   38
         SECTION 10.8 No Loans After Event of Default ....................   38
         SECTION 10.9 Consents............................................   38
         SECTION 10.10 Lender's Retention of Property ....................   39
         SECTION 10.11 Remedies Not Exclusive; No Waiver of Remedies......   39
         SECTION 10.12 Waiver by Borrower ................................   39
         SECTION 10.13 Lender's Discretion ...............................   40
         SECTION 10.14 Set-Off ...........................................   40
         SECTION 10.15 Delay .............................................   40

ARTICLE XI
BANKRUPTCY  PROVISIONS ...................................................   40

         SECTION 11.1 Waiver of Automatic or Supplemental Stay ...........   40
         SECTION 11.2 Acknowledgment of the Borrower .....................   40

ARTICLE XII
NOTES ....................................................................   41
         SECTION 12.1  Exchange, Consolidation, Transfer and Assignment
                       of Notes ..........................................   41
         SECTION 12.2 Mutilated, Lost or Destroyed Notes .................   41
         SECTION 12.3 Validity of Replacement Notes ......................   42

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS ............................................................   42



                                      iii
<PAGE>

         SECTION 13.1 Term ...............................................   42
         SECTION 13.2 Termination ........................................   42
         SECTION 13.3 Entire Understanding ...............................   43
         SECTION 13.4 Liability of Lender ................................   43
         SECTION 13.5 No Third Party Rights ..............................   43
         SECTION 13.6 Expenses ...........................................   43
         SECTION 13.7 Notices ............................................   43
         SECTION 13.8 Counterparts .......................................   44
         SECTION 13.9 Severability .......................................   44
         SECTION 13.10 Successors and Assigns ............................   44
         SECTION 13.11 Governing Law .....................................   44
         SECTION 13.12 Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction ................   44
         SECTION 13.13 Injunctive Relief .................................   45
         SECTION 13.14 Headings Not to Affect Interpretation .............  45









                                       iv

<PAGE>

                AUTO LOAN WAREHOUSE CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


     THIS AUTO LOAN WAREHOUSE CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),
dated as of August 12, 1996, is hereby executed by and between PRINCETON CAPITAL
CREDIT  CORPORATION,  a  corporation  organized  under the laws of Delaware (the
"Lender"),  and WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC., a corporation organized under the
laws of Colorado (the "Borrower").

                              PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

     The defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings
specified in Article 1.

     The  Borrower  has deemed it  necessary  to borrow money from the Lender in
connection with the Borrower's automobile, sport utility vehicle and light truck
loan business, and the Lender has agreed to make loans to the Borrower,  subject
to all of the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement.  The  Borrower  is duly
authorized   under  all  applicable   provisions  of  law,  its  Certificate  of
Incorporation  and By-Laws to borrow  from the Lender  upon the terms  specified
herein and to execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the other  instruments
referred to herein and to perform all  obligations  imposed upon the Borrower in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises and of other good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the Lender and the Borrower hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1. 1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement,  the following terms
have the following respective meanings:

     Agreement:  This Auto Loan  Warehouse  Credit and  Security  Agreement,  as
amended, supplemented or renewed from time to time.

     Amount  Financed:  With  respect  to an Auto  Loan,  the  aggregate  amount
borrowed by the Obligor  under such Auto Loan toward the  purchase  price of the
Financed  Vehicle and related costs,  including  amounts  advanced in respect of
accessories,  insurance premiums,  service and warranty  contracts,  other items
customarily financed as part of retail automobile  installment sale contracts or
promissory notes, and related costs.

     Application Fee: As shown on Exhibit D hereto.



<PAGE>


     Assignment:  An  assignment  from the  Borrower  to the  Lender of the Lien
Certificate for an Auto Loan, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

     Auto Loan: A fixed-rate,  fully-amortizing simple interest installment loan
pledged as  Collateral  and arising from the sale of a new or used  automobiles,
sport utility vehicles or light duty trucks which includes,  without limitation,
(i) all security  interests or Liens and property  subject  thereto from time to
time  purporting  to  secure  payment  by  the  Obligor  thereunder,   (ii)  all
guarantees,  indemnities and warranties,  insurance policies,  Lien Certificates
and  other  agreements  or  arrangements  of any  character  from  time  to time
supporting or securing  payment of such loan,  (iii) all collections and records
with respect to the foregoing and (iv) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.

     Borrower:  Western Fidelity Funding Inc., in its capacity as borrower under
this Agreement.

     Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines: The underwriting guidelines used by the
Borrower  in the  origination  of the  Auto  Loans,  a copy of  which  has  been
delivered to the Lender on the date of this Agreement.

     Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other
day on which  commercial banks in New Jersey are authorized or obligated by law,
executive order or governmental decree to be closed.

     Cash Account: As defined in Section 5.6 hereof.

     Closing Date:  With respect to any Loan,  the date on which such Loan is to
be funded by the Lender.

     Collateral: As defined in Section 3.1 hereof.

     Collateral  Agent:  Each entity selected and approved by the Lender, in its
sole discretion, serving as collateral agent under a Custodial Agreement.

     Collection Account: As defined in Section 5.1 hereof.

     Collection  Records:  All manually  prepared or computer  generated records
relating to  collection  efforts or payment  histories  with respect to the Auto
Loans.

     Custodial Agreement:  Each agreement,  between the Lender, the Borrower and
the Collateral Agent named therein,  providing for the custody of any portion or
all of the Collateral.

     Dealer:  A seller of new or used  automobiles,  sport  utility  vehicles or
light trucks that  originated one or more of the Auto Loans for the Borrower and
has executed a dealer  agreement with the Borrower  substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto.

                                        2

<PAGE>


     Default Rate: The "Interest Rate" as defined herein plus 6%.

     Defaulted  Auto Loan:  An Auto Loan that by its terms (i) has three or more
payments due, without regard to any applicable grace period,  (ii) has its first
and second  payments due without regard to any applicable  grace period or (iii)
an event of default occurs under any Auto Loan.

     Delinquent  Auto  Loan:  An Auto  Loan  that by its  terms  has two or more
payments due without regard to any applicable grace period.

     Disbursement Summary: Each statement,  substantially in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, signed by the Lender and countersigned by the Borrower, that serves as
a receipt  for the  delivery  of net funds  from a Loan to the  Borrower  or its
designees.

     Disposition:  Any sale or other  transfer  of an Auto Loan by the  Borrower
whether pursuant to a Take-Out Agreement or otherwise.

     Eligible Account:  Either (i) a segregated trust account that is maintained
with the corporate trust  department of a depository  institution  acceptable to
the  Lender  or (ii) a  segregated  direct  deposit  account  maintained  with a
depository institution or trust company acceptable to the Lender.

     Eligible  Auto  Loan:  Any Auto  Loan that (i) has been  originated  by the
Borrower  in  accordance  with  the  Borrower's  Underwriting  Guidelines,  (ii)
satisfies all of the  representations  and  warranties  contained in Section 7.2
hereof,  (iii) is subject to a Take-Out  Commitment  from an  Eligible  Take-Out
Investor which will result in a transfer of such Auto Loan within 90 days of the
Closing  Date for the Loan that such Auto Loan is pledged  to secure;  provided,
however,  that, during the Start-Up Period,  such transfer may occur within such
longer  time  period as the  Lender may agree to in  writing,  (iv) has not been
pledged to secure any other Loan, (v) is not a Defaulted Auto Loan,  (vi) unless
waived by the Lender,  is not a  Delinquent  Auto Loan and (vii) does not exceed
the Maximum Auto Loan Amount.

     Eligible Take-Out  Investor:  A Take-out Investor that has been approved by
the Lender in its sole discretion.

     Event of Default: Any event described in Section 10.1 hereof.

     Financed Vehicle: A new or used automobile,  sport utility vehicle or light
truck,  together with all accessories thereto,  securing or purporting to secure
an  Obligor's  indebtedness  under an Auto  Loan,  together  with any  Insurance
Policies relating thereto.

     Funding  Amount:  With respect to each Auto Loan,  that secures a Loan, the
amount to be advanced to the  Borrower by the Lender which shall equal the least
of (i) 98 % of the Amount  Financed,  as reduced for any  payments of  principal

                                        3


<PAGE>


collected prior to the applicable Closing date, (ii) the Take-Out Price for such
Auto Loan,  (iii) the amount on Exhibit G and (iv) the amount of funds  advanced
by the  Borrower  with  respect  to such Auto Loan  plus an amount  approved  in
writing by the Lender.

     Funding and Fee  Schedule:  The schedule  attached  hereto as Exhibit D, if
any.

     Funding Fee: As shown on Exhibit D hereto.

     General Intangibles: All of the Borrower's general intangibles, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired,  including all choses in action,  causes of action,
inventions,  designs, patents, patent applications,  quality control procedures,
trademarks,  trade  secrets,  goodwill,  copyrights,  registrations,   licenses,
franchises,  customer lists,  computer  programs,  all claims under  guaranties,
security  interests  or other  security  held by or granted to the  Borrower  to
secure payment of any of the Collateral,  all rights of indemnification  and all
other intangible property of every kind and nature.

     Insurance  Policy:  With  respect to an Auto  Loan,  any  insurance  policy
benefiting the holder of the Auto Loan providing loss or physical damage, credit
life, credit disability,  theft,  mechanical  breakdown or similar coverage with
respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

     Interest Rate: As shown on Exhibit D hereto.

     Lender:  Princeton  Capital  Credit  Corporation,   as  lender  under  this
Agreement, or any successor or assignee.

     Lien: Any security interest,  lien, charge, pledge,  preference,  equity or
encumbrance  of any kind,  including tax liens,  mechanics'  liens and any liens
that attach by operation of law.

     Lien  Certificate:   With  respect  to  a  Financed  Vehicle,  an  original
certificate of title,  certificate of lien or other  notification  issued by the
registrar of titles (or comparable  agency or office) of the applicable state to
a  secured  party  which  indicates  that the lien of the  secured  party on the
Financed  Vehicle is  recorded  on the  original  certificate  of title.  In any
jurisdiction in which the original  certificate of title is required to be given
to the Obligor,  the term "Lien  Certificate"  shall mean only a certificate  or
notification issued to a secured party.

     Loan:  Each  loan  made by the  Lender  to the  Borrower  pursuant  to this
Agreement,  all of which,  in the  aggregate,  may be  evidenced  by one or more
Notes.

     Loan Funding  Request:  Shall have the meaning set forth in Section  2.2(a)
hereof.

     Lockbox Account: As defined in Section 5.6 hereof.

     Maturity  Date:  With respect to a Note, the date set forth on such Note as
the date on which it is due and payable.



                                        4


<PAGE>

     Maximum Auto Loan  Amount:  $25,000 or such other amount as may be approved
in writing by the Lender.

     Maximum Credit Line: $5,000,000.

     Monthly  Records:  All records and data  maintained  by the  Borrower  with
respect to the Auto Loans,  including  the  following  with respect to each Auto
Loan: the account number; the identity of the originating Dealer;  Obligor name;
Obligor  address;  Obligor home phone  number;  Obligor  business  phone number;
original  Principal  Balance;  original term;  Annual  Percentage Rate;  current
Principal Balance; current remaining term; origination date; first payment date;
final  scheduled  payment  date;  next  payment  due date;  date of most  recent
payment;  new/used  classification;   collateral  description;   days  currently
delinquent;  number of contract  extensions (months) to date; amount, if any, of
Force-Placed  Insurance payable monthly;  amount of the scheduled  payment;  and
past due late charges, if any.

     Note:  Any note issued by the  Borrower to the Lender  evidencing  all or a
portion  of  the  Loan  made  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  and
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto,  including any Note that has been
issued in substitution, exchange or replacement of any Note previously issued by
the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to the terms hereof.

     Obligor: The purchaser or the co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle and any
other  Person or Persons who are  primarily  or  secondarily  obligated  to make
payments under an Auto Loan.

     Pending  Event of  Default:  An event  that,  with the  giving of notice or
passage of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

     Permitted Liens: Shall mean (i) Liens created under this Agreement and (ii)
Liens securing taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies not yet due.

     Person:   Any   individual,   corporation,   partnership,   joint  venture,
association,  joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or
government (or agency or subdivision thereof).

     Proceeds:  Shall have the meaning  assigned  such term under the UCC of the
State of New Jersey,  and of each other jurisdiction whose law governs the grant
or perfection of the Collateral  Agent's interest in the particular  proceeds of
the Collateral and shall also include (to the extent not already included):  (i)
any and all proceeds of any insurance,  indemnity,  warranty, guaranty or letter
of credit  payable to the Borrower  from time to time with respect to any of the
Collateral, (ii) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or rights to
amounts  payable  to the  Borrower  from  time to time in  connection  with  any
requisition,  confiscation,  condemnation,  seizure or  forfeiture of all or any
part of the Collateral by any governmental body, authority, bureau or agency (or
any person acting under color of governmental authority),(iii) any and all other
amounts, products, offspring, rents or profits from time to time paid or payable
under  or in  connection  with the  Collateral  and  (iv)  all  additions  to or
substitutions or replacements for any of the Collateral.

                                        5

<PAGE>



     Program Documents:  This Agreement,  each Auto Loan, each Lien Certificate,
each Assignment,  each Servicing Agreement, each Custodial Agreement and all UCC
financing  statements and any other agreement,  document,  instrument,  power of
attorney,  certificate and application related to the transactions  contemplated
by this Agreement.

     Renewal  Date:  Any date on which this  Agreement  is renewed  pursuant  to
Section 13.1 hereof.

     Renewal Fee: As shown on Exhibit D hereto.

     Reserve Account: As defined in Section 5.4 hereof.

     Reserve Account  Deficiency  Amount:  As of any date the amount, if any, by
which the Reserve Account  Required Balance exceeds the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Account as of such date.

     Reserve Account Excess Amount:  As of any date, the amount, if any, held in
the Reserve  Account in excess of the Reserve  Account  Required  Balance  after
giving effect to any withdrawals  from the Reserve  Account  pursuant to Section
5.3 on such date.

     Reserve Account Required Balance: As of any date the greater of (i) $10,000
and (ii) 2.00% of the  aggregate  amount of all Loans made from the date  hereof
(until such amount equals 2.00% of the Maximum Credit Line).

     Security  Interest:  The  assignments  and  pledges  to  the  Under,  or  a
Collateral Agent on its behalf, of, and the continuing  security interest of the
Lender in, the Collateral intended to be effected by the terms of this Agreement
or any other Program Documents.

     Each entity  selected  and approved by the Under,  in its sole  discretion,
Serving as servicer  under a Servicing  Agreement  or Western  Fidelity  Funding
Inc., in its capacity as servicer, under the terms of this Agreement.

     Servicing Agreement:  Each agreement,  between the Lender, the Borrower and
the servicer named therein, providing for the servicing of any portion or all of
the Collateral.

     Start-Up  Period:  The period,  if any,  designated as such on the Start-Up
Period Volume Projection Schedule and beginning on the date hereof.

     Start-Up Period Volume Projection Schedule: The schedule attached hereto as
Exhibit E, if any.


                                        6

<PAGE>

     Take-Out Agreement: An agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Lender,  from a Take-Out  Investor to purchase one or more Auto Loans pledged to
the Lender as security for any Note.

     Take-Out  Commitment:  With  respect to an Auto Loan,  the  agreement  by a
Take-Out Investor pursuant to a Take-Out Agreement to purchase or otherwise fund
and acquire such Auto Loan on a date and at a price  specified in such  Take-Out
Agreement.

     Take-Out Fee: As shown on Exhibit D hereto.

     Take-Out  Investor:  Any corporation,  institution or agency that regularly
purchases  Auto  Loans  and is  approved  by the  Lender  to  issue  a  Take-Out
Agreement.

     Take-Out  Price:  With  respect to an Auto Loan,  the amount of funds to be
advanced by the Take-Out Investor pursuant to the Take-Out Agreement relating to
such Auto Loan.

     UCC:  The  Uniform   Commercial   Code,   as  in  effect  in  the  relevant
jurisdiction.

     Vendor  Single  Interest  Insurance  Policy:  A  blanket  insurance  policy
obtained by the Borrower and  acceptable to the Lender  covering all of the Auto
Loans and naming the Lender as an additional loss payee.

     SECTION 1.2 Number.  Each reference to a term defined herein is intended to
include the plural as well as the singular number.

     SECTION  1.3  Terms  Defined  in  UCC.  The  terms  "Inventory,"   "Goods,"
"Accounts,"  "Contract Rights," "Charter," "General Intangibles" and "Documents"
have the respective meanings ascribed in the UCC.

     SECTION 1.4 Accounting Terms. As used in this Agreement or any certificate,
report  or  Program  Document  made or  delivered  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
accounting  terms not defined in this agreement shall have the meanings given to
them under  generally  accepted  accounting  principals  in the United States in
effect from time to time.

                                   ARTICLE II

                              LOANS TO THE BORROWER

     SECTION 2.1.  Loans.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement,  the Lender  will make Loans to the  Borrower  in  aggregate  amounts
outstanding  at any time equal to the Maximum  Credit  Line.  The Loans shall be
evidenced by this Agreement and the Notes.



                                        7

<PAGE>


     Each Loan to be made on a Closing  Date will be made in an amount  equal to
the sum of the Funded  Amounts  for the Auto Loans being  pledged as  Collateral
pursuant to the related Loan Funding Request.

     SECTION 2.2. Procedure for Borrowing.

     (a)  Notice.  The  Borrower  shall  give  the  Lender  written  notice,  or
electronic notice acceptable to the Lender (the "Loan Funding Request"),  of the
proposed Loan not less than one Business Day prior to the proposed Closing Date.
The Loan Funding  Request shall specify the  following:  (i) the loan numbers of
the Auto Loans to secure such Loan;  (ii) the note date for each such Auto Loan;
(iii) the original and current  principal  balance of such Auto Loans;  (iv) the
interest  rate on such  Auto  Loans;  (v) the  amount of each Auto Loan that the
Borrower  funded;  (vi)  the  maturity  date  of  such  Auto  Loans;  (vii)  the
anticipated  Funded  Amount  for each Auto  Loan;  (viii) the amount of the Loan
requested;  (ix) the identity of the Take-Out  Investor for each Auto Loan;  (x)
the  proposed  Maturity  Date for the Loan  which  shall be the date of the last
Take-Out  Commitment  relating to the Auto Loans  securing that Loan;  provided,
however,  that no Maturity Date shall be more than 90 days from the Closing Date
for a Loan except during the Start-Up  Period;  and (xi) wire  instructions  for
distribution  of the Loan proceeds.  Simultaneously  with the delivery of a Loan
Funding  Request,  the Borrower  shall also deliver to the Lender all  documents
relating  to each Auto  Loan as the  Lender  may  reasonably  require.  The Loan
Funding Request shall also specify the manner and  anticipated  delivery date to
the  Lender,  or a  Collateral  Agent  acting on behalf  of the  Lender,  of the
documents relating to such Auto Loans required by the Lender.

     (b)  Disbursement  Summary.  Upon receipt of the Loan  Funding  Request and
review  and  verification  of the  information  contained  in such Loan  Funding
Request,  the Lender shall prepare the  Disbursement  Summary.  The Disbursement
Summary  shall set forth the  following:  (i) the  amount of the Loan;  (ii) the
Funded  Amount for each Auto Loan being  pledged to secure such Loan;  (iii) the
fees and other amounts to be deducted  from the proceeds of such Loan;  (iv) the
net Loan  proceeds;  and (v) the parties to whom the  Borrower  has directed the
Lender to deliver such net Loan  proceeds.  The  Disbursement  Summary  shall he
delivered  to the  Borrower  on or before the  Closing  Date,  by  facsimile  or
electronic   delivery   methods.   Upon   receipt,   the  Borrower   shall,   by
countersignature,  acknowledge its agreement with the  computations  and amounts
set forth in the  Disbursement  Summary.  The Borrower shall promptly return the
countersigned Disbursement Summary to the Lender by facsimile.

     (c) Satisfaction of Conditions Precedent.  Prior to the disbursement of any
Loan proceeds, the Borrower shall have satisfied all of the conditions precedent
set forth in Article IX hereof and shall have  complied with all other terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

     (d)  Disbursement of Funds. If the  requirements  set forth above have been
satisfied,  on each Closing Date, the Lender will make a Loan to the Borrower in
the amount specified in the Disbursement Summary for such Loan.


                                        8


<PAGE>



     (e) Notes. The Lender,  in its sole discretion,  shall determine which Auto
Loans will serve as security for a Loan and whether a new Note will be issued on
a Closing Date.  Each Loan, or all Loans in the  aggregate,  as the case may be,
shall be evidenced by a Note executed on behalf of the Borrower.

     SECTION 2.3.  Delivery and Use of Borrowed Funds. Upon the making of a Loan
pursuant to Section 2.2, the lender, at the request of the Borrower contained in
the Loan Funding Request and verified in the Disbursement Summary, shall deliver
funds representing the amount of such Loan (net of any fees or other moneys owed
to the Lender by the  Borrower  on such  Closing  Date) to the  Borrower by wire
transfer.  The proceeds of any Loan shall be used by the Borrower  solely (a) to
disburse funds to the applicable  Dealer in connection  with the  origination of
each Auto Loan that secures the related Note,  (b) to reimburse the Borrower for
funds  previously  disbursed in connection  with the origination of an Auto Loan
securing such Loan or (c) with respect to proceeds in excess of amounts required
to satisfy  clauses (a) or (b) hereof,  for  general  corporate  purposes of the
Borrower.

     SECTION  2.4.  Maturity  of  Principal.  Each Loan shall be payable  (a) on
demand or (b) automatically  without notice,  presentment,  demand or protest to
the  Borrower  upon the  earliest  of (i) the  Maturity  Date  set  forth in the
Disbursement  Summary for such Loan,  (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default
hereunder,  (iii)  the  termination  of this  Agreement,  (iv) the  termination,
expiration, lapse, rescission or cancellation of the Take-Out Agreement relating
to any Auto Loan securing such Note unless another Take-Out Agreement is secured
by the Borrower or (v) the Auto Loan securing such Loan becomes a Defaulted Auto
Loan.

     SECTION 2.5. Accrual of Interest.  The Borrower agrees to pay interest from
the applicable  Closing Date on each Note through the date of payment thereof at
the Interest Rate.  Interest on each Note is due and payable on the first day of
each  month.  The  Interest  Rate is a  "floating  rate" and any  change in such
floating  rate shall be effective  immediately  without  notice to the Borrower,
which such notice the Borrower hereby waives. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, if any Note remains unpaid after its maturity or acceleration,  or
if an Event of Default  shall occur,  interest  shall accrue from such date at a
rate equal to the Default Rate.

     SECTION 2.6. Application of Collections and Take-Out Receipts. The Borrower
hereby  acknowledges  that all  collections  on the Auto  Loans  less  servicing
expense  and all  proceeds  of the  Disposition  of an Auto  Loan to a  Take-Out
Investor  will  be  paid  to the  Lender  and  will be  applied  to  reduce  the
outstanding  amount  of any Note and to pay any  other  fees  and  expenses  due
hereunder.  If no Event of Default has occurred,  such  collections and proceeds
shall be applied as follows:

          (a) On the Business Day following  receipt by the Lender,  collections
     on each Auto Loan shall be applied in the following order:

                                        9


<PAGE>


               (i) to pay  principal  of the Loan that the books and  records of
          the  Lender  indicate  is  secured  by the  Auto  Loan to  which  such
          collections relate until the outstanding  principal balance thereof is
          reduced to zero;

               (ii) to pay all accrued and unpaid interest due on all Loans, pro
          rata;

               (iii) to deposit  into the Reserve  Account  the Reserve  Account
          Deficiency Amount, if any on such date;

               (iv) to pay all fees due and amounts owing hereunder; and

               (v) to deposit into the Cash Account all remaining funds.

          (b) On the Business Day following  receipt by the Lender,  proceeds of
     the Disposition of an Auto Loan to a Take-Out  Investor shall be applied in
     the following order:

               (i) to pay  principal  of the Loan that the books and  records of
          the Lender indicate is secured by the Auto Loan to which such proceeds
          relate until the outstanding  principal  balance thereof is reduced to
          zero;

               (ii) to pay all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  due on the  Loan
          secured by the Auto Loan to which such proceeds relate;

               (iii) to pay the Take-Out Fee for such Auto Loan;

               (iv) if more than one Loan is outstanding, to pay all accrued and
          unpaid interest due on all Loans, other than the Loan to which payment
          made pursuant to clause (ii) above, pro rata;

               (v) to deposit  into the  Reserve  Account  the  Reserve  Account
          Deficiency Amount, if any on such date;

               (vi) to pay all other fees due and amounts owing hereunder; and

               (vii) to make distributions to the Borrower,

          (c) If, in connection  with a  Disposition,  items (i) through (vi) of
     clause (b) above have been paid in full,  then the Lender shall release and
     pay to the  Borrower all amounts on deposit in the Cash Account that relate
     to the Auto Loan transferred pursuant to such Disposition.

                                       10

<PAGE>



          (d) If proceeds of a Disposition are insufficient to pay in full items
     (i) through (vi) of clause (b) above,  then the Lender may  withdraw  funds
     from  either  the  Reserve  Account  or the  Cash  Account  to  make up the
     shortfall.

     SECTION 2.7.  Statement of Account.  The Lender shall maintain loan records
for the  Borrower in which  shall be  recorded  the date and amount of each Loan
made by the Lender and the date and amount of each  payment in respect  thereof;
provided,  however, that the failure by the Lender to record the date and amount
of any Loan shall not adversely  affect the Lender.  For each month,  the Lender
shall send to the  Borrower a  statement  showing the  accounting  for the Loans
made,  payments  made or credited  in respect  thereof,  and other  transactions
between the Lender and the Borrower,  during such month. The monthly  statements
shall be deemed correct and binding upon the Borrower in the absence of manifest
error and shall constitute an account stated between the Lender and the Borrower
unless  the Lender  receives  a written  statement  of the  Borrower's  specific
exceptions  thereto  within 30 days  after such  statement  is  received  by the
Borrower. The records of the Lender shall be prima facie evidence of the amounts
of Loans and other charges thereto and of payments applicable thereto.

     SECTION 2.8.  Additional  Payments.  Any  reasonable  sums  expended by the
Lender due to the Borrower's  failure to perform or comply with its  obligations
under this  Agreement  may be charged  to the  Borrower's  account as a Loan and
added to an outstanding Note.

     SECTION 2.9.  Method and Manner of Payment.  The  Borrower  agrees that all
payments of  principal of and interest on any Loan shall be made by or on behalf
of the Borrower by wire  transfer to the Lender at the  following  wire address:
CoreStates/New Jersey National Bank, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, ABA #031200730,
Account No.  10459882.  All payments of  principal,  interest and other  amounts
payable hereunder,  or under any of the other Program Documents shall be made to
the Lender not later than 1:00 P.M.  (New Jersey time) on the due date  therefor
in lawful  money of the United  States of  America  in  Federal  or other  funds
immediately  available  to the  Lender.  The  Lender  shall  have  the  right to
effectuate  payment on any and all Loans due and owing  hereunder by  increasing
the outstanding amount of any Note.

     SECTION 2.10. Application of Payments. The Lender shall have the continuing
and  exclusive  right to apply or reverse and  reapply  any and all  Proceeds of
Collateral to any portion of the Loans.  To the extend that the Borrower makes a
payment or the Lender receives any payment or Proceeds of the Collateral for the
Borrower's  benefit,  which  are  subsequently   invalidated,   declared  to  be
fraudulent  or  preferential,  set aside or  required to be repaid to a trustee,
debtor  in  possession,  receiver,  custodian  or  any  other  party  under  any
bankruptcy law, common law or equitable cause,  then, to such extent,  the Loans
or part  thereof  intended to be  satisfied  shall be revived and continue as if
such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Lender.

     SECTION 2. 11. Maximum  Interest Rate. No provision of this Agreement or of
any Note shall  require the payment of or permit the  collection  of interest in
excess of the maximum  permitted by law. If any rate of interest required hereby
or by any Note shall be found to be in excess of the maximum  rate  permitted by

                                       11


<PAGE>



law,  neither the Borrower nor its  successors  or assigns shall be obligated to
pay such  interest in excess of the maximum  permitted  by law, and the right to
demand  the  payment of any such  excess  shall be and hereby is waived and this
Section 9.6 shall control any  provision of this  Agreement or any Note which is
inconsistent herewith.

     SECTION 2.12. No Deduction. Borrower shall pay principal, interest, and all
other amounts payable  hereunder,  or under any related  agreement,  without any
deduction  whatsoever,  including,  but not  limited to, any  deduction  for any
set-off or counterclaim.

     SECTION  2.13.  Computation  of Interest and Fees.  Interest and fees under
this Agreement  shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and for the
actual number of days elapsed.  If any payment  becomes due and payable on a day
other than a Business  Day,  then such due date  shall be  extended  to the next
Business Day.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   COLLATERAL


     SECTION 3. 1. Security for Loans. As security for the prompt,  complete and
unconditional  payment and  performance  of all  obligations  of the Borrower in
respect of the Loans,  the  Borrower  hereby  pledges,  assigns,  transfers  and
delivers to the Lender,  or, if so directed by the Lender, to a Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Lender, and grants to the Lender, a continuing first lien
on, and first and prior  Security  Interest  in, all of the  Borrower's  estate,
right,  title and interest in, to and under the following,  whether now owned or
at any time hereafter acquired,  whether now existing or hereafter acquired, and
whether the same is now contemplated,  anticipated or foreseeable,  and wherever
located (collectively, the "Collateral"):

          (a)each Auto Loan  delivered to the Lender,  or a Collateral  Agent on
     behalf  of the  Lender,  and  all  other  Auto  Loans  at any  time  in the
     possession of the Lender, or, if so directed by the Lender, to a Collateral
     Agent on behalf of the  Lender,  or  otherwise  subject  to, or intended or
     purported  to be  subject  to, the  Security  Interest,  including  without
     limitation, all rights to payments thereunder;

          (b) each  Financed  Vehicle and all other  property,  now or hereafter
     acquired,  securing  or  evidenced  by, each Auto Loan  including,  without
     limitation,  the Lien Certificate relating to each Financed Vehicle and the
     Assignment  thereof,  any  Insurance  Policies  and  Proceeds  thereof with
     respect  to  any  Financed  Vehicle  or  Auto  Loan,  the  Proceeds  of any
     repossession and liquidation of a Financed Vehicle,  rights under judgments
     with respect to defaulted  Obligors,  right to  deficiency  judgments  with
     respect to defaulted  Obligors and rights under any service  contracts with
     respect to any Financed Vehicle;


                                       12

<PAGE>


          (c) all right,  title and  interest of the  Borrower  where  permitted
     under each Take-Out Agreement,  including, without limitation, the right to
     execute and deliver in the name of the Borrower,  as agent or attorney,  an
     appropriate   instrument   transferring  any  Auto  Loan  pursuant  to  the
     provisions  thereof and to take such action upon the occurrence of an Event
     of Default  hereunder as shall be permitted by this  Agreement and any such
     Take-Out  Agreement or by law; and to do any and all other things which the
     Borrower  is or  may  be  entitled  to do  thereunder,  including,  without
     limitation,   the   commencement,   conduct   and   consummation   of   any
     administrative, legal or equitable proceedings;

          (d) all bank and  trust  accounts  relating  to any of the  Collateral
     (including,  without limitation, the Reserve Account, the Cash Account, all
     Lockbox  Accounts  and the  Collection  Account)  and all  moneys,  checks,
     instruments, documents, securities, investments, deposits and other credits
     (whether  or  not  permitted  by the  Program  Documents)  credited  to the
     Collection  Account,  or otherwise  held by the  Borrower,  a Servicer or a
     Collateral Agent;

          (e) all  causes  of  action,  claims,  demands  and  rights  which the
     Borrower now has or hereafter  may have,  in law or in equity,  against any
     party in connection  with each Auto Loan,  including  claims for negligence
     and fraud;

          (f) all General Intangibles that relate to the Collateral;

          (g) all of the  Borrower's  Monthly  Records,  ledger  sheets,  ledger
     cards, files,  correspondence,  records, books of account, business papers,
     computers,  computer  software (owned by the Borrower or in which it has an
     interest), tapes, disks and documents relating to any item of Collateral or
     otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or the realization
     thereupon,  whether  held by the  Borrower or a Servicer,  on behalf of the
     Borrower; and

          (h) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing.

The Borrower shall mark its books and records as may be necessary or appropriate
to evidence,  protect and perfect Lender's security interest and shall cause its
financial statements to reflect such security interest.

     The Borrower agrees that the Security  Interest shall at all times be valid
and perfected and  enforceable  against the Borrower and all third  parties,  in
accordance  with the terms hereof,  as security for the obligations and that the
Collateral  shall not at any time be  subject to any Lien that is prior to, on a
parity with or junior to the Security Interest. All rights of the Lender and all
liens and Security Interests granted hereunder, shall be absolute, unconditional
and  irrevocable  unless and until released  pursuant to the Program  Documents,
irrespective of any condition or circumstance whatsoever.


                                       13

<PAGE>


     SECTION 3.2.  Perfection of Security Interest.  The Borrower shall take all
action that may be necessary or desirable,  or that Lender may request, so as at
all time to maintain the validity,  perfection,  enforceability  and priority of
the  Lender's  Security  Interest in the  Collateral  or to enable the Lender to
protect,  exercise  or  enforce  its  rights  hereunder  and in the  Collateral,
including, but not limited to (a) immediately discharging all Liens that are not
Permitted Liens,  (b) delivering to the Lender,  endorsed or accompanied by such
instruments of assignment as the Under may specify,  and stamping or marking, in
such manner as the Lender may specify,  any and all chattel paper,  instruments,
letters of credits and advice thereof and documents evidencing or forming a part
of the Collateral,  (c) entering into lockbox and other  custodial  arrangements
satisfactory  to  the  Lender,  and  (d)  executing  and  delivering   financing
statements, instruments of pledge, notices and assignments, in each case in form
and substance  satisfactory to the Lender,  relating to the creation,  validity,
perfection,  maintenance or continuation of the Lender's Security Interest under
the UCC or other applicable law. With respect to each Lien Certificate  relating
to an Auto Loan, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender, or a Collateral Agent
on behalf of the Lender,  an assignment of such Lien  Certificate,  in blank, in
recordable  form.  All  charges,  expenses and fees that the Lender may incur in
doing any of the  foregoing,  and any local  taxes  relating  thereto,  shall be
charged  to the  Borrower's  account  and  added to the  obligations,  or at the
Lender's option, shall be paid to the Lender immediately upon demand.

     SECTION 3.3. Grant of Lien Not to Alter the Borrower's Loans . The grant of
the Security  Interest to the Lender  pursuant to Section 3. 1 hereof shall not:
(a) relieve the Borrower from the performance of any term,  covenant,  condition
or agreement  on the  Borrower's  part to be  performed or observed  under or in
connection with the  Collateral,  (b) impose any obligation on the Lender or any
Collateral  Agent to perform or observe any such term,  covenant,  condition  or
agreement on the Borrower's  part to be so performed or observed,  or (c) impose
any liability on the Lender or any  Collateral  Agent for any act or omission on
the part of the Borrower,  or any Person acting as agent for or on behalf of the
Borrower, relative to or for any breach of any representation or warranty on the
part of the Borrower in connection with the Collateral.

     SECTION  3.4.  Defense  of  Lender's  Interests.   Until  (a)  payment  and
performance in full of all of obligations of the Borrower and (b) termination of
this Agreement,  the Lender's  interests in the Collateral hereby granted to the
Lender shall continue in full force and effect.  During such period the Borrower
shall not,  without the Lender's  prior written  consent,  pledge,  sell (except
Dispositions  permitted under Article VI hereof),  assign,  transfer,  create or
suffer to exist a security  interest in, Lien,  claim or charge upon or encumber
or allow or suffer to be encumbered in any way, any part of the Collateral.  The
Borrower shall defend the Lender's  interests in the Collateral  against any and
all persons whatsoever. In addition, with respect to all Collateral,  the Lender
shall be entitled to all of the rights and remedies set forth herein and further
provided by the UCC or other applicable law.

     SECTION 3.5. Set-Off.  The Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrower,  at
any time and from  time to time,  without  prior  notice,  during  any  Event of
Default or Pending Event of Default, to set off against,  and to appropriate and
apply to the  payment  of, the Loans  (whether  matured or  unmatured,  fixed or

                                       14



<PAGE>


contingent or liquidated or unliquidated)  any and all liabilities  owing by the
Lender or any of its affiliates to the Borrower. The Lender shall give notice to
the Borrower of any such set-off,  but the failure to give such notice shall not
affect  the  validity  of such  set-off  or its  application,  nor result in any
liability of the Lender to the Borrower or any other Person.

     SECTION 3.6.  Post-Closing  Documentation.  Immediately  after each Closing
Date, the Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to the Lender, or, if
so directed by the Lender, a Collateral  Agent,  all documents  requested by the
Lender.

     SECTION 3.7.  Collateral Agents. The Borrower hereby  acknowledges that all
right,  title and interest in and to the  Collateral  are being  assigned by the
Borrower to one or more Collateral  Agents,  which may include affiliates of the
Lender,  for the benefit of the Lender,  its  successors  and  assigns,  and any
holder or assignee of a Note, pursuant to the terms of the applicable  Custodial
Agreement pursuant to which each Collateral Agent holds Collateral.

     SECTION 3.8. Power of Attorney.  Borrower does hereby  irrevocably  appoint
the Lender and any of its respective  officers,  employees or agents as its true
and  lawful  attorney-in-fact,  with  full  power of  substitution,  and  hereby
authorizes and empowers each of such Persons or entities,  acting singly, in the
name of and on behalf of the Borrower,  to take the following  actions from time
to time in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement:

          (a) upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  collect any and all
     amounts or  portions  thereof due under any Auto Loans  including,  without
     limitation,  endorsing  the  name  of the  Borrower  on  checks  and  other
     instruments  representing payments or collections with respect to such Auto
     Loans  and on  such  instruments  and  documents  as may  be  necessary  to
     effectuate  foreclosure,  repossession or other conversions of ownership of
     any vehicle financed with any such Auto Loan and enforcing such Auto Loan;

          (b) execute and deliver any and all  instruments  and take any and all
     further action in the name of and on behalf of Borrower as may be necessary
     or desirable, in the determination of the Lender, to accomplish any and all
     of the foregoing; and

          (c) execute and file such  financing or  continuation  statements,  or
     amendments  thereto or assignments  thereof,  and such other instruments or
     notices, as Lender may reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate,
     including  without  limitation,  such  documents or  instruments  as may be
     necessary  to  change  the  notation  of the  Borrower's  Lien on any  Lien
     Certificate  or any  Financed  Vehicle  financed  under  a Auto  Loan  to a
     notation  indicating that Lender or any assignee  thereof is the lienholder
     with respect to such Financed Vehicle.

     The Lender is hereby  empowered  to do any and all lawful acts and Borrower
hereby  ratifies  and  confirms  any and all lawful acts that the Under shall do
pursuant  to and in  conformity  with  this  power of  attorney.  This  power of
attorney is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.  The Borrower  executes

                                       15

<PAGE>



this power of attorney with the intent to be legally bound hereby,  and with the
intent  that  the  execution  shall  have  the  full  dignity  afforded  by  the
accompanying witnessing and notarization.

     SECTION 3.9.  Exculpation of Liability.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed  to  constitute  the Lender as the  Borrower's  agent for any  purpose
whatsoever,  nor shall the Lender be  responsible  or liable  for any  shortage,
discrepancy,  damage, loss or destruction of any part of the Collateral wherever
the  same may be  located  and  regardless  of the  cause  thereof,  except  for
shortages, discrepancies,  damages, losses, and destructions that are determined
by a final judgment of a court having  jurisdiction over the Lender to be solely
the  result of the  Lender's  gross  negligence,  wilful  misconduct  or knowing
violations  of law.  The Lender does not,  whether by anything  herein or in any
assignment or  other-wise,  assume any of the Borrower's  obligations  under any
contract  or  agreement  assigned  to the  Lender,  and the Lender  shall not be
responsible  in any way for the  performance by the Borrower of any of the terms
and conditions thereof.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF AUTO LOANS

     To provide for the proper servicing and  administration  of the Collateral,
either:

          (a) the  Borrower  shall act as  Servicer  of the Auto Loans and shall
     employ the same  procedures  and exercise the same standard of care that it
     customarily employs and exercises in servicing and administering Auto Loans
     for its own account or the account of others; or

          (b) the  Borrower  and the Lender will execute and deliver one or more
     Servicing  Agreements pursuant to which one or more Servicers shall service
     the  Collateral  for the benefit of the Under,  its successors and assigns,
     and any holder or assignee of a Note.  In such case,  all  servicing of the
     Collateral  shall be done in  accordance  with the terms of the  applicable
     Servicing Agreement.

The  Borrower  shall be  responsible  for  paying all fees and  expenses  of any
Servicer that services the Auto Loans. The Lender shall have no liability to any
Servicer for fees or expenses.

                                    ARTICLE V

                    COLLECTION, RESERVE AND LOCKBOX ACCOUNTS

     SECTION  5.1   Establishment   and   Maintenance  of  Collection   Account.
Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Lender shall
establish at CoreStates/New Jersey National Bank, Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania, a
segregated  account  entitled  "Princeton  Capital Credit  Corporation,  Western


                                                         16

<PAGE>


Fidelity Collection Account" (the "Collection Account").  The Collection Account
shall be maintained as an Eligible  Account.  The Lender shall have sole control
over the Collection  Account and Borrower shall have no right of withdrawal from
the Collection Account.

     SECTION 5.2 Required Deposits to the Collection Account.

          (a) The Borrower  shall cause the following  amounts to be paid to the
     Lender, or the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lender, for deposit to the
     Collection Account:

               (i) all amounts representing collections in respect of Auto Loans
          (including  without  limitation  payments  in respect of the  purchase
          price of Auto Loans  purchased  by the  related  Take-Out  Investor in
          accordance  with the applicable  Take-Out  Agreement)  through deposit
          into the  Collection  Account or by direct  payment  into the  Lockbox
          Account held in the Lender's or the Collateral Agent's, as applicable,
          name;

               (ii) all amounts representing insurance proceeds;

               (iii) all amounts representing repossession proceeds; and

               (iv) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing.

          (b) The  Lender or the  Collateral  Agent,  as  applicable,  is hereby
     irrevocably authorized and empowered,  as the Borrower's  attorney-in-fact,
     to endorse  any check or any other  instrument  or security  presented  for
     deposit  in  the  Collection  Account  requiring  the  endorsement  of  the
     Borrower.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2 if at
     any time the Borrower,  or any Person on behalf of the  Borrower,  receives
     any  proceeds  or  payments  required  to be  deposited  in the  Collection
     Account,  all such  amounts  shall be held by the  Borrower  or such  other
     person as the agent of, and in trust for, the L4ender and shall,  forthwith
     upon receipt by the Borrower,  or such other Person,  be turned over to the
     Lender, or the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Lender,  for deposit into
     the Collection Account, as the case may be, in the same form as received by
     the Borrower or such other Person (and, if received in the form of a check,
     instrument or security  requiring  endorsement,  duly endorsed on behalf of
     the Borrower or such other Person to the order of the Collateral Agent).

          (d) The Borrower shall cause all amounts remitted to the Lender or the
     Collateral Agent for deposit pursuant to Section 5.2(a) to be identified to
     permit the proper allocation of such amounts; any amounts not so identified
     shall be applied at the direction of the Lender.

     SECTION  5.3  Rights  of  Withdrawal  from  the  Collection  Account  .  In
furtherance  of the Security  Interest  provided in this  Agreement,  the Lender
shall have the sole right of  withdrawal  from the  Collection  Account to apply
amounts on deposit therein in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof.

                                       17

<PAGE>




     SECTION 5.4 Establishment and Maintenance of Reserve Account . Concurrently
with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Borrower shall establish
at  CoreStates/New  Jersey National Bank,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  for the
benefit of the Lender, a segregated  account entitled  "Western Fidelity Reserve
Account,  for the benefit of Princeton  Capital Credit  Corporation,  as Secured
Party"  (the  "Reserve  Account").  Upon  its  establishment  and at  all  times
thereafter,  the Reserve Account shall contain not less than the Reserve Account
Required  Minimum.  The  Reserve  Account  shall be  maintained  as an  Eligible
Account.  The Lender shall have the exclusive right to make withdrawals pursuant
to Section 5.5 from the Reserve Account until this Agreement has been terminated
and no Note issued pursuant hereto is outstanding.

     SECTION 5.5 Application of Funds in the Reserve Account. The Lender has the
sole right to  withdraw  funds from the  Reserve  Account,  on any date,  to the
extent the Lender deems such  withdrawals  necessary to pay the  principal of or
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on any  Loan  that  has  come  due or to pay any
outstanding fees or other expenses payable  hereunder.  All funds withdrawn from
the Reserve Account shall be deposited by the Lender into the Collection Account
and applied to make the payments specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

     SECTION 5.6  Establishment  and  Maintenance of Cash Account.  Concurrently
with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,  the Borrower shall establish
at  CoreStates/New  Jersey National Bank,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  for the
benefit of the Lender,  a segregated  account  entitled  "Western  Fidelity Cash
Account,  for the benefit of Princeton  Capital Credit  Corporation,  as Secured
Party" (the "Cash Account"). The Cash Account shall be maintained as an Eligible
Account.  The Lender shall have the exclusive right to make withdrawals from the
Cash  Account  until  this  Agreement  has been  terminated  and no Note  issued
pursuant hereto is outstanding.

     SECTION 5.7  Application  of Funds in the Cash Account.  The Lender has the
sole right to withdraw  funds from the Cash Account,  on any date, to the extent
the Lender deems such  withdrawals  necessary to pay the principal of or accrued
and unpaid interest on any Uan that has come due or to pay any outstanding  fees
or other expenses payable  hereunder.  All funds withdrawn from the Cash Account
shall be deposited by the Lender into the Collection Account and applied to make
the payments specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

     SECTION 5.8 Establishment of Lockbox  Accounts.  All Proceeds of Auto Loans
shall, at the direction of the Lender,  be deposited by the Borrower into one or
more  segregated  lockbox  accounts (each, a "Lockbox  Account")  pursuant to an
arrangement  with such bank as may be selected by the Borrower and be acceptable
to the Lender in its sole discretion.  Each Lockbox Account shall be an Eligible
Account.  The Borrower  shall issue to any such bank, an  irrevocable  letter of
instruction  directing  such bank to  transfer  such funds so  deposited  to the
Lender by wire transfer to the Collection  Account.  All funds  deposited in any
Lockbox  Account  shall  immediately  become  a part of the  Collateral  for the
benefit of the Lender and the Borrower  shall obtain the  agreement by such bank

                                       18


<PAGE>


to waive any set-off rights against the fund so deposited. The Lender assumes no
responsibility   for  any  Lockbox  Account   arrangement,   including   without
limitation,  any claim of accord and  satisfaction  or release  with  respect to
deposits accepted by any bank thereunder.

     SECTION  5.9  Misapplication  of  Funds.  The Under  agrees  that any funds
incorrectly  paid  to it by the  Borrower,  or any  Servicer  on  behalf  of the
Borrower,  shall be  promptly  returned  to the  Borrower  or the  Servicer,  as
applicable, upon receipt of written notice from the Borrower or the Servicer, as
applicable,  that  such  funds  were  incorrectly  paid  to the  Lender,  or any
Collateral  Agent on  behalf  of the  Lender,  prior to the  Collateral  Agent's
transfer of such funds in accordance with applicable Custodial Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               TAKE-OUT PROCEDURE

     SECTION 6.1 Loans Due Upon Take-Out.  Notwithstanding  any provision herein
or in any Note to the  contrary,  each Loan secured by an Auto Loan shall become
due and payable,  without notice or demand, upon the date that such Auto Loan is
required to be sold or transferred to a Take-Out Investor pursuant to a Take-Out
Agreement,  regardless  whether such sale or transfer actually occurs. If one or
more Auto Loans that secure a Loan would not be sold or otherwise transferred on
the same date that  another  Auto Loan that  secures  such Loan is being sold or
otherwise  transferred to a Take-Out Investor,  such Loan may remain outstanding
until such time as the remaining  Auto Loans are sold or  transferred;  provided
that the  principal  of the Loan is paid down by an amount  equal to the Funding
Amount,  plus  accrued  interest  and  fees,  for any Auto  Loan that is sold or
transferred on such date.

     SECTION 6.2 Instructions to the Lender.  Prior to the date provided for any
sale or transfer of an Auto Loan to a Take-Out  Investor  pursuant to a Take-Out
Agreement,  the  Borrower  shall  deliver  to the Lender  complete  instructions
together with such documents,  if any,  required to be delivered to the Take-Out
Investor  pursuant to the provisions of such Take-Out  Agreement  which have not
been  previously  delivered  to the Lender and such other  documents,  including
without  limitation,  transmittal  envelopes and  transmittal  packages,  as the
Lender may require.  Such instructions shall be given to the Lender sufficiently
in advance to allow timely delivery by methods the Lender  customarily  uses for
delivery of documents of that type. Subject to Section 6.3 hereof,  upon receipt
of such instructions,  the Lender shall forward the appropriate documents to the
Take-Out  Investor  acquiring such Auto Loan, or its designee.  The Lender shall
also provide the Take-Out  Investor  with  written  instructions  to wire to the
Lender, in immediately  available federal funds, an amount equal to the purchase
price or funding amount specified in the Take-Out  Commitment for each Auto Loan
being  transferred  to such  Take-Out  Investor  or its  designee.  All  amounts
received  by The Under from a  Take-Out  Investor  with  respect to an Auto Loan
shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof.


                                       19

<PAGE>



     SECTION 6.3 Delivery of Documents  to Take-Out  Investor.  If the Lender is
required  to  deliver  any  documents  relating  to an Auto  Loan to a  Take-Out
Investor  prior to the payment to the Lender of the Take-Out Price for such Auto
Loan, then the Borrower must ensure that the Take-Out  Investor,  or a custodian
acting on behalf of the Take-Out  Investor,  acts as bailee of the L4ender until
the  Take-Out  Price is paid  and the Auto  Loan is  removed  from the  Security
Interest of the Lender. The Take-Out Investor or custodian will evidence that it
is acting as bailee on behalf of the  Lender by  issuing a trust  receipt to the
Lender.  Such trust  receipt shall  properly  identify the Auto Loan and related
documents and shall state that such  documents are being held for the benefit of
the Lender until the Take-Out Price is paid to the Lender.

     SECTION 6.4 Substitution of Take-Out Investors.

     (a) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if the Borrower instructs the Lender to
deliver  an Auto  Loan to a Person  other  than the  Take-Out  Investor  for the
Take-Orut Agreement relating to such Auto Loan, or the designee of such Take-Out
Investor,  then, in addition to providing delivery instructions to the Lender in
accordance  with  Section  6.2,  the  Borrower  must deliver to the Lender a new
Take-Out  Agreement  pursuant to which such proposed  transferee is the Take-Out
Investor.  Such new Take-Out  Agreement is hereby deemed pledged by the Borrower
as Collateral for the related Note pursuant to this Agreement.  Such pledge will
be effective upon delivery of the Take-Out Agreement to the Lender.

     (b) If the Borrower is not in possession  of the new Take-Out  Agreement at
the time of its request for  delivery of an Auto Loan to a Person other than the
original  Take-Out  Lender,  pursuant to Section  6.4(a) then the Borrower shall
certify the following to the Lender in writing:

          (i) such  new  Take-Out  Agreement  has been  executed  by a  Take-Out
     Investor  acceptable  to the Lender and is the  legally  valid and  binding
     obligation  of such  Take-Out  Investor to purchase  each Auto Loan subject
     thereto; and

          (ii) each Auto Loan subject to such Take-Out  Agreement  complies,  in
     all material respects, with the requirements of the Take-Out Agreement.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  the substitution of Take-out  Investors  permitted by
this Section 6.4, the rights  assigned and granted to the Lender in the original
Take-Out  Agreement  and any new Take-Out  Agreement  shall  continue  until the
Lender has  received the Funding  Amount for each  related  Auto Loan,  plus any
accrued interest and fees thereon.

         SECTION 6.5 Take-Out Fee.  Upon the  Disposition  of an Auto Loan,  the
Borrower shall pay to the Under the Take-Out Fee for such Auto Loan.

     SECTION 6.6 Take-Out  Status Report.  The Borrower  shall, on or before the
last day of each month, furnish to the Lender a certificate indicating,  in each
case if applicable:  (a) the original amount committed to be purchased  pursuant
to each Take-Out  Agreement;  (b) the amount under each Take-Out  Agreement that
has been funded;  and (e) the amount  remaining to be funded under each Take-Out
be funded under each Take-Out  Agreement.  At such time, the Borrower shall also
deliver an officer's certificate stating that the Borrower is in compliance with
all of the terms of each TakeOut Agreement.

                                       20


<PAGE>


be funded under each Take-Out  Agreement.  At such time, the Borrower shall also
deliver an officer's certificate stating that the Borrower is in compliance with
all of the terms of each TakeOut Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER

     SECTION  7.1  Representations  and  Warranties  Concerning  Borrower.   The
Borrower  hereby  represents and warrants to the Lender,  as of the date of this
Agreement and any renewal or extension hereof and as of each Closing Date, that:

          (a)  Organization  and  Authority.  (i) The Borrower is a corporation,
     partnership or other business entity duly organized,  validly  existing and
     in good standing  under the laws of the state of its formation and (ii) the
     Borrower has all requisite power and authority, corporate and/or otherwise,
     and all  necessary  licenses  and  permits  to engage  in the  transactions
     contemplated  by this  Agreement  and any other  Program  Documents  and to
     conduct a consumer loan business.

          (b) No  Proceedings.  There  are  no  proceedings  pending,  or to the
     knowledge  of the Borrower  threatened,  against the Borrower or any of its
     affiliates in any court or before any governmental authority or arbitration
     board or tribunal which involve the possibility of materially and adversely
     affecting  the  business,  prospects,  profits or condition  (financial  or
     otherwise) of the Borrower or the ability of the Borrower to perform any of
     the  transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement.  The Borrower is not in
     default with respect to any order of any court,  governmental  authority or
     arbitration board or tribunal.

          (e) No  Conflict.  The  issuance  of  each  Note by the  Borrower  and
     compliance  by the Borrower with all of the  provisions of this  Agreement,
     any other related  Program  Document to which it is a party,  and the other
     instruments referred to herein (i) are within the corporate, partnership or
     other business  entity powers of the Borrower,  and (ii) are legal and will
     not conflict with or result in any breach in any of the  provisions  of, or
     constitute a default under,  or result in the creation of any lien upon the
     assets of the Borrower under the provisions of any other agreement, charter
     instrument,  by-law or other instrument to which the Borrower is a party or
     by which it is bound.

          (d) No Event of Default. No event has occurred and no condition exists
     which, upon the Closing Date for any Loan, would constitute a Pending Event
     of Default or an Event of Default under this Agreement.

          (e) Taxes. All tax returns required to be filed by the Borrower in any
     jurisdiction  have been filed, and all taxes,  assessments,  fees and other
     governmental  charges upon the Borrower or upon its  properties,  income or
     franchises, which are due and payable have been paid. The Borrower does not
     know of any  proposed  additional  tax  assessment  against it or any basis
     therefor.

                                       21

<PAGE>



          (f) Governmental Authorizations.  The Borrower (i) is not in violation
     of any laws, ordinances,  governmental rules or regulations to which either
     is subject,  which would materially effect their  obligations;  and/or (ii)
     has not  failed  to  obtain  any  licenses,  permits,  franchises  or other
     governmental authorizations necessary to the conduct of its business.

          (g) No  Restrictive  Agreements.  The  Borrower  is not a party to any
     contract  or  agreement,  or  subject  to any  charter  or other  corporate
     restrictions,  which  materially  and adversely  affects its business.  The
     Borrower is not a party to any contract or agreement  which  restricts  its
     right or ability to incur any indebtedness.

          (h)  Corporate  Name.  The  Borrower  has not been  known by any other
     corporate  name in the past five years and does not conduct  business under
     any other name,  nor has the Borrower been the surviving  corporation  of a
     merger or consolidation or acquired all or substantially  all of the assets
     of any person during the preceding five years.

          (i) Solvency.  The Borrower is solvent,  able to pay its debts as they
     mature,  has capital sufficient to carry on its business and all businesses
     in which it is about to engage,  and (a) as of the date of this  Agreement,
     the fair  present  saleable  value  of its  assets,  calculated  on a going
     concern  basis,  is in excess  of the  amount  of its  liabilities  and (b)
     subsequent to the date of this  Agreement,  the fair saleable  value of its
     assets  (calculated  on a going  concern  basis)  will be in  excess of the
     amount of its liabilities.

          (j) Licenses and Permits.  The Borrower is in compliance with, and has
     procured  and is now in  possession  of, all  material  licenses or permits
     required by any  applicable  federal,  state or local law or regulation for
     the  operation  of its  business  in each  jurisdiction  wherein  it is now
     conducting or proposes to conduct business and where the failure to procure
     such  licenses  or  permits  would have a  material  adverse  effect on the
     business,  properties,  condition  (financial or otherwise) or  operations,
     present or prospective of Borrower.

          (k)  Default of  Indebtedness.  The  Borrower is not in default in the
     payment of the  principal of or interest on any  Indebtedness  or under any
     instrument or agreement under or subject to which any indebtedness has been
     issued  and no  event  has  occurred  under  the  provisions  of  any  such
     instrument  or  agreement  which with or  without  the lapse of time or the
     giving of notice,  or both,  constitutes  or would  constitute  an event of
     default thereunder.

                                       22

<PAGE>


          (1)  Investment  Company  Act.  The  Borrower  is not  an  "investment
     company"  registered  or required  to be  registered  under the  Investment
     Company Act of 1940, as amended, nor is it controlled by such a company.

          (m) Disclosure.  No representation or warranty made by the Borrower in
     this Agreement or in any financial  statement,  report,  certificate or any
     other document  furnished in connection  herewith or therewith contains any
     untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits to state any  material  fact
     necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. There is
     no fact known to the  Borrower or which  reasonably  should be known to the
     Borrower  that the Borrower has not disclosed to the Lender in writing with
     respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which materially
     and adversely  affects the condition  (financial or otherwise),  results of
     operations, business, or assets of the Borrower.

     SECTION 7.2  Representations  and  Warranties  Concerning  Collateral.  The
Borrower  hereby  represents and warrants to the Lender,  as of the date of this
Agreement and any renewal or extension hereof and as of each Closing Date, that:

          (a) Good Title to Collateral. The Borrower has good title to each item
     of Collateral,  free and clear of all Liens, charges and encumbrances,  and
     that it has full power,  authority and legal right to pledge the Collateral
     pursuant to this Agreement.

          (b) First Lien on Collateral. The Security Interest is and will remain
     a valid and enforceable first lien on each item of Collateral. The Borrower
     will not create or permit to be created  or to  remain,  and will  promptly
     discharge or cause to be discharged  without cost to the Lender,  any lien,
     charge or encumbrance upon the Collateral. If the validity,  enforceability
     or  priority of the  Security  Interest  in the  Collateral  or any portion
     thereof, shall be endangered or attacked, directly or indirectly, the Under
     shall be authorized to take, at the expense of the Borrower, all reasonable
     necessary and proper action in defense thereof,  including the retention of
     legal counsel,  the prosecution of defense of litigation and the compromise
     or discharge of claims.

          (c) Auto Loans Secured by Financed Vehicle.  Each Auto Loan is secured
     by Financed Vehicle.

          (d) Conformity to Take-Out  Requirements.  Each Auto Loan conforms and
     will  conform  in all  respects  with  all  requirements  of  the  Take-Out
     Commitment and the applicable underwriting criteria of the related Take-Out
     Investor. The Borrower can and will comply with the terms and conditions of
     the Take-Out Commitment relating to each Auto Loan.

          (e) Origination  Complied With  Applicable  Loan. Each Auto Loan arose
     from a bona fide loan complying with all applicable  laws and  regulations,
     was made to an  Obligor  having  legal  capacity  to  contract,  and is not
     subject to any defense,  dispute,  set- off or counterclaim.  This warranty
     shall be deemed breached upon the assertion by any Obligor on the Auto Loan
     of such a defense,  dispute, set-off or counterclaim including a claim that
     the  transaction  which gave rise to the Auto Loan did not comply  with any
     applicable statute or regulation.

                                       23

<PAGE>


          (f)  Disclosures  Proper.  All  disclosures  required  by any state or
     federal or local law or regulation  in connection  with each Auto Loan have
     been duly and properly made and given.

          (g) Valid  Oblilzations  of  Oblilzor.  Each  instrument  comprising a
     portion of the  Collateral  represents the valid,  binding and  enforceable
     obligation  of the Obligor  thereunder  and each such Obligor has agreed to
     pay the  principal,  interest  and all  other  amounts  due  thereunder  in
     accordance with its terms, without defense, offset or counterclaim.

          (h) No Set-Off by Take-Out Investors.  There are no claims or right of
     set-off  against the  Borrower  by the  Take-Out  Investor  that issued the
     Take-Out  Agreement or to whom an Auto Loan is to be delivered,  that could
     result in a net payment for such Auto Loan in an amount insufficient to pay
     the  Lender's  entitlement  thereto,  including  the  Funding  Amount,  all
     interest thereon and all fees due to the Lender,  whether such claim arises
     with respect to such Auto Loan or otherwise.

          (i) Origination in Accordance With Underwriting Guidelines.  Each Auto
     Loan  was  originated  in  accordance  with  the  Borrower's   Underwriting
     Guidelines and was acquired in the ordinary course of Borrower's business.

          (j)  Adequate  Insurance.  Each Auto Loan is covered  by the  Vendor's
     Single  Interest  Insurance  Policy  and the  Lender  shall  have  received
     evidence  satisfactory  to it in its sole  discretion  that  each  Financed
     Vehicle is insured  with respect to loss,  theft and physical  damage under
     policies  of  insurance  in form  and  substance  and  issued  by  insurers
     satisfactory to it in its sole discretion.

          (k) Delivery of Title and  Assignment.  Each Auto Loan shall have been
     delivered  to the  Lender,  or a  Collateral  Agent  acting on its  behalf,
     together with any necessary endorsements.  The Lien Certificate which shows
     the Borrower's  security  interest in the Financed Vehicle relating to such
     Auto Loan (other than a Lien  Certificate  that under  applicable  law must
     remain with the owner of such  Financed  Vehicle) and an Assignment of such
     Lien Certificate  shall have been delivered to the Lender,  or if such Lien
     Certificate or an  application  therefor,  as required by applicable  state
     law, has been submitted to the relevant  authority for notation  thereon of
     the Borrower's  security interest in such Financed Vehicle,  then a copy of
     such Lien Certificate or application  therefor shall have been delivered to
     the Lender  together with an Assignment  of such Lien  Certificate.  If the
     Borrower has delivered a copy of the Lien  Certificate or an application in
  
                                       24
<PAGE>


     lieu of delivering  the actual Lien  Certificate,  then the Borrower  shall
     deliver the Lien  Certificate  to the Lender  within 90 days of the date on
     which the  Borrower  acquired  the  related  Auto  Loan.  Pursuant  to each
     Assignment, the Borrower has assigned to the Lender all of its right, title
     and interest in and to the applicable Auto Loan and related Collateral.

          (1) No Counterparts.  Each Auto Loan is the sole original  counterpart
     and no Lien in such  Auto  Loan may be  created  through  the  transfer  or
     possession of any counterpart other than such original counterpart.

          (m) No Delinquency or Default.  No Auto Loan is a Delinquent Auto Loan
     or a Defaulted  Auto Loan,  and no default  exists  under the terms of such
     Auto Loan.

          (n) Payments to Lockbox. Notice that all payments by the Obligor under
     such Auto Loan are to be made to the applicable  Lockbox Account shall have
     been given to the  Obligor  and the Lender  shall have  received  evidence,
     satisfactory to the Lender, of the giving of such notice.

          (o)  Length of Loan.  The term of each  Auto  Loan does not  exceed 60
     months  or such  other  length  of time  that the  Lender  may  agree to in
     writing.



                                       1
<PAGE>

          (p)  Binding  Loan of  Obligor.  Each Auto Loan is a binding and valid
     obligation  of the  Obligor,  in full force and effect and  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms.

          (q)  Genuine.  Each Auto Loan is genuine in all respects as it appears
     on its face and as represented in the books and records of the Borrower and
     all information set forth therein is true and correct.

          (r) No  Defenses.  (i) No  default  by any  party  to such  Auto  Loan
     (including  the  Dealer)  exists,  (ii) the  obligations  of the Obligor or
     Obligors under such Auto Loan are not subject to any counterclaims, offsets
     or defenses and (iii) such Obligor or Obligors have no right of rescission,
     cancellation or avoidance, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

          (s) Entire Agreement.  Each Auto Loan contains the entire agreement of
     the parties  thereto with respect to the subject  matter  thereof,  has not
     been  modified or amended in any respect and is free of  concessions  to or
     understandings  with  the  Obligor  of any kind not  expressed  in  writing
     therein.

          (t) No Insolvency.  No case under the Bankruptcy  Code shall have been
     commenced by or against any Obligor under such Auto Loan and be pending.

     SECTION 7.3 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Each representation
and  warranty of the  Borrower  contained  in Section 7.1 or 7.2 hereof shall be
true and  correct on the date  hereof  and on each  Closing  Date,  and shall be
deemed a continuing  representation and warranty at all times during the term of
this Agreement.

                                       25

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE VIII
                        CERTAIN COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

     The  Borrower  covenants  and agrees that so long as any Loan shall  remain
unpaid:

     SECTION 8.1 Maintenance of Office. The Borrower will maintain at its office
located at its address  shown in Section 13.7 of this  Agreement an office where
notices, presentations and demands in respect of this Agreement and any Note may
be given to and made  upon it;  provided,  however,  that it may,  upon  fifteen
Business Days prior written notice to the Lender,  move such office to any other
location within the boundaries of the continental United States of America.  The
Borrower  hereby  agrees  that it will pay,  and will hold the  Lender  harmless
against  liability  for, any stamp or other similar tax or  governmental  charge
imposed in respect of any  assignment  of a Loan  (excluding  taxes payable with
respect to profit resulting from any such transfer);  and such obligation of the
Borrower  shall  survive  the  payment  or  prepayment  of  the  Loans  and  the
termination of the Program Documents.

     SECTION 8.2 Existence.  The Borrower will take and fulfill,  or cause to be
taken and fulfilled,  all actions and conditions  necessary to preserve and keep
in full force and  effect its  existence,  rights  and  privileges  and will not
liquidate  or dissolve,  and it will take and fulfill,  or cause to be taken and
fulfilled,  all actions and conditions necessary to qualify, and to preserve and
keep  in full  force  and  effect  its  qualification,  to do  business  in each
jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or the ownership or leasing of
its properties requires such qualification.

     SECTION 8.3 General Maintenance of Business, Etc. The Borrower will:

          (a) keep proper books of record and accounts in which  entries will be
     made of its  business  transactions  in  accordance  with and to the extent
     required by generally accepted accounting principles;

          (b) set aside on its books from its earnings for each fiscal year,  in
     amounts  deemed  adequate in the  reasonable  opinion of the Borrower,  all
     proper  accruals and reserves that, in accordance  with generally  accepted
     accounting principles, should be set aside from such earnings in connection
     with its business, including reserves for depreciation, obsolescence and/or
     amortization  and  accruals  for taxes  based on or  measured  by income or
     profits and for all other taxes; and

          (c)  enforce  (or cause a Servicer or a  Collateral  Agent,  as may be
     appropriate,  to  enforce)  all of its  rights  under  each of the  Program
     Documents to which it is a party and each other  agreement  entered into in
     connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       26

<PAGE>


     SECTION 8.4 Financial  Statements and Reports. The Borrower will maintain a
system of accounting  established and  administered in accordance with generally
accepted accounting  principals  consistently  applied. It being understood that
the form of  information  requested  in this  Section 8.4 may be the  Borrower's
statements  that are filed  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and
published as SEC Form 10-KSB, 10-QSB, or annual report, as applicable.

          (a) As soon as  practicable  after  the end of each of the  Borrower's
     fiscal  years,  and in any event within 90 days  thereafter  (or such later
     time as the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  shall  permit for their
     filing), the Borrower shall furnish to the Lender, one copy of:

               (i) a balance  sheet of the  Borrower as of the end of such year,
          and a statement of earnings and of stockholders' equity and changes in
          financial  position  of the  Borrower  for  such  year,  in each  case
          prepared in audited or certified form by a certified public accountant
          acceptable to the Lender; and

               (ii) a certificate from such certified public accountant  stating
          that he knows of no condition or event which then constitutes an Event
          of Default hereunder,  or, if any such condition or event then exists,
          specifying the nature and period of existence thereof.

          (b) As soon as  practicable  after  the end of each of the  Borrower's
     quarterly  fiscal  periods,  and in any event within 45 days thereafter (or
     such later time as the Securities and Exchange  Commission shall permit for
     their  filing),  the Borrower  shall furnish to the Lender,  one copy of an
     unaudited balance sheet and statement of earnings of the Borrower as at the
     end of such quarter certified by the Borrower's chief financial officer.

          (c) The Borrower  shall,  with reasonable  promptness,  furnish to the
     Lender such other documents and  information  with respect to the business,
     affairs and  condition  of the Borrower as from time to time the Lender may
     reasonably request.

     SECTION 8.5 Inspection. The Borrower will permit, upon reasonable notice to
it, the Lender by its representatives,  agents or attorneys:  (a) to examine all
books of account,  records, reports and other papers of the Borrower relating to
the Collateral and the operation of the Borrower's business,  (b) to make copies
and take  extracts  from any thereof,  (c) to discuss the affairs,  finances and
accounts of the Borrower with its respective officers and independent  certified
public  accountants  (and by this provision the Borrower hereby  authorizes said
accountants  to  discuss  with the  Lender  the  finances  and  accounts  of the
Borrower)  and (d) to visit and  inspect,  at  reasonable  times  during  normal

                                       27

<PAGE>


business hours,  the properties of the Borrower.  It is understood and agreed by
the parties  hereto that all  reasonable  expenses in  connection  with any such
inspection  or discussion  incurred by the Lender or the Borrower,  any officers
and employees thereof and the independent  certified public accountants therefor
shall be expenses payable by the Person malting the inspection or discussion.

     SECTION  8.6 Books and  Records.  The  Borrower  shall,  or shall cause any
Servicer acting on behalf of the Borrower to,  maintain  accounts and records as
to each Auto Loan  accurately and in sufficient  detail to permit (a) the reader
thereof to know at any time the status of such Auto Loan, including payments and
recoveries   made  and  payments   owing  (and  the  nature  of  each)  and  (b)
reconciliation  between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each Auto
Loan and the amounts from time to time  deposited in the  Collection  Account in
respect of such Auto Loan.

     SECTION 8.7  Transfers of Assets.  If at any time the Borrower  proposes to
sell,  grant a security  interest  in, or  otherwise  transfer  any  interest in
automotive receivables to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee,
the  Borrower  shall  give  to  such  prospective  purchaser,  lender  or  other
transferee  computer  tapes,  records or printouts  (including any restored from
backup archives) that, if they refer in any manner  whatsoever to any Auto Loan,
indicate  clearly  that such Auto Loan has been  pledged  as  Collateral  to the
Lender  unless the Loan  relating to such Auto Loan has been paid in full or the
Auto Loan has been repurchased by the Borrower.

     SECTION 8.8 Fidelity Bond. The Borrower shall maintain  fidelity  insurance
or fidelity bonds in form, with limits and with  companies,  satisfactory to the
Lender with respect to any employee or employees of the Borrower designated from
time to time by the Lender,  such insurance or bonds to be endorsed to expressly
recognize  that the Lender  has an  interest  therein  and that same will not be
canceled,  terminated  or permitted to lapse unless not less than ten days prior
written notice is given to the Lender.

     SECTION 8.9  Preservation  of  Collateral.  The  Borrower  will observe and
perform all  provisions  to be observed or performed by it, and will cause to be
observed and  performed by each other Person all  provisions  to be performed by
it,  contained  in  this  Agreement  and  in  each  instrument  included  in the
Collateral,  in accordance  with the terms thereof and within the time permitted
thereby,  and will  maintain,  or  cause  to be  maintained,  the  validity  and
effectiveness of each such instrument and the assignment thereof or of rights in
respect thereto to the Lender.

     SECTION 8. 10  Compliance  with Law, etc. The Borrower will not (a) violate
any laws,  ordinances,  governments  rules or  regulations to which it is or may
become  subject,  or (b) fail to obtain or  maintain  any  patents,  trademarks,
service marks,  trade names,  copyrights,  design  patents,  licenses,  permits,
franchises or other  governmental  authorizations  necessary to the ownership of
its  property  or to the conduct of its  business  except to the extent that any
such  violation  or  failure  could not  materially  and  adversely  affect  the
business, earnings,  prospects,  properties or condition (financial or other) of
the Borrower.

                                       28

<PAGE>



     SECTION 8. 11 Indemnification.  The Borrower agrees to indemnify, and shall
protect and hold the Lender harmless, from and against ail liabilities,  losses,
claims,  demands,  costs,  expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) and
judgments of any nature arising, or alleged to arise, from or in connection with
(a) any violation,  or alleged  violation of this  Agreement,  any other Program
Document or any instrument, contract or agreement included in the Collateral, or
(b) any  damage  or  loss  sustained  by the  Lender  in  connection  with  this
Agreement,  unless  such  damage or loss is caused  by the gross  negligence  or
willful  misconduct  of the  Lender.  The  Borrower  will  resist and defend any
action,  suit or  proceeding  brought  against  the  Lender  by  reason  of such
occurrence by counsel  designated by the lender.  The obligation of this Section
8. 11 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

     SECTION 8.12 Net Worth.  The Borrower  shall maintain a corporate net worth
in excess of $500,000.

     SECTION  8.13  Payment  of Taxes  and  Claims,  The  Borrower  will pay and
discharge promptly when due all taxes,  assessments and governmental charges and
levies  imposed  upon  it,  its  income  or  profits  or any of its  properties;
provided,  however,  that the foregoing need not be paid while the same is being
contested in good faith by appropriate  proceedings diligently conducted so long
as:

          (a) adequate  reserves shall have been  established in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles with respect thereto; and

          (b) the right of the Borrower to use the particular property shall not
     be materially and adversely affected thereby.

     SECTION 8.14 Insurance. The Borrower shall obtain, and keep in place at all
times, the Vendor Single Interest  Insurance  Policy or shall otherwise  satisfy
the lender that the Lender's  interest in the Collateral is adequately  insured.
If the Borrower  fails to obtain such  insurance,  or to keep the same in force,
the  Lender may obtain  such  insurance  and pay the  premium  therefor  for the
Borrower's account, and charge the Borrower's account therefor and such expenses
so paid shall be part of the Loans.

     SECTION 8.15 Borrower to Pay Expenses.  The Borrower shall pay the fees and
expenses of each Servicer and each  Collateral  Agent incurred  pursuant to each
Servicing Agreement and each Custodial Agreement, respectively.

     SECTION 8.16 Further  Assurances.  The Borrower will  promptly  execute and
deliver all further  instruments  and documents and take all further action that
may be  necessary  in order to give  effect  to the  Security  Interest  and the
provisions of the Program Documents and any Note.

     SECTION 8.17 Other  Agreements  and Parties.  The Borrower will comply with
all terms of the Program  Documents to which it is a party.  Without the consent
of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld,  the Borrower will
not (a) except as otherwise expressly set forth herein,  agree to any amendment,
supplement or modification to or waiver of the terms of the Program Documents to

                                       29

<PAGE>


which it is a party or any document  related thereto (b) appoint any Servicer or
Collateral  Agent.  Without  notification  to the Lender,  the Borrower will not
enter into any  agreements  other than the  Program  Documents  to which it is a
party.

     SECTION 8.18 Defaults on  Collateral.  The Borrower will give notice to the
Lender of any  default  by any  Person  under  any  instrument  included  in the
Collateral  promptly  after the Borrower  obtains  knowledge  of the same.  If a
default  under any Auto Loan shall occur,  the Borrower  shall pay to the Lender
the  outstanding  principal  balance  the Loan  secured  thereby,  plus  accrued
interest thereon and any related fees.

     SECTION 8.19 No  Disposition  of  Collateral.  The Borrower  will not sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any portion thereof or
interest  therein,  except that the  Borrower  may sell,  transfer or  otherwise
dispose of any of the foregoing to the extent expressly permitted or required by
a valid Take-Out Commitment.

     SECTION 8.20 Payment of Fees. The Borrower will pay to the Lender on demand
all usual and customary  fees and expenses which the Lender incurs in connection
with  (a)  the  forwarding  of Loan  Proceeds  and  (b)  the  establishment  and
maintenance  of any Lockbox  Accounts.  The Lender may,  without  making demand,
charge the Borrower, and thus increase the amount owing under this Agreement for
all such fees and expenses.

     SECTION 8.21  Violations.  The Borrower will  promptly  notify the Under in
writing of any  violation of any law,  statute,  regulation  or ordinance of any
governmental entity, or of any agency thereof,  applicable to the Borrower which
may  adversely  affect  the  Collateral  or  the  Borrower's  business,  assets,
operations, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise).

     SECTION 8.22 Payment of Indebtedness.  The Borrower will pay,  discharge or
otherwise satisfy at or before maturity (subject, where applicable, to specified
grace  periods  and,  in the  case of the  trade  payables,  to  normal  payment
practices) all its obligations and liabilities of any nature,  unless the Lender
shall have consented thereto.

     SECTION  8.23  Exercise of Rights.  The  Borrower  will  enforce all of its
rights  under the  Collateral  and  pursue  all  remedies  available  to it with
diligence  and in good  faith in  connection  with the  enforcement  of any such
rights.

     SECTION 8.24  Negative  Covenants.  Without the consent of the Lender,  the
Borrower  shall not: (a) merge or  consolidate  with or into any  corporation or
materially  alter,  amend or change its  corporate  business;  (b) sell,  lease,
assign or otherwise dispose of all or substantially of its assets; (e) engage in
any business other than consumer lending;  (d) change in any substantial respect
its methods of operating its existing consumer lending  business;  (e) change in
any material respect its present management;  (f) take any action nor permit any
action to be taken by any others, which would release any Person from any of its
covenants or obligations  under any instrument  included in the  Collateral,  or
which  would  result in the  amendment,  hypothecation,  subordination,  waiver,

                                       30

<PAGE>


termination  or discharge or impair the validity or  effectiveness,  of any such
instrument,  or  release  any  security  comprising  the  Collateral,  except as
expressly  provided  herein or therein;  and (g) permit any Lien to exist on any
Auto Loan except Lender's Security Interest.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     SECTION 9.1.  Conditions  to Initial  Loan.  The agreement of the Lender to
make the initial Loan  requested to be made on the first Closing Date  hereunder
is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Under,  immediately  prior to or
concurrently  with  the  making  of  such  Loan,  of  the  following  conditions
precedent:

          (a) Note. The Lender shall have received an initial Note duly executed
     and delivered by an authorized officer of the Borrower.

          (b) Filings  Registrations and Recordings.  Each document  (including,
     without limitation,  all necessary UCC financing statements) required under
     law or reasonably requested by Lender to be filed, registered,  recorded or
     possessed in order to create, in favor of the Lender, the Security Interest
     in the Collateral shall have been properly filed,  registered,  recorded or
     possessed  in  each   jurisdiction  in  which  the  filing,   registration,
     recordation  or  possession  thereof is so required or  requested,  and the
     Lender  shall have  received  an  acknowledgment  copy,  or other  evidence
     reasonably   satisfactory  to  it,  of  each  such  filing,   registration,
     recordation possession and reasonably  satisfactory evidence of the payment
     of any necessary fee, tax or expense relating thereto.

          (c) Corporate Proceedings of Borrower.  The Lender shall have received
     a copy of the resolutions in form and substance reasonably  satisfactory to
     the Lender,  of the Board of Directors of the Borrower  authorizing (i) the
     execution,  delivery and performance of the Program  Documents and (ii) the
     granting by the Borrower of the Security  Interests  in the  Collateral  in
     each case  certified  by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary of the
     Borrower as of the initial Closing Date; and, such certificate  shall state
     that the  resolutions  thereby  certified have not been amended,  modified,
     revoked or rescinded as of the date of such certificate.

          (d)  Incumbency  Certificates  of  Borrower.  The  Lender  shall  have
     received a certificate  of the Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary of the
     Borrower,  dated  the  initial  Closing  Date,  as to  the  incumbency  and
     signature of the officers of the Borrower  executing  this  Agreement,  any
     certificate  or other  Program  Documents  to be  delivered  by it pursuant
     hereto,  together  with  evidence of the  incumbency  of such  Secretary or
     Assistant Secretary.


                                       31

<PAGE>



          (e) Legal  Opinion.  The Lender shall have received a legal opinion of
     counsel to the Borrower in form and substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to
     the Lender  (which  may be of  in-house  counsel)  which  shall  cover such
     matters  incident to the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement,  the
     Notes and other Program Documents as Lender may reasonably require.

          (f) Fees. The Lender shall have received the Application Fee.

          (g) Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines. The Lender shall have received
     a copy of the Borrower's Underwriting Guidelines.

          (h) Insurance.  The Lender shall have received  satisfactory  proof of
     the insurance  policies  required to be  maintained  by the Borrower  under
     Section 8.14 hereof.

          (i) UCC Search Report. The Lender shall have received a copy of search
     reports for the Borrower with respect to UCC financing  statements  and tax
     and judgment liens as of a recent date acceptable to the Lender.

          (j) Servicing Agreement. Unless the Borrower will be the Servicer, the
     Lender  shall  have  received  a  Servicing  Agreement  duly  executed  and
     delivered by the Borrower and a Servicer  acceptable to the Lender,  in its
     sole discretion.

          (k)  Custodial  Agreement.  The Lender shall have received a Custodial
     Agreement  duly  executed  and  delivered  by the Borrower and a Collateral
     Agent acceptable to the Lender, in its sole discretion.

          (1) Reserve  Account.  The Borrower shall have established the Reserve
     Account containing at least the Reserve Account Required Balance.

          (m)  Cash  Account.  The  Borrower  shall  have  established  the Cash
     Account.

          (n) Other.  All corporate and other  proceedings,  and all  documents,
     instruments  and other legal  matters in connection  with the  transactions
     contemplated  hereby  shall be  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the
     Lender and its counsel.

     SECTION 9.2.  Conditions to Each Loan.  The agreement of the Lender to make
any  Loan  requested  to  be  made  on  any  Closing  Date  (including,  without
limitation,  its initial Loan), is subject to the  satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent as of such Closing Date:

          (a)  Representations  and Warranties.  Each of the representations and
     warranties made by the Borrower in or pursuant to this  Agreement,  and any
     other  Program  Documents  to  which  it  is  a  party,  and  each  of  the
     representations  and  warranties  contained in any  certificate,  insurance
     policy,  document or  financial  or other  statement  furnished at any time

                                       32

<PAGE>

     under or in connection  with this Agreement or any other Program  Documents
     shall be true and correct in all  material  respects on and as of such date
     as if made on and as of such date.

          (b) No Default.  No Event of Default or Pending Event of Default shall
     have  occurred and be  continuing on such date, or would exist after giving
     effect to the Loan requested to be made, on such date;  provided,  however,
     that the  Lender,  in its  sole  discretion,  may  continue  to make  Loans
     notwithstanding  the  existence of an Event of Default or Pending  Event of
     Default.

          (c) Maximum Loans. With regard to the Loan requested to be made, after
     giving  effect  thereto,  the  aggregate of all Loans  outstanding  on such
     Closing Date shall not exceed the Maximum Credit Line;  provided,  however,
     that the Lender,  in its sole  discretion,  may exceed the  Maximum  Credit
     Line.

          (d)  Delivery of  Collateral.  The Lender,  or a  Collateral  Agent on
     behalf of the Lender,  shall have  received all  documents  relating to the
     Auto Loans to serve as Collateral for such Loan as Lender shall  reasonably
     require.

          (e) Funding Fee.  The Lender  shall have  received the Funding Fee for
     each Auto Loan to be  delivered  to the Lender,  or a  Collateral  Agent on
     behalf of the Lender,  in connection  with such Loan. Such Funding Fees may
     be deemed by the Lender to be paid by deducting the amount thereof from the
     Loan proceeds to be delivered to the Borrower on such Closing Date.

          (f) Reserve Account. The Lender shall have received funds in an amount
     equal to the  Reserve  Account  Deficiency  Amount,  if any.  Such  Reserve
     Account  Deficiency  Amount may be deemed by the Lender to be  delivered by
     deducting the amount  thereof from the Loan proceeds to be delivered to the
     Borrower on such Closing  Date.

          (g) Take-Out  Agreement  The Lender shall have  received  satisfactory
     evidence that a Take-Out  Agreement is in existence for each Auto Loan that
     will be pledged to secure such Loan. Each Loan Funding Request delivered by
     the Borrower shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower
     as of the  date  of  such  Loan  that  the  conditions  contained  in  this
     subsection shall have been satisfied.

                                       33

<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE X

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     SECTION 10.1 Events of Default.  Any of the following  occurrences  or acts
(whether the same shall occur voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or
otherwise) shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

          (a) if  default  shall  be  made in the  payment  of any  interest  or
     principal of any Loan, when and as the same shall become due and payable or
     failure  to pay any other  liabilities  or make any other  payment,  fee or
     charge provided for herein when due;

          (b) if any representation, warranty or other statement of the Borrower
     set forth in this Agreement, or any representation or warranty of any party
     set  forth  in  any  Program  Document,  certificate  or  other  instrument
     delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement,  or any instrument  included in the
     Collateral,  shall prove to have been incorrect in any material  respect at
     the  time it was  made  or at any  time  such  representation  warranty  or
     statement is or was deemed to be effective pursuant to Article VII hereof;

          (c) if default shall be made in the due  observance or  performance of
     any other  provision  of this  Agreement  or other  Program  Document to be
     observed or performed by the Borrower;

          (d) if the  Borrower is also a Servicer,  an "Event of Default"  shall
     have occurred under the related Servicing Agreement, if any;

          (e) if the Borrower shall default under the provisions of any Take-Out
     Agreement and no other Take-Out Agreement is available;

          (f) if any instrument  included in the  Collateral  shall be canceled,
     terminated,  or  discharged,  or in any way amended or modified to diminish
     the value of the  Collateral  to the Lender in a material  way, or shall be
     hypothecated,  or any portion of the Collateral shall be released except as
     expressly provided for herein and therein;

          (g) if by order of a court or  agency  of  competent  jurisdiction,  a
     receiver,  trustee,  custodian or liquidator (or other similar official) of
     the Borrower or of the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be appointed
     in any proceeding by any federal or state officer or agency, and such order
     shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed  within 60 days after the entry
     thereof  (provided,  however,  that such 60-day waiting period shall not be
     permitted  if  the  appointment  of  such  receiver,   trustee,  custodian,
     liquidator  or similar  official  would cause  immediate  impairment of the
     Collateral), or if the Borrower shall consent to such appointment;

                                       34

<PAGE>


          (h) if the Borrower  shall file a petition in bankruptcy or for relief
     or for reorganization or for an arrangement pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code
     or any similar  federal or state law, now or hereafter in effect,  or shall
     be adjudicated a bankrupt or become insolvent,  or shall make an assignment
     for the benefit of creditors or shall admit in writing its inability to pay
     debts  generally as they become due or shall be dissolved or shall  suspend
     payment of its  obligations  or shall take any action in furtherance of any
     of the  foregoing;  or if a petition or an answer shall be filed  proposing
     the adjudication of the Borrower as a bankrupt or its reorganization  under
     the Bankruptcy  Code or any similar  federal or state law, now or hereafter
     in effect, or consent to the appointment of a custodian,  receiver, trustee
     or other officer with similar powers for itself or any substantial  part of
     its property and (i) the Borrower shall consent to the filing  thereof,  or
     (ii) such  petition or answer  shall be  approved  by a court of  competent
     jurisdiction  and the order  approving the same shall not be vacated or set
     aside or stayed within 60 days after the entry thereof; provided,  however,
     that such 60-day waiting  period shall not be permitted if the  appointment
     of such receiver, trustee, custodian,  liquidator or similar official would
     cause immediate impairment of the Collateral;

          (i) if final  judgment  for the  payment  of money  shall be  rendered
     against the Borrower in an amount that, in the  reasonable  judgment of the
     Lender,  would impair the  Borrower's  ability to fulfill its obligation to
     the Lender and the Borrower shall not discharge the same or provide for its
     discharge  in  accordance  with its terms or  procure  a stay of  execution
     thereon  within 60 days from the entry date  thereof,  and shall not within
     such 60-day  period,  or such longer period during which  execution on such
     judgment shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom or from the order, decree
     or process upon or pursuant to which said judgment shall have been granted,
     passed or entered and cause the execution  thereof to be stayed during such
     appeal,  and if on appeal such order,  decree or process  shall be affirmed
     and the  Borrower  shall not  discharge  such  judgment  or provide for its
     discharge  in  accordance  with its terms within 60 days after the entry of
     the order or decree of affirmance;

          (j) if the Borrower fails to make any payment due on any  indebtedness
     or any event  shall  occur or any  condition  shall exist in respect of any
     indebtedness of the Borrower or under any agreement securing or relating to
     such  indebtedness,  the  effect  of  which  is to  cause  or  permit  such
     indebtedness,  or a  portion  thereof,  to become  due prior to its  stated
     maturity or prior to its regular  scheduled dates of payment,  in an amount
     that, in the reasonable  judgment of the Lender would impair the Borrower's
     ability to fulfill its obligation to the Lender;

          (k) if there shall occur, in the reasonable  judgment of the Lender, a
     material adverse change in the Borrower's  financial condition or business;
     or

          (1) if any Lien  created or intended  to be created by this  Agreement
     shall cease to be a valid,  fully perfected and  enforceable  Lien prior to
     the rights of all Persons other than the Lender whether or not such Persons
     have notice of any such Lien and, if curable,  such failure shall  continue
     unremedied for 30 days after the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof.

                                       35

<PAGE>


The Borrower shall give prompt written notice to the Lender of the occurrence of
any Event of Default or of any event or circumstances  that constitute a Pending
Event of Default.  Failure to provide such notice shall  constitute  an Event of
Default under subsection (e) above.

     SECTION  10.2 Loans Due Upon Event of  Default.  If an Event of Default has
occurred and shall remain uncured past any cure period provided by Section 10.5,
the Lender may, with or without  notice to the Borrower,  declare (i) the entire
unpaid  principal  amount  of all of the  Loans,  (ii) all  accrued  and  unpaid
interest thereon,  including any interest accrued at the Default Rate, and (iii)
all other sums required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or
any other Program Document, to be due and payable, and upon any such declaration
the amounts  referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 10.2 shall
mature and become due and payable without presentment,  demand, protest or other
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

     SECTION 10.3 Rights and  Remedies.  If an Event of Default  shall occur and
shall remain  uncured past any cure period  provided by Section 10.5, the Lender
may exercise any right,  power or remedy  permitted to it by law, either by suit
in equity or by action at law, or both, whether for specific  performance of any
covenant  or  agreement  contained  in the  Program  Documents  or in  any  Note
evidencing one or more Loans or for an injunction  against a violation of any of
the terms of the Program Documents or such Loan or in aid of any exercise of any
power  granted to the Lender in the Program  Documents  or in such Loan,  or may
proceed  to  enforce  payment  of such Loan or to  enforce  any  other  legal or
equitable  right of the Lender.  No remedy herein  conferred  upon the Lender is
intended to be  exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be
cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now
or hereafter  existing at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.  No course of
dealing  on the part of the  Lender or any delay or  failure  on the part of the
Lender to exercise any right or power,  shall  operate as a waiver of such right
or power or otherwise  prejudice the rights,  powers and remedies of the Lender.
No failure to insist upon strict compliance with any covenant,  term,  condition
or other  provision  of the Program  Documents  or any Note shall  constitute  a
waiver by the Lender of any such covenant, term, condition or other provision or
of any  default  or Event of  Default  in  connection  therewith.  To the extent
effective under  applicable  law, the Borrower hereby agrees to waive,  and does
hereby  absolutely  and  irrevocably  waive  and  relinquish,  the  benefit  and
advantage  of any stay,  extension or  redemption  laws now existing or that may
hereafter  exist that, but for this  provision,  might be applicable to any sale
made under any judgment,  order or decree of any court,  or otherwise,  based on
the Loans or on any claim for  interest in respect of the Loans.  If an Event of
Default shall occur, and be continuing,  the Borrower will pay to the Lender, to
the extent not prohibited by applicable law and not paid in accordance with this
Agreement,  such further  amount as shall be sufficient to cover the  reasonable
costs and expenses of collection  and of the taking of remedial  actions and the
maintenance of enforcement proceedings, including, without imitation, reasonable
attorneys' fees and disbursements,

                                       36

<PAGE>



     SECTION 10.4 Realization Upon Collateral.  If an Event of Default hereunder
shall have  occurred and shall remain  uncured past any cure period  provided by
Section 10.5, the Lender, or its agents, may do any or all of the following:

          (a) sell,  or cause the  applicable  Collateral  Agent to sell, to the
     extent not  prohibited by law, in a  commercially  reasonable  manner,  the
     Collateral and all right, title,  interest,  claim and demand therein,  and
     right of redemption  thereof, at one or more public or private sales, as an
     entirety  or  otherwise,  and at such time and place and upon such terms as
     the  Lender  may fix and  specify  in the notice of sale to be given to the
     Borrower, or as may be required by law;

          (b) take any action  which is  appropriate  to enforce  the rights and
     remedies of the Lender under any instrument included in the Collateral,  to
     the extent not prohibited thereby or by law;

          (c) take all  other  steps to  protect  and  enforce  the  rights  and
     remedies of the Lender whether by proceedings (for the specific performance
     of any  provision  of the  Notes or this  Agreement  or any  other  Program
     Document,  or in aid of the exercise of any right or remedy herein granted,
     or for any  foreclosure  hereunder  or for  the  enforcement  of any  other
     appropriate  legal or  equitable  remedy) or  otherwise as the Lender shall
     deem most effectual to protect and enforce the same; or

          (d) exercise all of the rights of a secured party under the UCC.

     SECTION  10.5  Cure of  Defaults.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the
contrary,  (a) the Lender shall allow the Borrower  three  Business  Days during
which to cure any  Pending  Event of Default or Event of Default and (b) nothing
in this Article X shall  prohibit the Borrower and the Lender from agreeing to a
reasonable  period of time (in addition to the three  Business  Days provided by
subsection (a) hereof) to cure any Pending Event of Default or Event of Default;
provided,  however, that the Lender may exercise any or all of its rights at any
time if, in its  reasonable  judgment,  the further delay in such exercise would
impair its rights,  diminish the value of the  Collateral or affect the priority
of the Security Interest in the Collateral.

     SECTION 10.6 Application of Proceeds of Sale of Collateral. The proceeds of
any sale made under or by virtue of this Article X together  with any other sums
which  then  may be held  by the  Lender  under  this  Agreement  as part of the
Collateral or the Proceeds thereof, whether under the provisions of this Article
X or otherwise, shall be applied by the Lender as follows:

          First:  To the payment of the costs and expenses of any such sale, and
     of any proceeding  related to such sale,  and of all expenses,  liabilities
     and  advances  made  or  incurred  by  the  Lender  under  this   Agreement
     (including,  without limitation,  the reasonable  compensation and expenses
     and disbursements of its attorney and of such agents,  representatives  and
     experts  not  regularly  in the employ of the Lender as it shall  employ in


                                       37

<PAGE>


     connection  with the  exercise  and  performance  of its  powers and duties
     hereunder),  together  with  interest at the Default  Rate, on all advances
     made by the  Lender  to  protect  the  Collateral  or  enforce  its  rights
     hereunder or under any Note;

          Second:  To the payment of all  amounts  then owed under the Notes for
     principal and interest and if such proceeds  shall be  insufficient  to pay
     amounts in full, then first, to interest due on all Notes then  outstanding
     and second,  to reduce the  principal  of all Notes then  outstanding,  pro
     rata, in accordance with the outstanding principal balance thereof;

          Third:  To the  payment of any other sums  required  to be paid by the
     Borrower to the Lender  pursuant to any provision of this  Agreement or the
     Notes or any other Program Document; and

          Fourth: To the payment of the surplus, if any, to the Borrower or such
     other Person or Persons legally entitled thereto.

     SECTION 10.7 Lender May Purchase Collateral. Upon any sale made under or by
virtue of this Article X to the extent  permitted by applicable  law, the Lender
or an independent  agent, on its behalf,  may bid for and acquire the Collateral
or any part thereof and in lieu of paying cash therefor may make  settlement for
the purchase price by crediting upon the indebtedness of the Borrower secured by
this Agreement the net proceeds of sale, after deducting  therefrom the expenses
of the sale and the  costs of the  proceedings  and any  other  sums  which  the
Borrower is  authorized to deduct under this  Agreement.  The Person making such
sale shall accept such settlement  without  requiring the production of any Note
and without such production  there shall be deemed credited thereon the pro rata
share of the net proceeds of sale. The Lender or such independent agent, upon so
acquiring  the  Collateral  or any portion  thereof,  shall be entitled to hold,
manage, sell or otherwise deal in and with the same in any manner not prohibited
by applicable law.

     SECTION  10.8 No Loans  After  Event of Default.  Upon the  occurrence  and
continuance of any Pending Event of Default or any Event of Default,  the Lender
shall no longer be obligated to make additional Loans hereunder.

     SECTION 10.9 Consents. If an Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred
and be continuing,  then immediately upon the commencement of any proceedings by
the L4ender to obtain  judgment for the principal of or interest on any Note and
other sums required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to any provision of this
Agreement,  or of any other nature in aid of the  enforcement of the Notes or of
this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  will,  to the extent that it lawfully  may: (a)
consent to the  issuance  and  service of  process  in the manner  specified  in
Section 13.7 for notices and other  communications;  lb) consent to the entry of
the judgment for the lawful costs,  expenses, and compensation of the Lender and
of its agents or attorneys in any action in which the Lender  obtains a judgment
for  principal,  interest  and/or  other sums,  and for such other relief as the
Lender may be entitled to hereunder;  and (c) if required by the Lender, consent
to the appointment of a receiver or receivers of the Collateral and the Proceeds
thereof. If an Event of Default hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing,

                                       38

<PAGE>


or upon the filing of a proceeding to foreclose this Agreement or to enforce the
specific  performance  hereof or in aid thereof or upon the  commencement of any
other proceeding to enforce any right or remedy of the Lender,  the Lender shall
be  entitled  as a matter of right,  if the Lender  shall so elect,  without the
giving of  notice to any other  party  and  without  regard to the  adequacy  or
inadequacy of the security of the Collateral,  forthwith, either before or after
declaring the entire unpaid  principal of the Notes and the interest accrued and
unpaid thereon to be due and payable,  to the  appointment of such a receiver or
receivers.

     SECTION  10.10  Lender's   Retention  of  Property.   Notwithstanding   the
appointment of any receiver,  trustee or liquidator (or other similar  official)
of the Borrower, or of any of the property of the Borrower, or of the Collateral
or any portion thereof, the Lender, or the applicable Collateral Agent on behalf
of the Lender,  shall be entitled to obtain and/or retain possession and control
of all  property  now or  hereafter  pledged  to or held by the  Lender,  or the
Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lender, under or pursuant to the provisions of
this Agreement.

     SECTION 10.11  Remedies Not Exclusive;  No Waiver of Remedies.  No right or
remedy  herein  conferred  upon or  reserved  to the  Lender is  intended  to be
exclusive  of any other  right or  remedy,  and each and every  right and remedy
shall  be  cumulative  and in  addition  to any  other  right  or  remedy  given
hereunder, or now or hereafter legally existing, upon the occurrence of an Event
of Default  hereunder.  The failure of the Lender to insist at any time upon the
strict  observance or  performance of any of the provisions of this Agreement or
any other Program  Document,  or to exercise any right or remedy provided for in
this Agreement or any other Program Document, shall not impair any such right or
remedy nor be construed as a waiver or relinquishment  thereof.  Every right and
remedy given by this  Agreement or any other Program  Document to the Lender may
be  exercised  from time to time and as often as may be deemed  expedient by the
Lender.

     SECTION  10.12 Waiver by Borrower.  The Borrower  hereby  waives  notice of
nonpayment of any of the Loans, demand, presentment,  protest and notice thereof
with respect to any and all instruments,  notice of acceptance hereof, notice of
Loans or advances made, credit extended,  Collateral  received or delivered,  or
any other action taken in reliance hereon,  and all other demands and notices of
any  description,  except such as are expressly  provided for herein,  or in any
Note or in the Program  Documents.  To the extent that it lawfully may, upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default,  the Borrower  agrees that it will not at any
time insist upon, or plead,  or in any manner whatever claim or take any benefit
or advantage of any applicable  present or future stay,  extension or moratorium
law,  which may affect  observance  or  performance  of the  provisions  of this
Agreement,  any Notes or any other Program Document; nor after any such sales or
sales,  claim or exercise any right,  under any applicable present or future law
or otherwise,  to redeem the Collateral or any portion  thereof so sold; and the
Borrower,  to the extent that it lawfully may,  expressly  waives all benefit or
advantage  of any such laws and  covenants  not to  hinder,  delay or impede the

                                       39

<PAGE>


exercise  of any right or remedy  permitted  to be  exercised  by Under,  but to
suffer and permit the  exercise  of every such right or remedy as though no such
law or laws were in effect.  The Borrower for itself and all who may claim under
it, waives, to the extent that it lawfully may, all right to have the Collateral
marshalled upon any sale.

     SECTION 10.13 Lender's  Discretion.  The Lender shall have the right in its
sole discretion to determine which rights, Liens, Security Interests or remedies
the Lender may at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate, or modify or to take
any other action with respect thereto and such determination will not in any way
modify or affect any of the Lender's rights hereunder.

     SECTION 10.14 Set-Off. In addition to any other rights which the Lender may
have  under  applicable  law,  upon  the  occurrence  of any  Event  of  Default
hereunder, the Lender shall have a right to apply any of the Borrower's property
held by the Lender or by any of its affiliates to reduce the Loans.

     SECTION  10.15  Delay.  No  delay  or  omission  on the  Lender's  part  in
exercising any right,  remedy or option shall operate as a waiver of such or any
other right, remedy or option or of any default.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                              BANKRUPTCY PROVISIONS

     SECTION 11.1 Waiver of Automatic or Supplemental  Stay. In the event of the
filing of any voluntary or involuntary  petition under the U.S.  Bankruptcy Code
by or against the  Borrower  (other  than an  involuntary  petition  filed by or
joined in by the Lender),  the Borrower  shall not assert,  or request any other
party to assert, that the automatic stay under _362 of the Bankruptcy Code shall
operate or be interpreted to stay, interdict,  condition,  reduce or inhibit the
ability of the Lender to enforce  any rights it has by virtue of this  Agreement
or any Program Document.  The waivers contained in this paragraph are a material
inducement  to the Lender's  willingness  to enter into this  Agreement  and the
Borrower  acknowledges  and agrees that no ground  exists for  equitable  relief
which  would  bar,  delay or impede  the  exercise  by the  Lender of any of the
Lender's rights and remedies against the Borrower.

         SECTION 11.2 Acknowledgment of the Borrower. If the Borrower's property
or  any  portion  thereof  or  any  interest  therein  becomes  property  of any
bankruptcy estate or subject to any state or federal insolvency proceeding, then
the Lender shall immediately become entitled, in addition to all other relief to
which the Lender may be entitled under this  Agreement,  to obtain an order from
the Bankruptcy Court or other appropriate  court granting  immediate relief from
the  automatic  stay  pursuant to _362 of the  Bankruptcy  Code so to permit the
Lender to pursue its rights and remedies  against the Borrower as provided under

                                       40

<PAGE>


this Agreement,  under any Program Document and all other rights and remedies of
the Lender at law and in equity under  applicable  state law. In connection with
such an order,  the  Borrower  shall not  contend or allege in any  pleading  or
petition filed in any court  proceeding that the Lender does not have sufficient
grounds for relief from the automatic  stay.  Any  bankruptcy  petition or other
action  taken by the  Borrower to stay,  condition,  or inhibit the I-ender from
exercising  its remedies are hereby  admitted by the Borrower to be in bad faith
and the Borrower further admits that the Lender would have just cause for relief
from the  automatic  stay in order to take such actions  authorized  under state
law.


                                   ARTICLE XII
                                      NOTES

     SECTION 12.1 Exchange, Consolidation, Transfer and Assignment of Notes.

     (a) The Lender may exchange one or more  outstanding  Notes for one or more
replacement Notes which have the same outstanding  principal balance,  terms and
payment  characteristics,  in the aggregate if  applicable,  as old Notes.  Such
exchange  shall be effected  by  presentation  of the old Notes to the  Borrower
together with written exchange  instructions from the Lender. In connection with
any such  exchange,  the Under may request that a new Note be issued in the name
of an  assignee  or  transferee  of the  Lender.  All  such new  Notes  shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  Each new Note (i) shall be dated
and shall bear  interest  from the date to which  interest  has been paid on the
Note or Notes that it replaces or (ii) if no interest  has been paid on the Note
or Notes that it replaces,  shall be dated the same as the Note or Notes that it
replaces. The substitution,  replacement,  consolidation or exchange of any Note
shall not be  intended to be, and shall not be  construed  as, a novation of the
obligations of the Borrower evidenced by the Note.

     (b) The  Borrower  hereby  acknowledges  that (i) the  Notes  will be fully
negotiable and (ii) the Lender may endorse or assign any of the Notes, from time
to time,  without  the  consent of the  Borrower.  If a Note is  transferred  or
assigned by the Under,  the Under will provide written  payment  instructions to
the Borrower.

     (c) The  Borrower  shall be  entitled  to rely upon the  written  exchange,
transfer or payment instructions delivered by the Under. The Borrower will incur
no additional liability by acting in accordance with such written instructions.

     SECTION 12.2 Mutilated,  Lost or Destroyed  Notes. If any Note shall become
mutilated or be destroyed,  or lost or stolen,  upon request of the Lender,  the
Borrower  shall  execute  and deliver to the Lender a new Note of the same tenor
and  dated as of the same date as such old Note in the same  original  principal
amount and bearing  interest at the same rate. In no event shall the  Borrower's
liability be increased thereby.

     SECTION  12.3  Validity  of  Replacement  Notes.  Each new Note  issued  in
exchange or  replacement  for any old Note  pursuant  to  Sections  12.1 or 12.2
hereof shall be a valid  obligation of the Borrower  evidencing the same debt as
such  old Note and  shall be  entitled  to the  benefits  and  security  of this
Agreement to the same extent as such old Note.

                                       41


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 13.1 Term.  This  Agreement  will  terminate on the day that is one
year from the date hereof,  unless  renewed or terminated  prior to such date in
accordance with the terms hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement
may be extended by the mutual  written  agreement of the Lender and the Borrower
for successive  one-year terms upon the payment by the Borrower to the Lender of
the Renewal Fee.

     SECTION 13.2  Termination.  The  termination  of this  Agreement  shall not
affect any of the Borrower's or the Lender's rights,  or any of the Loans having
their  inception  prior  to the  effective  date  of such  termination,  and the
provisions  hereof shall continue to be fully operative  until all  transactions
entered  into,  rights or  interests  created  or  obligations  have been  fully
disposed of, concluded or liquidated.  The Security Interest, and rights granted
to the Lender  hereunder  and the financing  statements  filed  hereunder  shall
continue  in full force and  effect,  notwithstanding  the  termination  of this
Agreement  or the fact  that the  Borrower's  account  may from  time to time be
temporarily in a zero or credit  position,  until all of the  obligations of the
Borrower  have been paid or  per-formed  in full after the  termination  of this
Agreement  or the  Borrower  has  furnished  the Lender with an  indemnification
satisfactory  to the Lender with  respect  thereto.  Accordingly,  the  Borrower
waives any rights which it may have under Section  9-404(l) of the UCC to demand
the filing of  termination  statement  with respect to the  Collateral,  and the
Lender  shall  not be  required  to  send  such  termination  statements  to the
Borrower,  or to file  them  with any  filing  office,  unless  and  until  this
Agreement  shall have been  terminated and in accordance  with its terms and all
Loans paid in full.  All  representations,  warranties,  covenants,  waivers and
agreements contained herein shall survive termination hereof until all Loans are
repaid in full.

     SECTION  13.3  Entire  Understanding.  This  Agreement  and  the  documents
executed  concurrently  herewith  contain the entire  understanding  between the
Borrower and the Lender and supersedes all prior agreements and  understandings,
if any,  relating to the subject matter hereof.  Any promises,  representations,
warranties or guarantees not herein contained and hereinafter made shall have no
force and effect unless in writing,  signed by the  Borrower's  and the Lender's
respective officers. Neither this Agreement nor any portion or provisions hereof
may be changed, modified, amended, waived, supplemented, discharged, canceled or
terminated orally or by any course of dealing, or in any manner other than by an
agreement in writing, signed by the party to be charged.

     SECTION 13.4 Liability of Lender. The Borrower agrees that the Lender shall
not be liable  for  taking  any  action or  refraining  from  taking  any action
hereunder or for negligence,  it being agreed that the Lender shall be liable to
the Borrower  only for gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct  and that, as a

                                       42

<PAGE>


condition to the execution of this  Agreement,  the Borrower has and hereby does
waive any  liability  of the Lender  except in the case of gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct.

     SECTION 13.5 No Third Party Rights.  Nothing in this Agreement expressed or
implied is  intended  or shall be  construed  to give any Person  other than the
Lender and the Borrower any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or claim under or
in respect of the Notes,  this  Agreement  or the  Collateral  or any  provision
therein or herein contained, and such provisions are and shall be held to be for
the sole and exclusive benefit of the Lender and the Borrower.

     SECTION 13.6  Expenses.  All fees,  costs and expenses  including,  without
limitation  reasonable  attorneys' fees and other  out-of-pocket  fees, cost and
expenses,  incurred (a) by the Lender in all efforts made to enforce  payment of
any Loan or effect  collection of any Collateral,  or (b) in connection with the
entering into, modification,  amendment,  administration and enforcement of this
Agreement  or any  consents or waivers  hereunder  and at @ related  agreements,
documents  and   instruments,   or  (e)  in  connection  with  the  instituting,
maintaining,  preserving,  enforcing  and  foreclosing  of  or on  the  Lender's
Security Interest in any of the Collateral, whether through judicial proceedings
or  otherwise,  or (d) in defending or  prosecuting  any actions or  proceedings
arising out of or relating to the Lender's  transactions  with the Borrower,  or
(e) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, in obtaining any advice given to
the Lender with respect to its rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and
all related  agreements,  may be charged to the Borrower's  account and shall be
part of the Loans.

     SECTION 13.7 Notices.  Unless  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein,  all
notices,  requests and demands to or upon the  respective  parties  hereto to be
effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise  expressly  provided herein,
shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when  delivered by hand, or when
deposited in the mail,  postage  prepaid,  or in the case of telegraphic  notice
when delivered to the telegraph  company,  or, in the case of facsimile  notice,
when  sent,  confirmation  received,  addressed  as  follows,  or to such  other
addresses as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

     (a) The Borrower:

         Western Fidelity Funding Inc.
         4704 Harlan Street, Suite 310
         Denver, CO 80212
         Attention: Gene E. Osborn
         Telecopy: (303) 477-2158



                                       43

<PAGE>


     (b) The Lender:

         Princeton Capital Credit Corporation
         36 Washington Road
         Princeton Junction, NJ 08550
         Attention: Raymond Q. Benage
         Telecopy: (609) 275-9191

     SECTION 13.8 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original,  and such counterparts
shall  together  constitute  but one and the same  Agreement.  It  shall  not be
necessary in making proof of this  Agreement to produce or account for more than
one such  counterpart  signed by the party  against  which  enforcement  if this
Agreement is sought.

     SECTION  13.9  Severability.  In case  any  one or  more of the  provisions
contained  in this  Agreement,  any Note or any  other  Program  Document  or an
application  thereof shall be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable in any respect,
the validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained
herein and therein  and any other  application  thereof  shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

     SECTION  13.10  Successors  and  Assigns.  All  of  the  provisions  herein
contained  shall be  binding  upon and inure to the  benefit  of the  respective
successors and assigns of the Lender and the Borrower,  including any holders or
assignees of any Note,  to the same extent as if each  successor and assign were
in each case named as a party to this  Agreement;  provided,  however,  that the
Borrower  has no right to assign or  transfer  any of its rights or  obligations
under this  Agreement  unless the Lender  shall have given its  written  consent
thereto.

     SECTION  13. It  Governing  Law.  THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY  SHALL
GOVERN THE  RESPECTIVE  RIGHTS AND  DUTIES OF THE LENDER AND THE  BORROWER  WITH
RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, EACH NOTE AND THE TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN THE LENDER AND
THE BORROWER  CONTEMPLATED BY THIS  AGREEMENT,  AND THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH NOTE
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED  AND ENFORCED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW,
INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE.

     SECTION  13.12  Waiver of Jury Trial:  Jurisdiction.  THE  BORROWER  HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT
TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT,  ANY NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY. In any action or
proceeding  arising  out of or  relating  to this  Agreement  or any  Note,  the
Borrower  hereby  accepts,  for  itself  and  its  property,   the  nonexclusive
jurisdiction  of the state and federal  courts of the State of New  Jersey,  and
agrees that effective  service of process may be made on the Borrower by mailing
same,  in the manner set forth in Section  13.7 to the  Borrower's  address  set
forth above.

                                       44

<PAGE>


     SECTION  13.13  lnjunctive  Relief.  The Borrower  recognizes  that, if the
Borrower  fails to  perform,  observe or  discharge  any of its  obligations  or
liabilities  under this Agreement,  any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate
relief to the Lender; therefore, the Lender, if the Lender so requests, shall be
entitled to temporary and permanent  injunctive  relief in any such case without
the necessity of proving actual damages.

     SECTION 13.14  Headings Not to Affect  Interpretation.  The headings to the
various  Articles  and  Sections  of  this  Agreement  have  been  inserted  for
convenient  reference  only and shall not  modify,  define,  limit or expand the
express provisions of this Agreement.








                                       45


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  caused  this Auto Loan  Warehouse
Agreement to be signed in their respective corporate names and attested by their
respective duly authorized officers on the date first written above.


                                            WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC.,
                                            as Borrower


                                            By:  /s/ Gene Osborn
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Its: President


                                            Attest: /s/  Marya Brancio
                                                    ---------------------------
                                               Its:  Secretary


                                            PRINCETON CAPITAL CREDIT
                                            CORPORATION, as Lender



                                            By: /s/ Ray Benage
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Its: Managing Director



                                            Attest: 
                                                   -----------------------------
                                            Its:
                                                --------------------------------




                                       46

<PAGE>


STATE OF COLORADO          )
                           )
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON        )

     On 8/12/96 before me personally came Gene Osborn,  to me known,  who, being
by me duly  sworn,  did  depose and say that he or she is  President  of WESTERN
FIDELITY FUNDING INC. which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the
seal of said  corporation  that  the seal  affixed  to said  instrument  is such
corporate  seal and that he signed  his name and  affixed  said seal  thereto by
order of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

                                        /s/ 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Notary Public)

My commission expires:  05/07/00


STATE OF COLORADO           )
                            )
COUNTY OF  JEFFERSON        )

     On 8/12/96,  before me personally  came Marya  Brancio,  to me known,  who,
being  by me duly  sworn,  did  depose  and say that he or she is  Secretary  of
WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC. which executed the foregoing  instrument;  that he
knows the seal of said  corporation  that the seal affixed to said instrument is
such corporate seal and that he signed his name and affixed said seal thereto by
order of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

                                        /s/ 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Notary Public)

My commission expires:  05/07/00


<PAGE>


STATE OF COLORADO         )
                          )
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON       )

     On 8/12/96 , before me personally came Ray Benage,  to me known, who, being
by me duly  sworn,  did depose and say that he or she is  Managing  Director  of
PRINCETON CAPITAL CREDIT CORPORATION executed the foregoing instrument;  that he
knows the seal of said  corporation  that the seal affixed to said instrument is
such corporate seal and that he signed his name and affixed said seal thereto by
order of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

                                        /s/ 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Notary Public)

My commission expires:  05/07/00



STATE OF                 )
          ---------------
                         )
COUNTY OF                )
          ---------------

     On -------------------- before me personally came  ------------------------
to me known,  who, being by me duly sworn,  did depose and say that he or she is
- --------------- of PRINCETON CAPITAL CREDIT  CORPORATION  executed the foregoing
instrument;  that he knows the seal of said corporation that the seal affixed to
said  instrument is such  corporate seal and that he signed his name and affixed
said seal thereto by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation.

                                        /s/ 
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        (Notary Public)

My commission expires:  
                       -------------------------


<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                       ---------

                                  FORM OF NOTE

                          WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC.
                              REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
                                 August 12, 1996

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  WESTERN FUNDING INC. (the "Borrower")  hereby promises
to pay to the order of PRINCETON  CAPITAL CREDIT  CORPORATION (the "Lender") the
principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or, if less, the principal
amount of the Loans from the Lender outstanding, on the dates and in the amounts
specified in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of the Warehouse  Agreement referred to below,
and to pay  interest  on such  principal  amount  on the  dates and at the rates
specified  in Section 3.1 of such  Warehouse  Agreement.  All  payments  due the
Lender  hereunder shall be made to the Lender at the place, in the type of money
and funds and in the manner  specified in Sections 2.6 and 2.9 of such Warehouse
Agreement.

     The holder hereof is authorized to endorse on the grid attached hereto,  or
on a continuation thereof,  each Loan of the Lender and each payment,  repayment
or conversion with respect thereto.

     Presentment,  demand,  protest,  notice of dishonor and notice of intent to
accelerate are hereby waived by the undersigned.

     This Revolving  Credit Note evidences Loans made under,  and is entitled to
the benefits of, the Auto Loan Warehouse Agreement, dated as of August 12, 1996,
between Western Fidelity Funding Inc. and Princeton  Capital Credit  Corporation
(the "Warehouse  Agreement")  Capitalized  terms used and not otherwise  defined
herein  shall  have  the  meanings  ascribed  to  such  terms  in the  Warehouse
Agreement.  Reference is made to such Warehouse  Agreement,  as so amended,  for
provisions  relating  to the  repayment  and the  acceleration  of the  maturity
hereof.

     THIS  REVOLVING  CREDIT  NOTE SHALL BE  CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH AND
GOVERNED  BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW JERSEY  (WITHOUT  GIVING  EFFECT TO ITS
CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES).

                                           WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC.


                                           By:
                                              ---------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                                 ------------------------------
(Corporate Seal)                           Title:
                                                 ------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                      GRID
                              REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                       ---------

                          FORM OF DISBURSEMENT SUMMARY


Originator:       client-       Note: note-
Dealers:          Various             Date: date-

                              FUNDING DISBURSEMENTS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Collateral from Exhibit I                                     $collateral-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal Amount                                                     principal-
0-                                                                           1-
2-                                                                           3-
4-                                                                           5-
6-                                                                           7-
8-                                                                           9-
10-                                                                         11-
12-                                                                         13-
14-                                                                         15-
16-                                                                         17-
18-                                                                         19-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Amount Held on Behalf of Originator                                   $net-
                                                       ========================

* PCCC has made every  effort to identify all fees and  expenses  involved  with
this  transaction  but, where  appropriate,  other fees incurred by PCCC will be
charged and recovered from advances and/or settlement payments as they occur.

Originator Funding Instructions:
                                -----------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Prepared for PCCC by:
                      ------------------------------      ---------------------
                                                                   Date
Acknowledged for
Originator/Maker by:
                      ------------------------------      ---------------------
                                                                   Date

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT C
                                                                      ---------

                            FORM OF DEALER AGREEMENT


<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                       ---------

                            FUNDING AND FEE SCHEDULE

Funding Fee:             $25

Application Fee:         $5,000

Interest Rate:           The  'Prime  Rate"  as  published  in The  Wall  Street
                         Journal plus 3.75%.

Renewal Fee:             As of any Renewal  Date,  a fee equal to $5,000 or such
                         other amount as the tender and  Borrower may  determine
                         by mutual agreement.

Take-Out                 Fee With  respect to an Auto Loan,  $25,  $50 or $75 if
                         the  Disposition  of such Auto  Loan  occurs 30 or less
                         days,  31- 60 days,  or 61 or more days,  respectively,
                         after the losing  Date for the Loan that such Auto Loan
                         secures.



<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT E
                                                                       ---------

                   START-UP PERIOD VOLUME PROJECTION SCHEDULE

The  Start-up  Period  will  be a  maximum  of 9  months  from  the  date of the
Agreement.

The  volume  projections  for  the  Start-up  Period  will be as  determined  by
Borrower.


Borrower
         ----------------
Lender
       ------------------


<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT F
                                                                       ---------


                         FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF AUTO LOAN

TO: PRINCETON CAPITAL CREDIT CORPORATION

VIN NUMBER:
           -------------------------------
BORROWER NAME:
               ---------------------------
LOAN NUMBER:
             -----------------------------

     Pursuant to the Auto Loan  Warehouse  Credit and  Security  Agreement  (the
"Warehouse  Agreement"),  dated as of August 12, 1996, between PRINCETON CAPITAL
CREDIT  CORPORATION,  as lender (the  "Assignee"),  and WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING
INC.,  as borrower  (the  "Assignor"),  for value  received the Assignor  hereby
transfers and assigns to the Assignee, its successors and assigns, the auto loan
referenced above (the "Auto Loan"),  together with all of the Assignor's  right,
title and interest in and to the  Collateral  relating to the Auto Loan, and all
of the  Assignor's  rights and  remedies  thereunder  and under any  guaranty or
endorsement thereof, including the right to collect any and all installments due
and to  become  due on the  Auto  Loan  and to take,  in the  Assignor's  or the
Assignee's  name, any and all  proceedings  Assignor might  otherwise  take. All
capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
the Warehouse Agreement.

     The Assignor  subordinates  to any rights the Assignee may now or hereafter
have against the Obligor any rights the Assignor may now or hereafter  have. The
Assignor waives notice of the acceptance hereof.

                                          WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING INC.,
                                          as Assignor


                                          By:
                                             ----------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                               --------------------------------
                                          Title:
                                                -------------------------------
                                          Date:
                                                -------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                       ---------


                                 FUNDING AMOUNT

                     Borrower's Purchase price for Auto Loan
                                      Plus
                                      $150
                                      Plus

     2% of Auto Loan (unless Reserve Account balance equals 2% of Maximum Credit
Line)

Example:
         Auto Loan Amount                    =   $10,000

         Borrower's Purchase Price           =   $ 8,500
            plus                                     150
            plus 2% of Loan                          200
                                                  ------
         Amount to be funded by Lender           $ 8,850
                                                  ======
         Disbursement of Funds:
            Proceeds to Borrower                 $ 8,650
            Proceeds to Reserve Account              200
                                                  ------
         Total Disbursed                         $ 8,850
                                                  ======


                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT made and entered into as of the 14th day of March, 1997 by and between
Western Fidelity Funding, Inc., a Colorado corporation, with a place of business
at 4704 Harlan  Street,  Suite 260,  Denver,  Colorado,  80212  ("Seller");  and
Mountain  Parks  Financial  Services,  Inc., MP Financial  Services,  (MPFS),  a
Colorado corporation with a place of business at 10401 East Colfax
Avenue, Aurora, CO 80040-0605 ("Buyer").

                                 WITNESSETH THAT

     WHEREAS,  Seller  wishes  to sell and Buyer  wishes to buy all of  Seller's
right,  title and interest in certain  consumer  credit sale  contracts,  retail
installment  contracts,  promissory  notes and Security  agreements  and similar
instruments,  hereafter  defined as  "Contracts",  upon the terms and conditions
contained herein.
     NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the Mutual  promises  and  covenants
contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1.  DEFINITIONS
     Whenever used in this Agreement,  the following  words and phrases,  unless
     the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meaning:
     a.   Agreement means this Purchase  Agreement,  including all schedules and
          exhibits attached hereto.
     b.   Contract  means a consumer  credit sale contract,  retail  installment
          contract,  promissory  note and related  security  agreement,  chattel
          paper, or similar instrument which evidences an Obligor's indebtedness
          which is secured by a motor  vehicle and which is owned,  held by, and
          payable to Seller.  The term "Contract"  includes all monies due or to
          become due on such Contract,  all claims,  rights and causes of action
          at any time  belonging  to Seller  in  connection  therewith,  and all
          information,  instruments,  documents and collateral  related thereto,
          including but not limited to Certificates of Title, guaranties, credit
          information  and reports,  lien search reports,  files,  ledger cards,
          payment  history  reports,  files,  and  policies or  certificates  of
          property insurance and credit insurance.
     c.   Purchase  Date shall be March 14,  1997,  or such other date as may be
          agreed upon by Buyer and Seller.
     d.   Determination Date shall mean March 13, 1997.
     e.   Obligor  means the person or persons who  obtained  credit from Seller
          or, if Seller's  ownership of a Contract was  established by purchase,
          who obtained the credit from Seller's predecessor in interest, and who
          is obligated to pay Seller in accordance with a Contract.
     f.   Net  Outstanding  Balance  means the  unpaid  principal  balance  of a
          Contract not including  accrued but unpaid late charges or accrued but
          unpaid interest as of the Determination Date.

2.   SALE OF CONTRACTS
     On the Purchase Date,  Seller will sell,  assign,  transfer and set over to
     Buyer all of its right,  title and interest in and to the Contracts  listed
     on the Schedule of  Contracts  to be attached to this  Agreement as Exhibit
     "A", and Buyer will  purchase the Contracts and all monies due and owing on
     the Contracts. Exhibit "A" shall be prepared as of the close of business on
     the Determination  Date and shall list each Contract to be purchased on the
     Purchase Date, The Contracts to be sold and purchased  hereunder  shall not
     include any Contract (a) that is ten (10) days  delinquent  on the Purchase
     Date or which is otherwise  in default,  (b) for which the Obligor has been
     or is Currently the subject of bankruptcy  proceedings,  _(C) for which the
     collateral has been repossessed, or which is the subject of any litigation,
     or (d) for which the Seller does not have complete or proper documentation.

3.   PURCHASE PRICE - CONTRACTS
     a.   On the Purchase Date, Buyer shall pay to Seller the purchase price for
          the Contracts,  which shall be an amount equal to 90% of the aggregate
          Net  Outstanding  Balances  of the  Contracts  shown on  Exhibit  "A".


                                       
<PAGE>

          Payment of the Purchase Price shall be in U.S.  Dollars,  delivered by
          wire transfer,  check or other form of payment  mutually agreed by the
          parties.
     b.   If,  following  the Purchase  Date,  it is  determined  that Buyer has
          purchased any  Contract(s)  which should not have been included in the
          sale for any of the reasons  specified  ill  Paragraph  Two (2) above,
          Seller shall  repurchase each such Contract and pay to Buyer an amount
          equal  to  90%  of  the  Net   Outstanding   Balance  owing  oil  said
          Contract(s).

4.   ENDORSEMENTS
     On the  Purchase  Date,  upon payment of the  Purchase  Price,  Seller will
     execute and deliver such  endorsements,  assignments or other  documents as
     shall be necessary to evidence  Setter's sale of the Contracts to Buyer and
     Buyer's  Security  interest  (to be no less  than  that of  Seller)  in the
     property securing the Contracts.  In addition,  Seller will authorize Buyer
     to endorse  and  assign  Seller's  interest  in each  Contract  in order to
     evidence  the  transfer of Seller's  interest in the  Contracts to Buyer in
     such mariner as may be reasonable  and  appropriate.  On the Purchase Date,
     Seller shall furnish Buyer with a Power of Attorney in form of the document
     attached  hereto as  Exhibit  "B".  Buyer  agrees  to save and hold  Seller
     harmless from any loss occasioned by Buyer's use of tile Power of Attorney.
     Seller  further  agrees,  from time to time following the Purchase Date, to
     execute any individual assignments which are necessary to effect assignment
     of each Contract to Buyer.

5.   BUYER'S AUTHORIZATION
     On  the  Purchase  Date,  upon  payment  of  the  Purchase  Price,   Seller
     irrevocably  authorizes Buyer to effect the endorsements and assignments as
     provided in Paragraph Four (4) above by the impression of a rubber stamp or
     stamps,  facsimile  signature or sticker and to endorse  Seller's name upon
     any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money order or other instruments of
     payment  that may come into the  possession  of Buyer as payment of or upon
     the Contracts and, also, to execute  releases,  statements of  termination,
     satisfactions  and any and all other  documents  required to be executed in
     conjunction with the Contracts.

6.   OTHER ITEMS SUBJECT TO SALE
     On the Purchase Date, upon payment of the Purchase Price,  Seller will also
     sell,  assign,  transfer,  and set  over to Buyer  in  connection  with the
     Contracts:
     a.   All  of  Seller's   interest   and  benefits  in,  to  and  under  all
          endorsements and guaranties by or of others held by it with respect to
          the Contracts.
     b.   All  of  Seller's   rights,   title  and   interest  in  all  security
          instruments,  and the liens  created  thereunder  with  respect to the
          Contracts.
     c.   All  individual  ledger  cards,   bookkeeping   memoranda,   receipts,
          correspondence,  folders,  credit files, fan folds,  indexes,  and all
          other  records  of  Seller  pertaining  to  the  Contracts.  All  such
          materials,  which may be in the form of computer  disc,  microfilm  or
          magnetic tape, shall be delivered to Buyer on the Purchase Date.
     d.   All filing receipts  evidencing  recordation or filing in governmental
          filing or  recording  offices of  financing  statements  and/or  other
          filing instruments oil all Contracts.
     e.   All of the interest of Seller under each and every existing  policy or
          certificate  of  insurance,  if any, to the extent such relates to any
          property securing any Contracts and as relates to the life or lives or
          health  of any  Obligors  of  said  Contracts.  Seller  shall  provide
          reasonable  assistance  to Buyer in  securing  Long Form Loss  Payable
          Clauses  to be  issued  in  favor of Buyer  with  respect  to all such
          insurance covering any property described in its Contracts and also an
          assignment of beneficial interest in any policy(ies) covering the life
          or  lives  and/or  sickness  or  disability  of any  Obligors  of such
          Contracts.  Seller agrees that the insurance  carrier(s)  shall pay to
          Buyer any and all unearned premiums from cancellations occurring after
          the Purchase Date and to return  premium claims or hereafter to become
          due to Seller.
     f.   All pending  insurance  claims and all claims filed in the future,  if
          any, and the proceeds  thereof if any, in  connection  with any of the

                                                                               2
<PAGE>

          Contracts purchased by Buyer. Seller agrees to save and Buyer harmless
          from  any loss to Buyer  occasioned  by  reason  of  insurance  policy
          defenses raised by the carrier of such  insurance,  where such defense
          is based upon any  action of or failure to act by Seller  prior to the
          Purchase Date.

7.   SELLER'S WARRANTIES
     The following covenants,  warranties and representations are made by Seller
     to Buyer as of the date of this  Agreement,  all of which shall be true and
     correct  as of the  Purchase  Date as a  material  condition  precedent  to
     Buyer's  obligation to purchase the Contracts as contemplated  hereby,  and
     all of which covenants,  warranties and  representations  shall survive the
     execution of this Agreement and the Closing hereunder:
     a.   Seller  covenants,  represents  and  warrants  that  Seller  is a duly
          organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
          State of Colorado,  that is duly  registered and authorized to conduct
          business  in every  other  state  where the  nature or  conduct of its
          business or its ownership of property  requires it to be so registered
          and authorized;  and that it has obtained and maintained all licenses,
          registrations  and other  authorizations  required  under any federal,
          state,  or local law,  regulation or ordinance in connection  with the
          conduct of its business, its ownership of the Contracts, or otherwise.
     b.   Seller  covenants,  represents  and warrants  that the  execution  and
          delivery of this  Agreement and the  consummation  of the  transaction
          contemplated  hereby  have been  duly and  validly  authorized  by all
          necessary corporate action, and no other actions or proceedings on the
          part of  Seller  are  necessary  to  authorize  this  Agreement.  This
          Agreement  constitutes  a valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of
          Seller.
     c.   Seller covenants,  represents, and warrants that neither the execution
          and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transaction
          contemplated  hereby,  nor  compliance  by Seller with the  provisions
          hereof,  will  violate,  conflict  with or result in any breach of, or
          constitute  a default  tinder,  any  instrument  or agreement to which
          Seller is a party,  or by which it is bound,  or any  federal or state
          statute or any  judicial  or  administrative  decree,  order or ruling
          applicable to Seller or to the Contracts to be sold.
     d.   Seller  covenants,  represents,  and warrants that the ledger cards or
          equivalent  records  delivered  to Buyer  shall  fully and  accurately
          reflect the true  outstanding  Unpaid  balances of the Contracts as of
          the close of  business  on the  Determination  Date,  and the cards or
          equivalent records will accurately reflect the collection  activity on
          the  Contracts  and the payments  received on the  Contracts  from the
          respective Obligors.
     e.   Seller  covenants,  represents and warrants that Seller has good title
          to the  Contracts to be sold under this  Agreement,  free and clear of
          any liens, encumbrances or charges whatsoever,  and that Seller is the
          absolute  owner thereof with full and sole right to transfer  title to
          the Contracts and all other items sold under Paragraph Six (6) hereof,
          and that no person,  firm,  corporation or  association  has any claim
          whatsoever to the Contracts  sold under this Agreement or the proceeds
          of the Contracts.
     f.   Seller covenants,  represents, and warrants that, except as may be set
          forth on  Exhibit  "C"  hereto,  it is not a party to and  there is no
          pending or threatened litigation,  legal or administrative proceeding,
          or otherwise, which would, if decided against Seller, have any adverse
          effect on the Contracts or Seller's  right to transfer same, or on any
          of the other items to be sold pursuant to this Agreement.
     g.   Seller  covenants,  represents,  and warrants  that each Contract sold
          under this  Agreement  is genuine,  valid and complete in all respects
          and is enforceable in accordance with its terms; that no understanding
          or agreement  has been  reached with any Obligor for any  variation of
          the  interest  rate,  schedule of payments or other  material  item or
          condition of any Contract except for any modification  entered into in
          the ordinary  course of business and noted on Seller's  records;  that
          all  information  contained in Seller's  books,  records and files and
          other documents  provided to Buyer in connection with the Contracts is
          true,  complete  and  accurate,  except for  information  Supplied  by
          Obligors or third parties,  which  information  is true,  complete and
          correct  to the  best of  Seller's  knowledge;  and  that  none of the

                                                                               3
<PAGE>

          Contracts  is or will be  delinquent  or  otherwise  in default on the
          Purchase Date,  that none of the collateral for the Contracts has been
          repossessed,  and that none of the  Contracts  is the  subject  of any
          litigation.
     h.   Seller covenants, represents and warrants that no deferments have been
          granted to any Obligor.
     i.   Seller covenants, represents, and warrants that no Contract is subject
          to any defense,  set-off or  counterclaim to the payment of the amount
          of the  unpaid  balance  due  on  the  Contract,  or a  proceeding  in
          bankruptcy.
     j.   Seller covenants,  represents,  and warrants that each instrument,  or
          the property or goods  described in each  instrument,  representing or
          securing  a Contract  is in the  possession  of Seller;  and that each
          security  instrument or other  agreement  evidencing  and Securing any
          Contract sold hereunder will constitute as of the close of business on
          the Purchase Date, a valid enforceable and perfected first lien on the
          property or goods described in Such instrument.
     k.   Seller covenants,  represents,  and warrants that all of the Contracts
          and security instruments sold by Seller under this Agreement, Seller's
          statements and application-  relating thereto,  and Seller's practices
          and the conduct of its business with reference to the Contracts comply
          with all applicable  state,  federal,  and local laws and regulations.
          Seller  specifically  covenants,  represents  and  warrants  that  all
          deferral  fees and  charges,  insufficient  funds check fees,  and all
          other fees and charges  imposed by Seller on any of the Obligors  were
          validly imposed in accordance with applicable law.
     1.   Seller  covenants,  represents,  and warrants that it has paid or will
          cause to be paid any and all license,  franchise,  intangible or stamp
          taxes  or fees  due and  owing  at the  Purchase  Date to the  Federal
          government,   any  State  government  and  any  political  subdivision
          thereof,  arising from or growing out of the acquisition,  collection,
          or holding of any and all of the Contracts;  not  including,  however,
          any fee or charge to change the name of the first  lien  holder on any
          titles securing the Contracts.
     m.   Seller  covenants,  represents,  and warrants  that it will,  from and
          after the Purchase  Date,  pay over to Buyer any payments  received in
          payment on the Contracts, after the Determination Date.
     n.   Seller  covenants,  represents  and  warrants  that,  on or before the
          Purchase  Date, it will have obtained any and all approvals  necessary
          to  effectuate  the sale of the  Contracts  from any and all  relevant
          administrative,  quasi-administrative  or other governmental agencies.
          In the  event  of any  breach  or  breaches  of any of (he  warranties
          contained herein, Seller will, upon five (5) days prior written notice
          (which notice shall  describe the breach,  including the nature of the
          breach and such other  information,  documents,  records and papers as
          necessary) to Seller by Buyer,  repurchase each Contract to which such
          breach relates,  by paying Buyer the Net Outstanding  Balance owing on
          such Contract(s) on the date of repurchase.
     o.   Seller  covenants,  represents  and warrants  that none of the credits
          entered on any contract,  and no part thereof,  was  gratuitous or was
          given for a consideration other than the payment of money oil property
          given as trade-ins for down payment credit.

8.   INDEMNIFICATION
     a.   Indemnification:  To the Buyer. The Seller agrees to defend, indemnify
          and hold  harmless the Buyer and its officers,  directors,  employees,
          successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses,  damages,
          claims, suits, proceedings, liabilities, costs and expenses, including
          without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees ("Losses" or "Claims" as
          the context requires), which may be imposed on, sustained, incurred or
          suffered  by,  or  asserted  against  any Such  persons,  directly  or
          indirectly, as a result of or relating to or arising Out of the breach
          of any  representation  or warranty or  covenant or  agreement  of the
          Seller contained in this Agreement.
     b.   Indemnification:  To the Seller. The Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify
          and [told harmless the Seller and its officers, directors,  employees,
          successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses,  damages,
          claims, suits, proceedings,  liabilities, costs and expenses including
          without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees ("Losses" or "Claims" as
          the context requires) which may be imposed on, sustained,  incurred or

                                                                               4
<PAGE>

          suffered  by  or  asserted  against  any  such  persons,  directly  or
          indirectly, as a result of or relating to or arising out of the breach
          of any  representation  or warranty or  covenant or  agreement  of the
          buyer contained in this Agreement,  or arising from Buyer's  ownership
          or servicing of the Contracts  purchased under this Agreement,  at any
          time on or after the Purchase Date.

9.   USE OF RECORDS BY SELLER
     Buyer agrees that all records and  memoranda of Seller  hereby  transferred
     will be made  available  for the use of Seller in making tax returns or for
     any other  legitimate  purpose  which does not tend to idjure  Buyer in its
     competition  with other companies and will remain so available for a period
     of not less than 18 months after the date of this Agreement.

10.  BUYER'S WARRANTIES
     Buyer hereby  represents  and warrants to Seller,  as of the Purchase Date,
     which  representations  and warranties  shall survive the execution of this
     Agreement and the Purchase Date, that it is a corporation,  duly organized,
     validly  existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state of
     Colorado,  and has taken all  corporate  action  necessary  or advisable to
     authorize the execution and consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
     by this Agreement.

11.  ADDITIONAL SELLER WARRANTY: DEFENSE AND EVIDENCE OF OWNERSHIP
     Seller  warrants,  represents  and agrees  that it will  warrant and defend
     Buyer's title to and ownership of the  Contracts  after the Purchase  Date;
     and that Seller will, at its own expense,  upon the  reasonable  request of
     Buyer after the Purchase Date, supply copies of any additional documents it
     may still have in it possession,  if any, which evidence Seller's ownership
     of the Contracts sold hereby, and will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver
     such  other  acts,  deeds,  assignments,   releases,   transfers  or  other
     instruments  and  assurances  as  Buyer  may  reasonably  request  to fully
     effectuate and confirm Buyer's purchase and ownership of the Contracts.

12.  ASSIGNMENT
     It is understood that the  contract(s)  covered by this Agreement have been
     pledged to BNY Financial Corporation,  a New York corporation,  to secure a
     portion of Seller's  indebtedness to Lender.  It is also understood that in
     lieu of  paying  the  amounts  specified  in  paragraph  three (3) above to
     Seller,  Buyer will pay such amount jointly to Seller and Lender in partial
     satisfaction  of  Seller's  indebtedness  to Lender  and  Seller  will make
     arrangements  to  procure  the  release   including  any   reassignment  of
     individual contracts) deemed necessary by Buyer to effectuate said release)
     of the Receivables  pledged to Lender in a manner and form  satisfactory to
     Buyer and will  insure  their  physical  delivery to Buyer on the fifth day
     after closing.

13.  RESERVE
     Buyer  will  retain  and hold on  Seller's  behalf an amount  equal to five
     percent  (5%) of the Net  Outstanding  Balance  as noted on page one (1) of
     Exhibit "A" of this Agreement (the "Reserve"). The Reserve shall be debited
     by Buyer the Net Outstanding  Principal  Balance on any Contract that fails
     to make  three (3)  payments  not more  than 30 days past due for  Seller's
     repurchase.  Buyer will execute and deliver such endorsements,  assignments
     or  other  documents  as  shall  be  necessary  to  evidence  the  Seller's
     repurchase  of such  Contract.  Buyer  will  provide a  monthly  accounting
     statement  to Seller on the  Reserve  account  no later than ten days after
     month end. After all contracts  shown on Exhibit "A" have met the three (3)
     payment requirement, any funds remaining ill the Reserve account subject to
     provisions in 13A will be remitted to Seller within 10 business days.

13 A. RESERVE OPTION
     Buyer may at its discretion utilize the reserve described in item number 13
     to pay the Net Outstanding Balance of any contract(s) that Seller within 90
     days  of  the  date  of  any  contract   does  not  provide   title  and/or

                                                                               5
<PAGE>

     documentation  that guarantees Buyer that all taxes,  fees or other related
     costs are paid that may prevent Buyer from having a first lien position and
     a valid title.

     Additionally,  Buyer may retain any Reserve until all requirements in items
     number 13 and 13A have been met. In the event there is insufficient Reserve
     to allow  debiting the account  because of failure to produce a valid title
     within  90 days,  Seller  will,  with Five (5) days  notification  from the
     Buyer, repurchase any Contract for the Net Outstanding Balance.

14.  INSURANCE
     All of the collateral securing the contract(s) were at the time of Contract
     purchase  covered by property damage insurance which includes the coverages
     normally required for transactions of the nature of the contracts, with the
     contract obligors as the insureds and the Seller as loss payee.

15.  ANNOUNCEMENTS: NOTIFICATIONS
     Neither party hereto will make any announcement of this transaction  either
     prior to or subsequent to the Purchase Date without prior written  approval
     of the other, which will not be unreasonably withheld. Seller hereby agrees
     that Buyer may notify its  customers  verbally  and by mail  following  the
     Purchase  Date that a change in ownership of their  account from the Seller
     to Buyer has been  effected.  Seller  authorizes the use of its name in the
     notices and agrees to execute such  notices if requested by Buyer.  Neither
     Seller nor Buyer shall  disclose any material  provisions of this Agreement
     to any third party without the prior consent of the other, except as may be
     specifically required by law or any governmental agency.

16.  NOTICES
     Any notice to be given or other  documents  to be delivered by any party to
     the  other  party may be  delivered  in  person  to such  party,  or may be
     deposited in the United States  certified mail,  return receipt  requested,
     with  postage  thereon  fully  prepaid and  addressed to the party for whom
     intended at the address shown below:

     TO BUYER:           Mountain Parks Financial Services, Inc.
                         Dennis Berglund, Presideiit/CEO
                         10401 East Colfax Avenue 
                         Aurora, Colorado 80040-0605

     TO SELLER:          Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.
                         Gene Osborn, President
                         4704 Harlan Street, Suite 260
                         Denver, Colorado 80212

     Any party to this Agreement may, from time to time by written notice to the
     other, designate a different address which shall be substituted for the one
     above.  Notices  sent by  certified  mail  shall be deemed  effective  when
     receipted for.

17.  SOLE UNDERSTANDING
     It is understood and agreed that this Agreement constitutes the sole mutual
     understanding  regarding the subject matter of this Agreement,  and that no
     provision hereof shall be modified or altered except in writing duly signed
     by both parties to this Agreement.

18.  APPLICABLE LAW
     The  laws  of  the  State  of  Colorado   shall  govern  the  validity  and
     interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the parties to this
     Agreement.

                                                                               6
<PAGE>

19.  HEADINGS NOT PART OF AGREEMENT
     Marginal headings are informational only and not a part of this Agreement.

20.  EXPENSES
     Except as is otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement,  regardless
     whether  the  execution  of this  agreement  takes  place or  whether  this
     Agreement is terminated, all parties shall pay their own costs and expenses
     in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby,
     including,  but not by way of limitations all regulatory  fees,  attorneys'
     fees, accounting fees and other expenses.

21.  ATTORNEY'S FEES
     In the event of any action,  suit,  or other  proceeding  to  interpret  or
     enforce this Agreement,  the prevailing  party shall be entitled to recover
     its reasonable attorney's fees and costs incurred from the other party.

22.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
     All terms and provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall
     inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their  respective
     transferees, successors and assigns.

23.  MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
     This  Agreement  may be executed in  multiple  counterparts,  each of which
     shall be deemed an  original  for all  purposes  and all of which  shall be
     deemed,  collectively,  one agreement,  but in making proof hereof it shall
     not be necessary to exhibit more than one such Counterpart.

24.  INVALID PROVISIONS
     If any  provision  of this  Agreement  is held to be  illegal,  invalid  or
     unenforceable  under  present or future laws  effective  during the term of
     this Agreement, the provision shall be fully severable; this document shall
     be  construed  and  enforced as if the  illegal,  invalid or  unenforceable
     provision had never comprised a part of this  Agreement,  and the remaining
     provisions  shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected
     by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from
     this Agreement.

     Furthermore,  in lieu of the illegal,  invalid or  unenforceable  provision
     there shall be added  automatically as a part hereof a provision as similar
     in terms to the  illegal,  invalid  or  unenforceable  provision  as may be
     possible and be legal,  valid and enforceable,  and, as changed or amended,
     continue to reflect the original intent of the parties hereto.

25.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT
     The making,  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement by the parties have
     been induced by no representations,  statements,  warranties, or agreements
     other than those  herein  expressed.  This  Agreement  embodies  the entire
     understanding  of the parties and there are no further or other  agreements
     or  understanding,  written or oral, in effect between the parties relating
     to the subject matter of this Agreement.

26.  TIME OF ESSENCE
     The  parties  to this  Agreement  agree and  stipulate  that time is of the
     essence  with regard to the  performance  by each party of its  obligations
     under this Agreement.

27.  BROKERAGE
     Each of said  parties  hereby  indemnifies  and  agrees  to hold the  other
     harmless against any and all claims, losses,  liabilities or expenses which
     may be  asserted  against  the other as the  result  of the  other  party's
     dealings, arrangements or agreements with any such broker, finder or person
     or entity.

                                                                               7

<PAGE>


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be
executed for it and on its behalf by its respective duly authorized officers.


                                         SELLER:
                                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.

Witness: /s/ Marya L. Brancio            By: /s/ Gene Osborn
        ----------------------------        -----------------------------
                                            Gene Osborn
                                            Its President

                                         BUYER:
                                         MOUNTAIN PARKS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

Witness: /s/ Marya L. Brancio            By: /s/ Dennis Berglund
        ----------------------------        -----------------------------
                                            Dennis Berglund
                                         Its: President/CEO
Attachments:
         Exhibit A
         Exhibit B
         Exhibit C
         Exhibit D
         Exhibit E
         Release Agreement


                                                                               8
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "A"

                                CLOSING STATEMENT

Seller:           WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.

Buyer:            MP FINANCIAL SERVICES

Date:             March 14, 1997


      1. Net Outstanding Balances                             $4,459,417.60
      2. Less Discount                       (445,941.76)  =      10 %of #1
      3. Purchase Price                                       $4,013,475.84
      3. Less Reserve                        (222,970.88)  =       5% of #1
      3. Amount to Seller                                     $3,790,504.96





Seller:                                       Buyer:
WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.                MP FINANCIAL SERVICES


By: /s/ Gene Osborn                           By: /s/ Dennis Berglund
   -----------------------------                  -----------------------------

Gene Osborn                                   Dennis Berglund
(Typed or Printed Name)                       (Typed or Printed Name)

Its: President                                 President/CEO
(Title)                                        (Title)





                                  Page 1 of 10

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                            LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that,  pursuant to that certain Purchase
Agreement  dated March 13,  1997,  between  Western  Fidelity  Funding,  Inc., a
Colorado  corporation,  its successors and assigns, and MP Financial Services, a
Colorado  corporation,  the  undersigned  (herein termed the  "Principal")  does
constitute and appoint MP Financial Services, its successors and assigns (herein
termed the  "Attorney"  and  sometimes  termed the  "Purchaser"),  acting by and
through such Attorney's  designated officers and employees,  the true and lawful
Attorney  and Attorney of the  Principal,  with full power by an  instrument  in
writing to appoint a substitute or substitutes  for and in the name and stead of
the Principal but for the benefit of the Purchaser,  its successors and assigns,
to  demand,  reduce to  possession,  collect,  receive,  receipt  for,  endorse,
compromise,  settle or assign without recourse any and all indebtedness,  notes,
commercial paper,  promises to pay, retail installment sales contracts,  chattel
paper, instruments, chooses in action and other obligations described in Exhibit
"A" to that certain Bill of Sale and Assignment of  Receivables  dated March 14,
1997,  from the  Principal to the  Purchaser  ("Receivables")  together with all
monies  due or to become  due under said  Receivables,  and any and all  claims,
chooses in action,  and rights and causes of action relating thereto,  including
without  limitation  any and all real  estate and  personal  property,  security
instruments and insurance  policies held as security for said  Receivables,  and
all other  property of every kind  identified  in said Exhibit "A"; to cancel or
release the  Receivables  and release any  security,  in whole or in part and in
connection  therewith  to  execute,  acknowledge  or handle  proper  discharges,
releases,  satisfactions  or other  instruments  in  writing  which  may  become
necessary  in order to carry the  foregoing  powers into effect,  the  Principal
hereby ratifying and confirming all acts and things lawfully and reasonably done
by the Attorney or its  substitute or  substitutes in pursuance of the authority
herein granted.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Principal has executed this  instrument  this
13th day of March, 1997.

                                             WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.


                                             By: /s/ Gene Osborn
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Gene Osborn, President

STATE OF COLORADO          )

COUNTY OF ADAMS            )

     The above and foregoing  Limited Power of Attorney was acknowledged  before
me on March 14, 1997, by Gene Osborn as President of Western  Fidelity  Funding,
Inc.,

     WITNESS my hand and official seal.

                                         /s/ John Schreven
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         Notary Public - State of Colorado

                                         John Schreven
                                         [Name Printed]
                                         My Commission Expires November 13. 1999
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT "C'

                 LITIGATION, LEGAL OR ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDINGS
                                      NONE


<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "D"
                   BILL OF SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES


         IN CONSIDERATION OF the sum of One and no/100 ($1.00) Dollars and other
good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt of which is hereby  acknowledged,
and pursuant to and in furtherance of a certain  Agreement  dated March 13, 1997
and between Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. (herein called "Seller"),  a Colorado
corporation,  and MP Financial Services (herein called "Purchaser"),  a Colorado
corporation,  Seller  does  hereby  grant,  bargain,  sell,  assign,  convey and
transfer to, and vest in, Purchaser, its successors and assigns, forever, all of
Seller's right,  title and interest (legal or equitable) in and to the following
described  property and assets,  all in accordance with the terms and provisions
of said Agreement.

         All  indebtedness,  notes,  commercial  paper,  promises to pay, retail
installment sales contracts,  chattel paper, instruments,  choses in actions and
other  obligations  described  in Exhibit "A" attached  hereto  ("Receivables"),
together with all monies due or to become due on such  Receivables;  all claims,
rights and causes of action at any time  belonging to Seller in connection  with
the Receivables;  and all rights,  title and interest of the Seller in all other
instruments,  documents,  information and collateral related thereto,  including
but not  limited to credit  information  reports,  lien search  reports,  files,
ledger  cards and  certificates  of title  pertaining  thereto,  all policies or
certificates  of  insurance in force on  collateral  securing any and all of the
Receivables  or insuring  Seller as the owner thereof or otherwise as a party in
interest with respect thereto,  such credit life and credit disability  policies
and unearned  premiums herein as are described in the aforesaid  Agreement;  and
any and all collateral  securing the  Receivables,  including but not limited to
security agreements and chattel mortgages.

         This Bill of Sale and Assignment is hereby incorporated and made a part
of said Agreement.

        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Seller  has  caused  this  instrument  to be duly
executed this 13th day of March, 1997.


                                           WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.

                                           By: /s/ Gene Osborn
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Gene Osborn, President


<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT "E"
                     CERTIFIED COPY OF CORPORATE RESOLUTION

     I hereby  certify  that at a special  meeting of the Board of  Directors of
Western Fidelity Funding, Inc., a Colorado corporation,  duly called and held on
the 14th day of March,  1997, at the principal office of the corporation at 4704
Harlan  Street,  Suite  260,  at  which a  quorum  was  present,  the  following
resolution was unanimously adopted:

     WHEREAS,  this  corporation  is  about to  execute  air  Agreement  with MP
Financial  Services,  a Colorado  corporation  ("MPFS")  pursuant  to which this
corporation  will  sell  to  MP  Financial   Services  certain  assets  of  this
corporation  consisting of retail installment  contracts,  promissory,  Security
notes,  security agreements and similar instruments (the "Contracts") for and in
consideration  of the payment of  approximately  $ 4,000  000.00 by MP Financial
Services to this corporation; and

     WHEREAS, it is the opinion of this Board of Directors that the sale of such
Contracts by this  corporation to MP Financial  Services is in the best interest
of this corporation, and that the consideration offered by MP Financial Services
for such Contracts is fair and adequate;

     NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the execution and delivery of a Purchase
Agreement  by and  between  this  corporation  as the  Seller  and MP  Financial
Services as the Buyer for the sale of Contracts owned by this  corporation for a
consideration  of  approximately  $  4,100,000.00  by any  one of the  officers,
employees  and  agents of this  corporation  listed  below,  upon such terms and
conditions  and with such  covenants.  representations  and  warranties  as such
designated  officers,  employees and agents may deem necessary or desirable,  be
and the same is hereby authorized,  approved and ratified as the act and deed of
this corporation.

     RESOLVED FURTHER that any one of the officers, employees and agents of this
corporation listed below are authorized to execute the Purchase  Agreement;  and
deal  on  behalf  of and in the  name  of this  corporation  with  MP  Financial
Services:

           Names                               Titles
           -----                               ------
           Gene Osborn                         President

           ------------------                  -----------------

     RESOLVED FURTHER that any of the above designated  officers,  employees and
agents of' this  corporation  are authorized to sign,  endorse,  make,  execute,
deliver,  transfer,  assign  and convey any and all  instruments  and  documents
necessary or desirable to  consummate  the sale of the Contracts to MP Financial
Services as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

     I further  certify that said resolution is duly recorded and appears in the
Minute Book of this corporation, and has not been alerted, amended or revoked.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF  I have  hereunto  set my hand  and  the  seal of this
corporation this 14th day of March, 1997.

                                        President:


[Corporate Seal]                        /s/ Gene Osborn
                                        ------------------------------------

                                        ------------------------------------
                                        ------------------
<PAGE>
                                RELEASE AGREEMENT

     This RELEASE  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement") is entered into as of March 14,
1997,  by and among  WESTERN  FIDELITY  FUNDING,  INC.,  a Colorado  corporation
("Borrower"),  BNY FINANCIAL CORPORATION,  a New York corporation ("BNYFC"), and
MP FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., a Colorado corporation ("MPFS").

                                    Recitals

      A. BNYFC and Borrower have entered into that certain  Revolving Credit and
         Security Agreement dated as of June 24, 1996 (as amended,  supplemented
         or  otherwise  modified  from  time to  time,  the  "Loan  Agreement").
         Pursuant  to which  BNYFC has  provided to Borrower a line of credit in
         the amount of Twenty Million and No/100 Dollars (20,000,000) (the "Line
         of Credit").

      B. The  Line of  Credit  is  secured  by,  among  other  things,  security
         interests  and liens (the "BNYFC  Lien") in and to certain  receivables
         and other assets  described on Annex A to the Colorado UCC-3  Statement
         of Change (the "UCC-3")  attached  hereto on Schedule A and made a part
         hereof  (such  property  described  on the  Annex  A is  the  "Released
         Assets").

      C. Pursuant to that certain Purchase  Agreement dated March 14, 1997, (the
         "Purchase  Agreement"),  by and between Borrower and MPFS, Borrower has
         agreed to sell to MPFS certain property including,  without limitation,
         the Released Assets (the "Purchased Assets").

      D. As a condition to its purchase of the Purchased  Assets pursuant to the
         Purchase Agreement,  BNYFC is to release the BNYFC Lien on the Released
         Assets in order to permit Borrower to transfer the Purchased  Assets to
         MPFS free and clear of the BNYFC Lien.

                                    Agreement

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt and
adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   Release of Lien. BNYFC hereby releases any and all of BNYFC's security
          interests  in,  and any and all liens on and rights of lien on or set-
          off against,  the Released  Assets,  effective upon the closing of the
          sale of the  Purchased  Assets to the MPFS  pursuant  to the  Purchase
          Agreement and the receipt of BNYFC of  $4,236,446.7  via wire transfer
          of federal funds to *(see below) (the time of such closing and receipt
          of such  funds  being  referred  to as the  "Effective  Time").  BNYFC
          warrants that, as of the Effective Time, BNYFC has not assigned any of
          the  foregoing  security  interests,  liens or rights in the  Released
          Assets.

      2. Deliveries.  Further  Assurances.  BNYFC  further  agrees to deliver to
         MPFS, (i) concurrently with the Effective Time,  execute and deliver to
         MPFS the UCC-e with  respect to the UCC  filings  listed on Schedule A,
         and such other  instruments  of release or discharge  pertaining to the
         BNYFC Lien on the  Released  Assets as MPFS may  reasonably  request to


*Bank of New York, 48 Wall Street, A/C #8090653114, ABA #021000018, for the
account of: BNY Financial Corp. - Reference:  Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.

<PAGE>

         effectuate,  or reflect of public record,  the release and discharge of
         the BNYFC  Lien on the  Released  Assets,  and (ii) not later than five
         business days following the Effective  Time,  send via Federal  Express
         next day  delivery  the original  Receivable  Files which  includes the
         original retail installment  contract and certificate of title or title
         documents  to  MPFS at  10401  East  Colfax  Avenue,  Aurora,  Colorado
         80010-0605,  Attention: Dennis Berglund. BNYFC further agrees, from and
         after  the  Effective  Time,  (i)  all  Receivable  Files  held or sent
         pursuant to the  preceding  sentence by BNYFC prior to delivery to MPFS
         are and shall be held or sent as agent for  MPFS;  and (ii) to  deliver
         such other  release  statements  or  documents as MPFS may from time to
         time deem necessary or required to effectuate the foregoing. All of the
         foregoing deliveries shall be at the expense of the Borrower.

     3.   Governing Law. This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and construed in
          accordance with, the laws of the State of Colorado.

     4.   Beneficiary.  MPFS shall be a  beneficiary  of this  Agreement,  BNYFC
          acknowledges  that MPFS is relying on this  Agreement in executing the
          Purchase Agreement and purchasing the Purchased Assets.

     5.   Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
          counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
          each of which when so executed  shall be deemed to be an original  and
          all of  which  taken  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
          agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this Consent and Release
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                        WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.,
                                        a Colorado corporation


                                       By: /s/Gene E. Osborn
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Gene E. Osborn, President


                                       BNY FINANCIAL CORPORATION,
                                       a New York corporation



                                       By: /s/Andrew Rogow
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Name:  Andrew Rogow
                                          Title:  SVP
<PAGE>

STATE OF COLORADO                   )
                                    )ss.
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON                 )

The  foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before me this 14th day of March,
1997, by Gene E. Osborn,  the  President of WESTERN  FIDELITY  FUNDING,  INC., a
Colorado corporation, on behalf of the corporation.

      WITNESS my hand and official seal.

      My Commission Expires:  November 20, 2000


                                         /s/
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         Notary Public
[SEAL]


STATE OF NEW YORK                   )
                                    )ss.
COUNTY OF MAN.                      )

The  foregoing  instrument  was  acknowledged  before me this 14th day of March,
1997,  by  Andy  Rogow,  the  SRV  of  BNY  FINANCIAL  CORPORATION,  a New  York
corporation, on behalf of the corporation.

      WITNESS my hand and official seal.

      My Commission Expires:  8/31/97


                                       /s/
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Notary Public
[SEAL]

                                 BUSINESS LEASE

     This  Lease,   dated  January  22,  1997,  by  and  between  RAMSEY  FAMILY
PARTNERSHIP, as Landlord, and Western Fidelity Funding, Inc., as Tenant.

     In  consideration  of the  payment of the rent and the  performance  of the
covenants  and  agreements  by the Tenant set forth  herein,  the Landlord  does
hereby lease to the Tenant the following described Premises situate in Jefferson
County, in the State of Colorado; the address of which is 8291 West 14th Avenue,
Lakewood, Colorado, 80215 (Northeast corner of West 14th Avenue and Brentwood).

     Said Premises,  with all the  appurtenances,  are leased to the Tenant from
the date of  February  1, 1997,  until the date of January 31, 2001 at and for a
rental for the full term of $52,800,  payable in monthly installments of $1,100,
in advance,  on the 1st day of each calendar month during the term of this lease
payable at 1480 Brentwood Street, Lakewood, Colorado 80215.

THE TENANT, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE LEASING OF THE PREMISES
AGREES AS FOLLOWS:

     1.  To pay the rent for the premises described above.

     2. To keep the improvements upon the Premises, including sewer connections,
plumbing,  wiring and glass in good repair, all at Tenant's expense,  and at the
expiration  of this Lease to  surrender  the  Premises in as good a condition as
when the Tenant entered the Premises,  loss by fire,  inevitable  accident,  and
ordinary  wear  excepted.  To keep all sidewalks on and around the Premises free
and clear of ice and snow,  and to keep the entire  exterior  Premises free from
all litter,  dirt, debris and obstructions;  to keep the Premises in a clean and
sanitary condition as required by the ordinances of the city and county in which
the property is situate.

     3. To sublet no part of the  Premises,  and not to assign  the Lease or any
interest  therein  without the written  consent of the  Landlord,  which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     4. To use the Premises only as retail sales of used  automobiles and for no
other purpose, and to use the Premises for no purposes prohibited by the laws of
the United States or the State of Colorado,  or of the ordinances of the city or
town in which said  Premises  are located,  and for no improper or  questionable
purposes  whatsoever,  and to neither permit nor suffer any disorderly  conduct,
noise or nuisance  having a tendency  to annoy or disturb any persons  occupying
adjacent premises.

     5. To neither hold nor attempt to hold the  Landlord  liable for any injury
or  damage,  either  proximate  or  remote,  occurring  through or caused by the
repairs,  alterations,  injury or  accident on or to the  Premises,  or adjacent
premises,  or other parts of the above Premises not herein demised, or by reason
of the  negligence  or default of the owners or  occupants  thereof or any other
person,  nor to hold the Landlord liable for any injury or damage  occasioned by
the  defective  electric  wiring,  or the  breakage  or  stoppage of plumbing or

<PAGE>

sewerage  upon said  premises or upon  adjacent  premises,  whether  breakage or
stoppage  results from freezing or otherwise;  to neither permit nor suffer said
Premises,  or the walls or floors thereof, to be endangered by overloading,  nor
said  Premises  to be used for any  purpose  which  would  render the  insurance
thereon void or the insurance risk more  hazardous,  nor make any alterations in
or changes in, upon, or about said premises  without first obtaining the written
consent of the  Landlord  therefor,  but to permit the  Landlord to place a "For
Rent"  sign,  upon the leased  Premises at any time after sixty (60) days before
the end of this Lease.

     6. To allow the Landlord to enter upon the Premises at any reasonable hour.

IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED BETWEEN LANDLORD AND
TENANT AS FOLLOWS:

     7. All  charges  for water and water  rents are to be paid by  Tenant.  All
charges for heating and lighting are to be paid by Tenant.  Janitorial  services
are to be paid by Tenant.

     8. No assent,  express or implied,  to any breach of any one or more of the
agreements  hereof shall be deemed or taken to be a waiver of any  succeeding or
other breach.

     9. If,  after the  expiration  of this Lease,  the Tenant  shall  remain in
possession of the Premises and continue to pay rent without a written  agreement
as to such  possession,  then such tenancy shall be regarded as a month-to-month
tenancy, at a monthly rental,  payable in advance equivalent to the last month's
rent paid under this lease,  and subject to all the terms and conditions of this
Lease.

     10.  If the  Premises  are left  vacant  and any part of the rent  reserved
hereunder is not paid, then the Landlord may,  without being obligated to do so,
and without  terminating this Lease,  retake possession of the said Premises and
rent the same for such rent, and upon such  conditions as the Landlord may think
best, making such changes and repairs as may be required,  giving credit for the
amount of rent so received  less all expenses of such  changes and repairs,  and
the Tenant shall be liable for the balance of the rent herein reserved until the
expiration of the terms of this Lease.

     11. The Landlord  acknowledges  receipt of a deposit in the amount of $0.00
to be held by the  Landlord for the  faithful  performance  of all of the terms,
conditions  and  covenants of this Lease.  The Landlord may apply the deposit to
cure any default  under the terms of this Lease and shall  account to the Tenant
for the balance.  The Tenant may not apply the deposit  hereunder to the payment
of the rent reserved hereunder or the performance of other obligations.


<PAGE>


     12. At the Landlord's  option, it shall be deemed a breach of this Lease if
the  Tenant  defaults  (a) in the  payment  of the  rent or any  other  monetary
obligation  herein;  or (b) in the performance of any other term or condition of
this Lease.  The  Landlord  may elect to cure such  default and any  expenses of
curing may be added to the rent and shall become immediately due and payable.

     In the event that the  Landlord  elects to declare a breach of this  Lease,
the  Landlord  shall  have the right to give the Tenant  three (3) days  written
notice  requiring  payment  of the  rent  or  compliance  with  other  terms  or
provisions of the Lease,  or delivery of the possession of the Premises.  In the
event any default remains  uncorrected after three (3) days written notice,  the
Landlord,  at  Landlord's  option,  may declare the term  ended,  repossess  the
Premises,  expel the Tenant and those  claiming  through or under the Tenant and
remove the effects of the Tenant, all without being deemed guilty in trespass or
of a forcible entry and detainer and without  prejudice to any other remedies to
which the  Landlord  may be  entitled.  If at any time this lease is  terminated
under this paragraph,  the Tenant agrees to peacefully surrender the Premises to
have the Landlord  immediately  upon  termination,  and if the Tenant remains in
possession  of the  Premises,  the  Tenant  shall be deemed  guilty of  unlawful
detention  of the  Premises.  The Lessor  shall be entitled to recover  from the
Tenant all damages by reason of the Tenant's default,  including but not limited
to the cost to recover and repossess  the  premises,  the expenses of reletting,
necessary renovation and alteration  expenses,  commissions and the rent for the
balance of the term of this Lease.

     13. In the event the  Premises  shall  become  untenantable  on  account of
damage by fire, floor or act of God, this lease may be thereupon  terminated and
the rent apportioned to the date of the occurrence of such damage.

     14. In the event of any dispute  arising under the terms of this Lease,  or
in the event of  non-payment  of any sums  arising  under  this Lease and in the
event the matter is turned over to an  attorney,  the party  prevailing  in such
dispute  shall be entitled,  in addition to other  damages or costs,  to receive
reasonable attorneys' fees from the other party.

     15. In the event any payment required hereunder is not made within ten (10)
days after the payment is due, a late charge in the amount of five  percent (5%)
of the payment will be paid by the Tenant.

     16.  In the event of a  condemnation  or other  taking by any  governmental
agency, all proceeds shall be paid to the Landlord hereunder, the Tenant waiving
all rights to any such payments.

     17. This Lease is made with the express understanding and agreement that in
the event the Tenant  becomes  insolvent,  the  Landlord  may declare this Lease
ended, and all rights of the Tenant hereunder shall terminate and cease.



<PAGE>



     18. The Landlord and the Tenant further agree to the terms, covenants,  and
conditions set forth in the Rider to this Lease hereto attached and incorporated
by this reference.

     Tenant shall  provide  Ramsey  Family  Partnership  a copy of their current
dealers  license and the renewal of such license each year for the length of the
lease.

     Tenant shall notify Ramsey Family  Partnership  immediately  of any actions
taken by the Colorado Dealers  Administration that would revoke Tenant's dealers
license at 8291 W. 14th Avenue.

     SHOULD ANY PROVISION of this Lease violate any federal,  state or local law
or ordinance,  that provision shall be deemed amended to so comply with such law
or ordinance, and shall be construed in a manner so as to comply.

     This Lease shall be binding on the parties, their personal representatives,
successor and assigns.

     When used herein, the singular shall include the plural, and the use of any
gender shall apply to both genders.

Attest:                                         RAMSEY FAMILY PARTNERSHIP,
       --------------------                     Landlord


                                                By:
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Partner

Attest:                                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.
        -------------------                     Tenant

                                                By: /s/ Gene E. Osborn
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Title:  President


                                   GUARANTEE

     For value received, I, Gene Osborn, hereby personally guarantee the payment
of the rent and the  performance  of the covenants and  agreements by the Tenant
between Ramsey Family  Partnership,  and Western  Fidelity  Funding in the above
Lease covenanted and agreed, in manner and form as in said Lease provided.

Dated:
       -----------------------
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------


<PAGE>


                            ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

     For   value   received  --------------------------------------------------,
assignor,  hereby  assigns  all right,  title and  interest in and to the within
lease unto ----------------------------------,  assignee, the heirs,  successors
and assigns of the assignee,  with the express  understanding and agreement that
the said  assignor  shall be and remain  liable for the full payment of the rent
reserved and the  performance of all the covenants and  agreements  made in said
lease by the Tenant therein named, and will pay said rent and fully perform said
covenants  and  agreements  in case said  assignee  shall  fail so to do; and in
consideration of this assignment, the said assignee hereby assumes and agrees to
make all the payments and perform all the covenants and agreements  contained in
said lease, by the Tenant therein agreed to be made and performed.

Dated:
       -----------------------
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------

                              CONSENT OF ASSIGNMENT

     Consent to the  assignment  of the within  lease to ------------------,  is
hereby given, on the express condition,  however, that the assignor shall remain
liable for the prompt  payment of the rent and  performance  of the covenants on
the part of the Tenant as herein  mentioned,  and that no further  assignment of
said lease or  sub-letting  of the  premises or any part  thereof  shall be made
without further written assent first had thereto.

Dated:
       -----------------------
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------

                              LANDLORD'S ASSIGNMENT

     In consideration of One Dollar, in hand paid, I hereby transfer, assign and
set over to ---------------------------------------------------------------- and
assign my interest in the within lease, and the rent therein reserved.


Dated:
       -----------------------
- ------------------------------                    ------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                 RIDER TO LEASE
                                     between
                     RAMSEY FAMILY PARTNERSHIP as Landlord,
                                       and
            WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC., a Corporation, as Tenant,
                             dated January 22, 1997

     Landlord and Tenant further agree as follows:

     1. Liability Insurance:
          (a) Tenant  shall  procure  and  maintain at its own cost at all times
during  the term of this  Lease  and any  extensions  hereof,  hazard,  fire and
extended  coverage  on  Tenant's  property  and the  contents  of the  Premises,
comprehensive general liability insurance, including coverage for bodily injury,
property  damage,  and personal  injury with the following  limits of liability:
Five Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars, ($500,000.00) each Occurrence combined
single limit for bodily injury,  property damage and personal  injury.  All such
insurance  shall be procured from a responsible  insurance  company or companies
authorized to do business in Colorado,  and shall be otherwise  satisfactory  to
Landlord.  All such policies shall name Landlord as an additional  insured,  and
shall  provide  that the same may not be canceled or altered  except upon thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Landlord.  All insurance  maintained by Tenant
shall be primary to any  insurance  provided by Landlord.  Tenant shall  provide
certificate(s) of such insurance to Landlord upon commencement of die Lease term
and at least thirty (30) days prior to any annual  renewal date thereof and upon
request  from  time to time and  such  certificates  shall  disclose  that  such
insurance  names  Landlord as an  additional  insured,  in addition to the other
requirements set forth herein. The limits of such insurance shall not, under any
circumstances, limit the liability of Tenant hereunder.

          (b) Each  party  agrees to use its best  efforts to include in each of
its policies  insuring  against  loss,  damage or  destruction  by fire or other
casualty a waiver of the insurer's right of subrogation against the other party.

     2. Mortgages:  It is agreed that this Lease e is subject to and subordinate
to the lien of any trust deeds or mortgages  now on, or which at any time may be
made a lien upon the Premises, or the building in which the demised Premises are
situate,  and to all  advances  made or  hereafter  to be made upon the security
thereof.  The Tenant  agrees to execute and deliver  upon  request  such further
instrument  or  instruments,  subordinating  this Lease to the lien of any, such
trust  deeds or  mortgages  as shall be desired  by any  mortgagee  or  proposed
mortgagee.

     3. Condemnation:

          (a) If the whole of the  Premises or so much  thereof as to render the
balance unusable by Tenant for the proper conduct of its business shall be taken
under power of eminent domain or transferred under it thereof,  then this Lease,
at the option of either  Landlord or Tenant  exercised  by either  party  giving
notice  to the  other of such  election  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  such
conveyance or taking possession, whichever is earlier, shall forthwith cease and
terminate and the rent shall be duly  apportioned  as of the date of such taking

<PAGE>

or  conveyance.  No award for any partial or entire taking shall be  apportioned
and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking
or  condemnation,  together  with any and all rights of Tenant now or  hereafter
arising  or to the  same or any part  thereof.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,
Tenant shall be entitled to directly from the condemning authority, an award for
its removable  trade  fixtures,  equipment and personal  property and relocation
expenses, if any, to the extent Landlord's award is not diminished. In the event
of a partial taking which does not result in a termination  of this Lease,  rent
shall be reduced in  proportion  to the reduction in the size of the Premises so
taken and this Lease shall he modified  accordingly.  Promptly  after  obtaining
knowledge  thereof,  Landlord or Tenant,  as the case may be,  shall  notify the
other of any pending or threatened condemnation or taking affecting the Premises
or the building.

          (b) If all or any portion of the Premises  shall be condemned or taken
for governmental  occupancy for a limited period, this Lease shall not terminate
and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any such award or
payment thereof as damages, rent or otherwise. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord
any award which may be made in such temporary taking,  together with any and all
rights  of  Tenant  now or  hereafter  arising,  in or to the  same or any  part
thereof.  Tenant shall be entitled to receive an abatement of rent in proportion
to the reduction in the size of the Premises so taken.

     4.  Maintenance and Repairs:  Landlord shall keep and maintain the roof and
structural  components  of  the  leased  premises.  Except  for  the  Landlord's
obligations, aforesaid, Tenant shall maintain the leased premises in good repair
and  working  order,   including  any  plumbing,   heating,   ventilation,   air
conditioning and electrical components. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained  in this  paragraph,  it is  specifically  recognized  and agreed that
Tenant shall make all repairs  necessitated by the negligence of Tenant's agents
and  employees and shall also be  responsible  for and bear the sole cost of all
ordinary  maintenance  required  in respect to the same.  Tenant  shall be fully
responsible for all broken and cracked glass in or upon the Premises,  excepting
glass damaged by fire or other casualty to the extent covered by Landlord's fire
and extended coverage insurance.

     5. Fire and Casualty Insurance: Tenant shall neither bring, nor keep on the
demised  Premises  anything  that will cause an increase in the fire or casualty
insurance  premiums on the  buildings of which the demised  Premises are a part,
nor shall  Tenant use the  Premises in any manner or for any  purpose  that will
cause  either  an  increase  in  insurance  premiums,  the  cancellation  of any
insurance  coverage,  or the  refusal  of any  insurance  carrier  to insure the
demised Premises against the specified hazards,  and Tenant shall not permit the
employees,  agents,  guests,  or subtenants to do any of the acts  prohibited to
Tenant herein.

          Tenant shall pay on demand,  as additional rent, any increase that may
be  required in the  insurance  premiums  as a result of any  violation  of this
provision.


<PAGE>

          Landlord  shall have the option to terminate is Lease if any violation
of this  provision  results in either the  cancellation  of any insurance on the
premises  or the  refusal by an  insurance  carrier to insure the  premises.  If
Landlord  elects not to terminate this Lease,  Landlord may take available legal
action to enjoin Tenant from continuing the Lease or conduct  detrimental to the
present insurance rate herein.

     6.  Indemnity:  Tenant  shall  indemnify  Landlord  against  all  expenses,
liabilities,  and claims of every kind including reasonable  attorneys' fees, by
or on behalf of any  person or entity  arising  out of either  (1) a failure  by
Tenant to perform any of the terms or conditions  of this Lease,  (2) any injury
or damage happening on or about the demised premises, (3) failure to comply with
any law of any  governmental  authority,  or (4) any mechanic's lien or security
interest  filed  against  the  demised  premises  or  equipment,   materials  or
alterations of buildings or improvements thereon.

     7.  Restrictions  on Use:  Tenant shall neither  permit on the premises any
act,  sale,  or storage  that may be  prohibited  under  standard  forms of fire
insurance policies,  nor use the Premises for any such purpose. In addition,  no
use shall be made or  permitted to be made that shall result in (1) waste on the
Premises,  (2) a public or private nuisance that may disturb the quiet enjoyment
of other tenants in the building, (3) improper,  unlawful, or objectionable use,
including sale, storage or preparation,  or any materials  generating an odor on
the Premises, (4) noises or vibrations that may disturb other tenants.  Landlord
shall be the judge of what constitutes undue waste, nuisance,  odors, noises and
vibrations,  or abandonment of the rise of the Premises for retail sales of used
automobiles. A copy of the Non-Conforming Use Certificate,  City of Lakewood, is
attached and incorporated Herein.

     8.  Public  Utilities:  Landlord  shall not be liable for any  failure of a
public or private  utility company or municipality to supply any utility (sewer,
water,  gas or electrical  service) to the demised  Premises.  Furthermore,  any
reduction or termination of said services by utility companies or municipalities
will not alter or terminate the Lease between Landlord and Tenant.

     9. Suitability:  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of
Landlord has made any  representations  or warranties with respect to the leased
Premises or the  building or with respect to the  suitability  of either for the
conduct  of  Tenant's  business,  nor  has  Landlord  agreed  to  undertake  any
modification,  alteration or improvement  to the Premises  except as provided in
this Lease.  The taking of  possession  of the leased  premises by Tenant  shall
conclusively  establish  that the  Premises and the building are at such time in
satisfactory condition.

     10. Alterations and Additions: Tenant shall make no alterations,  additions
or improvements to the leased Premises or any part thereof without obtaining the
prior  written  consent of Landlord,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.  All  such  alterations,   additions  or  improvements  shall  at  the
expiration or earlier  termination of this Lease become the property of Landlord
and remain upon and be surrendered with the leased Premises.


<PAGE>


     11. Late Charge: Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge of five percent
(5 %) of any  installment of rent not received by Landlord  within ten (10) days
after the payment is due.

     12.  Hazardous  Materials:   Tenant  shall  not  (either  with  or  without
negligence)  (a)  cause or  permit  the  escape,  disposal,  or  release  of any
biologically or chemically active or other hazardous substances or materials, or
(b) allow the storage or use of such  substances  or materials in any manner not
sanctioned by law or by the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the
storage and use of such substances or materials, or (c) allow any such materials
or  substances  to be brought  onto the  Premises  except to use in the ordinary
course of the Tenant's business,  and then only after written notice is given to
the Landlord of the identity of such  substances or materials.  The Tenant shall
defend,  indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord against and from availability,
claim of liability, or expense arising out of any release of hazardous materials
on the  Premises  occurring  while  the  Tenant  is in  possession  thereof,  or
elsewhere if caused by the Tenant or any person acting under the Tenant.

     13.  Signs:  The  Tenant  shall  have the right to erect  from time to time
within the premises such signs as it desires, in accordance with applicable law,
with the  approval of the City of Lakewood  and  Landlord.  Landlord's  approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     14.  Effect of Rider:  This Rider shall amend the Lease to which this Rider
is  attached.  In the event of any  inconsistencies  between  this Rider and the
Lease,  the provisions of this Rider shall  control.  Except as may be expressly
amended by this Rider,  all of the terms,  provisions,  and  conditions  of this
Lease shall be and remain in full force and effect.

     15. Total Agreement:  This Lease contains the entire agreement  between the
parties  and  cannot be  changed  or  terminated  except by  written  instrument
subsequently  executed  by the  parties  hereto.  This  Lease  and the terms and
conditions hereof apply to and are binding on the heirs, legal  representatives,
successors, and assigns of both parties.

                                             Landlord:

                                             RAMSEY FAMILY PARTNERSHIP


                                             By:
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Partner

                                             Tenant:

                                             WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.


                                             By:  /s/Gene E. Osborn
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Title:  President

                                  OFFICE LEASE
                                     BETWEEN
                            BANK ONE - COLORADO N.A.
                                   AS LANDLORD
                                       AND
                         WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.
                                    AS TENANT

                           FOR THE PREMTSES LOCATED AT
                               4704 HARLAN STREET
                          A PORTION OF THE FIRST FLOOR


<PAGE>


                                      LEASE

     This agreement is made July 18, 1996, in Lakeside,  Colorado,  between BANK
ONE COLORADO,  N.A. (the "Landlord"),  whose address is 200 East 7th Street, (PO
Box 29, Loveland,  Colorado 80537-0029 and Western Fidelity Funding,  Inc., (the
"Tenant"),  whose address is 4704 Harlan Street,  Suite 260, Lakeside,  Colorado
80212, who hereby agree as follows:

     1 . Lease of Premises. On the terms and subject to the conditions described
in this  agreement,  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases
from  Landlord a portion of the first floor  consisting  of  approximately  5531
Rentable square feet (the  "Premises"),  in the office building  located at 4704
Harlan Street,  Lakeside,  CO, (the "Building"),  together with all fixtures and
other  improvements  now or  hereafter  located  thereon  and all  appurtenances
thereto.

     2. Term.  The basic term of this lease (the "Basic  Term"),  shall be for a
period of  approximately  Three (3) years  beginning on  September 1, 1996,  and
terminating on August 30, 1999, both dates inclusive.

     3. Rent.  The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord  annual rent as described in
Addendum 1, payable  monthly in advance in  installments  on or before the first
day of each calendar month during the term of this lease.

     The rent shall be paid to the Landlord when due,  without notice or demand,
and  without  any  abatement  or  deduction  by  reason of any  claim,  set off,
counterclaim,  defense, or any other reason whatsoever.  All payments to be made
by Tenant to Landlord under this lease shall be made by normal business  methods
and shall be paid to Landlord at Landlord's  address for receiving notices under
34.

     Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord a one and  one-half  percent  (1'1/2%)  late
charge on any rents and/or other charges not paid by Tenant within ten (10) days
of the due date to cover the cost of handling  delinquent  payments.  Payment of
such late  charge  shall not  excuse or cure any  default  by Tenant  under this
lease.

     4. Taxes and  Assessments.  Landlord shall pay or cause to be paid when due
all real estate taxes and  assessments  on the premises  during the term of this
lease. Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid when due all taxes or charges for or
hereafter imposed with respect to any siness conducted by Tenant on the Premises
and any  fixtures  or  personal  property  owned by Tenant  and  located  in the
Premises.

     5.  Utilities.  Base rent shall be adjusted  annually  throughout the Term,
commencing  on January 1, of the calendar  year  following  the Base year, by an
amount equal to Tenant's share of the excess  ("Excess"),  if any, of the actual
operating expenses for such calendar year over the actual operating expenses for
the Base Year.  Estimated  operating  expenses and reconciliation to be outlined
and as an attachment to this lease.


<PAGE>

     6. Common Areas,  Parking and  Maintenance.  During the term of this lease,
Tenant and their employees, shall have the right, in common with others entitled
to the similar use thereof, to use all of the interior and exterior common areas
of the Building,  including lobbies, hallways,  restrooms (which are not part of
any rented suite), stairways,  elevators, doorways for ingress and egress to and
from the Building and to and from the exterior common areas of the Building. All
Tenants and their employees shall park in the designated area.

     Landlord  shall  maintain the  interior  and  exterior  common areas of the
Building,  including  all  fixtures,  signs,  equipment,  and Landlord  personal
property  therein.  Landlord's  obligations  shall include  providing  cleaning,
janitorial,  landscaping,  snow removal, and other services for the interior and
exterior common areas of the building.

     7. Condition of Premises. The Landlord has made $15,200 available in Tenant
Improvements  and will hire a contractor to do specified work in  constructing a
demising wall and emergency fire exit. The Landlord makes no  representation  or
warranty,  express, or implied, with respect to the condition of the Premises or
the fitness of the Premises for any particular use. The Tenant acknowledges that
it has  fully  investigated  and is  familiar  with the  size,  dimensions,  and
physical condition of the Premises prior to move in date. The Landlord shall not
be required to make any improvement,  repair,  alteration, or restoration of the
Premises,  after  August 1, 1996 and shall have no  liability  for any latent or
patent defects in the conditions of the Premises.

     8. Tenant. Tenant shall maintain the Premises and all Tenant fixtures, (but
not fluorescent lighting fixtures, tubes, ballasts; nor heating, ventilating and
air conditioning  equipment and controls which shall be the sole  responsibility
of the Landlord to maintain),  signs, business equipment,  and personal property
therein in good  condition,  ordinary wear and tear excepted.  Tenant shall keep
and maintain the  Premises in a clean and sanitary  condition.  Tenant shall use
the Premises for an office,  including uses  incidental  thereto,  and shall not
permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without first obtaining the
Landlord's express written consent to that specific use. Tenant shall occupy and
use the Premises only in a careful,  safe and proper manner and shall not commit
or permit  any waste of or on the  Premises.  Not later than the last day of the
term,  Tenant  shall,  at  Tenant's  expense,  remove all of  Tenant's  personal
property,  repair all injury done by or in connection  with the  installation or
removal of said  property,  and surrender  the Premises in as good  condition as
they were at the beginning of the term,  reasonable wear and tear expected,  All
personal  property of Tenant  remaining on the Premises  after Tenant vacates or
abandons  same  shall  conclusively  be deemed  to be  Landlord's  property  and
Landlord may, in Landlord's  sole  discretion,  remove or dispose said property.
Tenant agrees that the cost of restoring the Premises to the original  condition
shall be borne by Tenant.

     9. Insurance.  The Tenant shall maintain or cause to be maintained in force
at all times during the term of this lease:

          (a)  Comprehensive  general  liability  insurance  with respect to the
               Premises  having  limits of not less  than  $500,000  for  bodily
               injury to one person,  $1,000,000 for bodily injuries arising out
               of  one  occurrence,   $500,000  for  property  damage,  or  such
               increased  policy  limits as may from time to time  hereafter  be
               reasonably  requested  by  the  Landlord.   If  coverage  is  not
               available in the exact amount stated above,  then coverage in the
               nearest higher amount available shall be obtained.

<PAGE>


          (b)  All-risk coverage insurance with respect to all Tenant's personal
               property in the Premises  including  rental occupancy or business
               interruption  insurance  and  other  coverages  from time to time
               reasonably requested by the Landlord.

          (c)  Such other  insurance with respect to the Premises in such amount
               and against such  insurable  hazards as the Landlord from time to
               time may reasonably require.

               Each  insurance  policy  furnished  under  this  section shall be
issued by a reputable insurance company approved by the Landlord; shall name the
Tenant,  the Landlord (Bank One Colorado,  N.A.), and any persons  designated by
the Landlord as additional insured parties therein; shall contain a provision by
which the  insurer  specifically  waives its fights of  subrogation  against the
Landlord and its designees  with respect to any loss or losses paid  thereunder;
shall provide that no act or omission  (negligent or otherwise) of the Landlord,
the Tenant, or others shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurer to pay
the  Landlord or its  designees  any and all amounts  which would  otherwise  be
payable to it  thereunder;  shall provide for written notice to the Landlord and
its designees at least 10 days prior to any  cancellation or expiration  without
renewal;  and shall be in form and content  satisfactory to the Landlord and its
designees.  The  Tenant  shall  furnish  the  Landlord  and its  designees  with
certificates  of coverage and evidence of payment of premiums  thereon from time
to time as requested by Landlord.

     10.  Rules and  Regulations,  Tenant  shall use the Premises and the public
spaces and common  areas,  including  those which contain modes of ingress to or
egress  from  the  Premises  and  parking  lot  areas,  in  accordance  with all
reasonable  rules and regulations  which may be promulgated by the Landlord from
time to time.

     11.  Noise.  Tenant  shall not permit or suffer any noise,  noxious  odors,
disturbance or nuisance whatsoever on the Premises which would be detrimental to
same or annoying to other tenants or occupants of the Building.

     12.  Advertising and Signs.  Tenant shall be permitted to display  Tenant's
business  sign on elevator  building  directory  to the  Premises  according  to
Landlord  specifications.  All signs shall be obtained and displayed at Tenant's
cost and shall be of a size, design, and material approved by Landlord. No other
sign shall be located on the Premises or the Building  without the prior written
consent of the Landlord.

     13. Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall, within its leased premises,  at its
cost  and  expense,   promptly  comply  or  cause   compliance  with  all  laws,
regulations,   orders,  and  requirements  of  all  federal,   state  and  local
governments, courts, or other lawful authorities and all regulations, including,
without  limitation,  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  ("ADA")  and  the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  and orders of the National  Board of Fire
Underwriters or other organization hereafter exercising similar functions, which
now or any time  hereafter  may apply to or affect the  Premises or any business
conducted on the Premises. Specifically, as an illustration and not a limitation
shall  indemnify  and  save  harmless  the  Landlord  against  and  from  costs,
liabilities, suits, penalties, claims, and demands.

<PAGE>

     14.  Liens.  Tenant  shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of the  Colorado
Mechanic's  Lien Law,  as amended  from time to time,  and file the  appropriate
Notice of Commencement for improvements made to the Premises by the Tenant or on
Tenant's  behalf If  because of any act or  omission  of the  Tenant,  any lien,
charge,  or order for the payment of money shall be filed  against the Premises,
the Tenant shall, at its own expense,  cause the same to be discharged of record
or bonded within 90 days after written notice from the Landlord to the Tenant of
the filing thereof and the Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless the Landlord
against and from costs, liabilities,  suits, penalties,  claims, and demands. If
the Tenant shall fail to cause such liens to be  discharged or bonded within the
aforesaid 90-day period,  the Landlord shall have the fight to cause the same to
be  discharged  and any and all costs and  expenses  incurred by the Landlord in
connection  therewith,  including without limitation reasonable attorney's fees,
shall thereupon be due and payable  immediately from the Tenant to the Landlord,
with  interest  thereon at the rate of 2.0% a month from the time such costs and
expenses were incurred by the Landlord  until the Landlord is reimbursed in full
by the Tenant, and the same shall be deemed additional rent hereunder to be paid
by the Tenant to the Landlord,

     15.  Alterations.  The  Tenant  shall  have the right to make  alterations,
additions,  and  improvements  to the  Premises  in  accordance  with  plans and
specifications  which are  approved in advance by the  Landlord  in writing.  No
alteration  shall be commenced  until the Tenant has first obtained and paid for
all required permits and  authorizations of all governmental  automobiles having
jurisdiction.  Any  alteration  shall be made  promptly and in good  workmanlike
manner and in compliance with all applicable permits,  authorizations,  building
and zoning laws,  including ADA, and the Colorado  Mechanic's  Lien Law, and all
other laws, ordinances,  regulations,  and requirements of the National Board of
Fire Underwriters or other body hereafter exercising similar function to require
the Tenant to remove any  alteration  and to restore  the  Premises  to the same
condition  as before the  alteration  was made,  unless the  Landlord  expressly
waives  the  foregoing  right in its  written  consent to the  alteration.  (See
Addendum 4,)

     16. Quiet Enjoyment. Upon due performance of all agreements to be performed
by the Tenant under this lease,  the Landlord  covenants  that the Tenant may at
all times  peaceably  and quietly have,  hold and enjoy the Premises  during the
term of this lease.

     17.  Condemnation.  If all or  materially  all of the Premises are taken in
appropriation  proceedings or by right of eminent domain,  then this lease shall
terminate as of the date the Tenant is deprived of physical  possession  thereof
and the rent and other charges  herein to be paid by the Tenant shall be paid at
that date. If less than  materially all of the Premises are so taken,  then this
lease shall continue in full force and effect  notwithstanding  such taking, and
the "Premises" shall thereafter mean the portion of the Premises remaining after
such taking.  For purpose of this lease,  "materially all of the Premises" shall
be deemed so taken if the portion of the  Premises  remaining  after such taking
and after such repairs or  improvements  as the Landlord is then willing to make
in its discretion is insufficient  to provide Tenant with facilities  sufficient
to continue economical use of the Premises as described in 8.

     In any event,  the  Landlord  shall be  entitled  to all  compensation  and
damages (including  consequential damages) awarded for any such taking of all or
any part of the  Premises,  and the Tenant shall not be entitled to share in any
such award or have any claim against the Tenant for any part  thereof,  or shall
there by any abatement or diminution  of rent by reason  thereof,  provided that
the  Tenant  shall  have the  right to claim  and  receive  from the  condemning
authority any special damages from such taking;  which are separately  allowable
and  separately  awarded to the Tenant and do not have the result of reducing or
otherwise  affecting  the  total  award  which  otherwise  would  be made to the
Landlord.


<PAGE>

     18. Restoration.  If all or any portion of the Premises,  or any portion of
the Building other than the Premises which is used by Tenant, is damaged by fire
or any  other  cause to such  extent  that  the  same  cannot  be  restored,  as
reasonably estimated by Landlord,  within 120 days after the date of such damage
or destruction,  then following notice from Landlord of such estimation,  either
Landlord  or  Tenant  may,  at its  option,  no  later  than 30  days  following
Landlord's  notice,  give notice to the other party of its election to terminate
this lease.  In the event either party so elects,  this lease shall terminate on
the date of such  damage  or  destruction.  In such  event,  the  rent  shall be
apportioned as of the date of such termination, and any rent paid for any period
beyond  said date  shall be  repaid to  Tenant.  If the time of  restoration  as
reasonably  estimated  by  Landlord  shall be less than 120 days,  or if neither
Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this lease,  Landlord should promptly, at
its  expense,  restore  the  Building  and the  Premises  to the same or  better
condition  as existed  prior to such damage.  Tenant  shall,  in such event,  be
responsible for the restoration or replacement of fixtures,  personal  property,
and improvements owned by Tenant.

     In any such case in which the use of the Premises is affected by any damage
thereto,  there shall be an abatement or an equitable  reduction in rent payable
by Tenant hereunder, depending on the period for which, and the extent to which,
the  Premises  are not  reasonably  usable for the  purposes  for which they are
leased  hereunder.  The words  "restoration" and restore as used in this section
shall include all repairs.

     19.  Default.  Each of the  following  events  shall be  deemed an event of
default under this lease:

          (a)  Failure by Tenant to make any payment of rent to Landlord  within
               10 days after Landlord gives Tenant notice to do so, or

          (b)  Failure by Tenant to make any other payment or perform or observe
               any other  obligation or condition to be performed or observed by
               Tenant  under  this lease and  failure by Tenant to correct  such
               default  within 20 days after  Landlord gives Tenant notice to do
               so or,  if  because  of the  nature  of such  default  it  cannot
               reasonably  be corrected  within such 20-day  period,  failure by
               Tenant to  commence  correction  within  such  20-day  period and
               thereafter  to  expeditiously  and  continuously   prosecute  the
               correction to completion.

          (c)  Abandonment of the Premises by the Tenant.

          (d)  Assignment  or sublease  of any  interest or rights of the Tenant
               under this lease,  except as express permitted by the Landlord in
               writing, or

          (e)  The filing or execution or  occurrence  of any one or more of the
               following:

               (i)  Petition in bankruptcy by or against the Tenant,


<PAGE>

               (ii) Adjudication of the Tenant as a bankrupt or insolvent;

               (iii)Assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors  of the  Tenant,
                    whether by trust,  mortgage, or otherwise,  or the execution
                    of a composition agreement with the Tenant's creditors; or

               (iv) Petition or other  proceedings  by or against the Tenant for
                    or  the  appointment  of  a  trustee,  receiver,   guardian,
                    conservator, or liquidator of the Tenant with respect to all
                    or substantially all of the Tenant's property.

     Immediately  upon  occurrence  of any  default  or at any time  thereafter,
unless the default has  theretofore  been cured with the written  consent of the
Landlord or expressly waived by the Landlord in writing, the Landlord may at its
exclusive option elect to,

          (a)  Continue this lease in full force and effect  notwithstanding the
               occurrence of such event or default; or

          (b)  Terminate this lease, in which event all rights,  titles, and all
               interests  of the Tenant in, to, or under the  Premises  and this
               lease shall terminate  forthwith.  The Landlord shall be entitled
               immediately  to  re-enter  and  repossess  the  Premises  and the
               Landlord  shall be  entitled  to recover  from the Tenant and the
               Tenant shall pay to the Landlord forthwith an amount equal to all
               unpaid  rent and late  charges  accruing  hereunder  prior to the
               Landlord's  actual recovery of possession of the Premises and all
               other unpaid  amounts  which were to have been paid by the Tenant
               to anyone  hereunder  prior to the Landlord's  actual recovery of
               possession of the Premises.

     Until such time as the Landlord  expressly  elects to terminate  this lease
under the  preceding  provisions,  this lease  shall  continue in full force and
effect notwithstanding the occurrence of such event of default. In the event the
Landlord elects to so terminate this lease, the Tenant thereupon shall be deemed
to have  assigned  and  transferred  to the  Landlord  all  unexpired  insurance
premiums and all fights of the Tenant under all insurance policies.

     The  provisions of this section shall be cumulative in nature,  and nothing
contained in this section shall in any manner  curtail,  supplant,  abridge,  or
otherwise affect adversely any right,  recourse, or remedy which otherwise would
be available to the Landlord at law or in equity.

     20.  Landlord's  Right to Cure  Tenant' s Breach.  If Tenant  breaches  any
covenant or  condition of this lease,  Landlord  may, but shall not be obligated
to, on reasonable  notice to Tenant (except that no notice need be given in case
of  emergency),  cure such  breach at the  expense of Tenant and the  reasonable
amount of all expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by Landlord in doing
so (whether paid by Landlord or not) shall be deemed  additional rent payable on
demand.


<PAGE>


     21. Indemnification.  Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless the Landlord
against and from any and all liabilities,  losses, damages, injuries, costs, and
expenses  that  hereafter  may  occur,  arise,  or be  claimed to occur or arise
directly or indirectly from or out of

          (a)  Any  failure by the  Tenant to make any  payment to be made by it
               hereunder  or fully to  perform  or  observe  any  obligation  or
               condition to be performed or observed by the Tenant hereunder;

          (b)  Any cause  whatsoever  on,  about,  or relating  to the  Premises
               during the term of this  lease,  however or by  whomever  caused,
               whether due in whole or in part to negligent acts or omissions on
               the  part of the  Tenant,  the  Landlord,  or any one  else,  and
               whether  such  acts  of  omissions   are  active  or  passive  in
               character,   including   without   limitation  any  use,  misuse,
               possession,  occupancy,  or unoccupancy of the Premises by anyone
               during the term of this  lease,  or any  failure by the Tenant to
               perform  and  observe  all   obligations  and  conditions  to  be
               performed  and observed by it under this lease,  or the condition
               of the  Premises,  including  any latent or other  defects in the
               Premises; or

          (c)  Any  costs  or  expenses  incurred  or  paid by the  Landlord  in
               connection with the foregoing,  including tease fees,  legal fees
               and other costs and expenses in  prosecuting  or defending any of
               the foregoing, whether litigated or unlitigated,

     Tenant  hereby  assumes the risk of any and all matters  described  in this
section.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss,  damage,  injury,
costs,  or expenses  whatsoever  relating  to the  Premises,  including  without
limitation,  any  interruption  or  cessation  of the  business of Tenant or any
subtenant or loss incurred as a consequence  of damage to or  destruction of the
Premises,  however  caused,  and whether or not  resulting  from  negligence  of
Landlord or its agents or employees.

     22. Casualty or Theft Loss.  Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to
the property of Tenant or of others located in or upon the Premises, nor for the
loss or damage to any property of Tenant or of others by theft or otherwise.

     23. Water Damage.  It is expressly agreed and understood by and between the
parties to this lease,  that the Landlord  shall not be liable for any damage or
injury by water which may be sustained by the Tenant or other persons or for any
other damage or injury resulting from the  carelessness,  negligence or improper
conduct  on the part of Tenant or its  agents or  employees  or by reason of the
breakage,  leakage or  obstruction of the water,  sewer,  or soil pipes or other
leakage in or about the Premises.

     24.  Interruption  of Services or Use.  Interruption  or curtailment of any
service   maintained   in  the   Premises  if  caused  by  strikes,   mechanical
difficulties,  or causes beyond Landlord's control whether similar or dissimilar
to those  enumerated  shall not entitle Tenant to any claim against Landlord nor
shall the same constitute  constructive or partial eviction  provided,  however,
Landlord  shall  make  reasonable  effort to restore  such  service in the lease
amount of time possible.


<PAGE>

     25.  Cumulative  Rights and Remedies.  Each fight or remedy of the Landlord
under this agreement or now or hereafter available to the Landlord by statue, at
law, in equity, or otherwise, shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in
addition  to every  other such  right or  remedy'  and  neither  the  existence,
availability,  nor exercise of any one or more of such fights or remedies  shall
preclude or otherwise  affect the simultaneous or later exercise by the Landlord
of any or all other fights or remedies.

     26. Memorandum of Lease. This lease shall not be recorded;  however, at the
request of the Tenant,  the Landlord shall execute,  acknowledge,  and deliver a
memorandum  of this lease for purposes of giving public notice of the fights and
obligations of the Landlord and the Tenant under this lease.

     27. Assignment of Sublease. No provision.

     28. Landlord's  Access. The Landlord and its designees shall have the right
to enter the Premises at any reasonable times for the purposes of inspecting the
Premises,  performing any work which the Landlord elects to undertake hereunder,
and exhibiting the Premises for sale,  lease, or mortgage.  Nothing herein shall
imply any duty upon the  Landlord to do any such work which under any  provision
of this lease the Tenant is required to perform nor shall the Landlord incur any
liability as a result of not inspecting the Premises,

     29. Non-waiver. No failure by the Landlord to exercise any option hereunder
or to  enforce  its  rights or to seek its  remedies  upon any  default,  and no
acceptance  by the  Landlord of any rent  accruing  before or after any default,
shall affect or  constitute a waiver of the  Landlord's  fights to exercise that
option,  enforce that right, or seek that remedy with respect to that default or
any prior or subsequent default.

     30. No Third Party  Benefit.  This agreement is intended for the benefit of
the Tenant and the Landlord and, except as otherwise provided in this agreement,
their  respective  successors,  heirs,  personal  representatives,  and assigns,
nothing contained in this agreement shall be construed as creating any rights or
benefits in or to any third party.

     31 . Broker's Fees. No fees.

     32.  Surrender  of  Premises.  No  agreement  to accept a surrender  of the
Premises  shall be valid  unless in  writing  and  signed by the  Landlord.  The
delivery of the keys to any employee or agent of the Landlord  shall not operate
as a termination of the lease or a Surrender of the Premises,  except at the end
of the full-term of this lease.  The failure of the Landlord to seek redress for
violation  of,  or to  insist  upon  strict  performance  of any  of the  terms,
covenants and conditions of this lease, shall not act as a waiver or be evidence
of a consent to any said violation. Further, the receipt of rent by the Landlord
with  knowledge  of the breach of any term,  covenant or condition of this lease
shall not be  deemed a waiver of such  breach,  with the  exception  of a breach
caused by Tenant's  failure to pay rent or additional rent for the current month
only.


<PAGE>

     33. Holding Over. If the Tenant  retains  possession of the Premises or any
part thereof after the  termination of the lease term or any extension  thereof,
by lapse of time or  otherwise,  the  Tenant  shall pay the  Landlord  rent on a
month-to-month  basis in a monthly amount of 1.30 times the monthly rent payable
for the year  immediately  preceding  said holdover for the time the Tenant thus
remains in possession.  The  provisions of this section do not waive  Landlord's
rights of re-entry or any other fight  hereunder.  Any retention of the Premises
after the termination  month will be considered as a holdover  unless  otherwise
agreed to in writing by both parties.

     34. Notices. All notices, demands, requests,  consents,  approvals, offers,
statements and other  instruments or  communication  required or permitted to be
given  hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when
delivered,  or when mailed by first class registered or certified mail,  postage
prepaid, addressed, (a) if to the Tenant, at its address set forth above, or (b)
if to the  Landlord,  at its address set forth  above,  or (c) to any such other
address as a party to this agreement may  theretofore  have designated in notice
to any party giving notice.

     35.  Estoppel  Certificate.  Either  party to this lease shall from time to
time during the term of this lease, immediately upon request of the other party,
execute and deliver to the other party a statement certifying that this lease is
in full force and  effect,  the date  through  which the rent and other  charges
hereunder have been paid, and any other factual matter  reasonably  requested by
the other party.

     36.  Severability  . If any  provisions  of this  lease or any  application
thereof shall be invalid or  unenforceable,  the remainder of this lease and any
other application of such provision shall not be affected thereby.

     37.  Binding  Effect.  This lease  shall be  binding  upon and inure to the
benefit of and be  enforceable  by the respective  successors,  heirs,  personal
representatives and assigns of the parties hereto.

     38. Section Headings. The section headings are for convenience of reference
only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof

     39.   Counterparts.   This  lease  may  be   simultaneously   executed   in
counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall constitute an
original, fully enforceable counterpart for all purposes.

     40.  Governing  Law.  This lease  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado.

     41. Complete Agreement. This document contains the entire agreement between
the parties and supersedes any prior discussions,  representations,  warranties,
or agreements between them and the Landlord.

CONSULT YOUR  ADVISORS - This  document  has been  prepared for approval by your
attorney,

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  all parties have executed this Lease this 18th day of July,
1996.


BANK ONE -                              WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDRNG, INC.
COLORADO, N.A.                          Tenant
Landlord

By: /s/ Nancy E. Anderson               By: /s/ Gene Osburn
   ------------------------------          ----------------------------------
Title:  Regional R/E Specialist         Title:  President


<PAGE>

                                    ADDENDUM

This  Addendum is attached to and made a part of that  certain  Lease dated July
18, 1996 between BANK ONE - COLORADO,  N.A., as Landlord,  and Western  Fidelity
Funding,  Inc., as Tenant, on the 553 1 rentable square foot premises known as a
portion of the first floor, 4704 Harlan Street, Lakeside, CO.

                              ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

The  following   provisions  are  in  addition  to,   substitution   of,  and/or
modification of the terms and conditions contained in Pages 1 through 11 of this
Lease, Addendum and Exhibits thereto. in this event of any conflict between such
terms and conditions of this Lease and the terms and conditions of the following
provisions, the latter shall control.

I. Rent. The following  shall be the annual and monthly rental and shall be paid
in accordance with Article 3 of this Lease.

     LEASE               ANNUAL           MONTHLY       SQUARE FOOT
     PERIOD              RENTAL           RENTAL        RENTAL RATE
     ------              ------           -------       -----------
 September 1, 1996
   Through
 August 30, 1997       $55,310.00         $4609.17        $10.00
 September 1, 1997
   Through
 August 30, 1998       $56,692.75         $4724.40        $10.25
 September 1,1998
 Through
 August 30, 1999       $58,075.50         $4839.63        $10.50

2.  Condition of Premises.  Landlord  shall provide  demising wall and emergency
fire exit at their own  cost.  Plans to be  approved  by DPC  Investors.  Tenant
Improvement allowance for this is $15,200.00, not to exceed.

3.  Requirements  for Cable in  Plenum  areas.  Tenant  hereby  acknowledges  to
Landlord   that   telephone  and  data  cables  must  be  in  metal  conduit  or
teflon-coated cable to be in conformance with applicable  governmental  building
codes concerning  cable installed in open air plenum areas,  such as the demised
premises.  It is the Tenant's  responsibility  to inform its  telephone and data
communications  installers of this requirement.  Any additional cost for conduit
or  applicable  cable other than what is  provided in the demised  premises is a
Tenant cost.

4.  Tenant  Provided  Improvements.   For  any  Tenant  provided  remodeling  or
redecoration work after August 1, 1996, Tenant agrees to have any such work done
in a  "workmanlike"  manner with a contractor or workman  approved in writing by
the Landlord.  Approval for such contractor or workman shall not be unreasonably
withheld by Landlord.  Prior to the start of any remodeling or  construction  by

<PAGE>

Tenant,  Tenant shall submit or cause to be  submitted to  Landlord's  Agent for
written  approval two (2) copies of detailed  drawings to scale  indicating  any
structural  changes,  partitions,   electrical,   heating  ventilating  and  air
conditioning, and plumbing work.

5. Americans With  Disabilities  Act.  Landlord and Tenant  acknowledge that the
Building and the Premises  occupied by Tenant are subject to the Americans  With
Disabilities  Act  (ADA)   regulations  and  specifically   TITLE  III  thereof,
concerning  the  provisions   governing  public   accommodations  in  commercial
facilities,  Landlord  agrees  that if the  Building,  except  for  the  Demised
Premises, fails to comply with the provisions of the ADA, that Landlord will use
its  reasonable  efforts  to comply  with the ADA  requirements  of  "reasonable
accessibility" in accordance with the standard set forth in the ADA.

        Landlord shall be responsible  for any alterations and costs or expenses
associated  therewith,  including  alterations  to the  entrance  to the demised
Premises to maintain the demised  Premises in  compliance  with the ADA.  Tenant
shall  have no right to make any  structural  or  non-structural  changes to the
demised Premises to meet the ADA requirements,  except as previously approved by
Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

6. Security  Deposit.  Landlord and Tenant hereby  acknowledge  that there is NO
security deposit for this lease transaction.

7. Chair Pads. Tenant agrees, at Tenant's expense,  to rise chair pads under all
caster-  type chairs  used in the demised  Premises if the casters are less than
1/2" wide.

8.  Sublease  Cancellation.  This  Lease  makes  null and void and  cancels  the
SubLease dated  September 26, 1994,  between Western  Fidelity  Funding and Bank
One. Bank One will have this lease with Western Fidelity Funding, Inc., approved
with  DPC and get an  acknowledgment  for the file of  their  awareness  of this
transaction. Western Fidelity Funding, Inc. is hereby made aware that this lease
must be approved,  after  signing,  by DPC. If there is no approval by DPC, this
document is null and void.

CONSULT YOUR  ADVISORS - This  document  has been  prepared for approval by your
attorney.   No  representation  or  recommendation  is  made  as  to  the  legal
sufficiency or tax  consequences of this document or the transaction to which it
relates. These are questions for your attorney and accountant,

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  all parties have executed this document the date indicated
below.

BANK ONE-COLORADO, N.A.               WESTERN FIDELITY FUNDING, INC.
Landlord                              Tenant

By: /s/ Nancy E. Anderson             By: /s/ Gene Osborn, President
   ------------------------------         ----------------------------------
Title: Real Estate Specialist             Date: July 18, 1996
Date:  7/31/96, 1996


<PAGE>

                                      RIDER

This Rider is  attached  to and forms a part of that  certain  lease  dated Bank
One-Colorado,  N.A.,  Landlord  and \VESTERN  FIDFLITY  FUNDING,  INC.,  Tenant,
covering  space on the  FIRST  floor  of the  building  known  as the Bank  One,
Lakeside, 4704 Harlan Street, Lakeside, CO.

The term "Landlord" as used throughout this lease and all Riders attached hereto
shall mean  "Sub-Landtord"  and the term "Tenant" shall mean "Sub-Tenant" . This
lease is subject to all terms and  conditions  of that certain lease dated March
26, 1991 between Lakeside National Bank I AKA Bank One,  Lakeside,  "Tenant" and
Crown Life Insurance Company, "Landlord" including "Rules and Regulations".


Existiny, Mortgages a d Deeds of Trust. This lease is subject and subordinate to
all present  mortgages or Deeds of Trust  affecting the real estate on which the
building is located and the  building of which the lease  premises  form a part,
and to all renewals or extensions  thereof and to any mortgage or Deeds of Trust
which may hereafter be executed, affecting the same.

Western Fidelity Funding, Inc.               Bank One-Colorado, N.A.

By: /s/ Gene Osborn                          By: /s/ Nancy E. Anderson
   -----------------------------                ------------------------------
Title:  President                            Nancy E. Anderson
                                             Regional R/E Specialist


                                   EXHIBIT 21

                            SUBSIDIARY OF REGISTRANT

     Western  Fidelity  Finance,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  is the  only
subsidiary of the Registrant.


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                         361,362
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               21,044,703
<ALLOWANCES>                                 6,100,000
<INVENTORY>                                  3,109,326
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                         830,711
<DEPRECIATION>                                 188,079
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              25,472,096
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                         33
<COMMON>                                           264
<OTHER-SE>                                  (4,809,485)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                25,472,096
<SALES>                                      7,363,336
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             7,363,336
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               17,353,743
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               164,270
<LOSS-PROVISION>                             6,780,120
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           3,652,000
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                      0
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (10,154,677)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                               (10,154,677)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (3.85)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission